main
side
curve
  1. Welcome to the new boards! Details here!

Beyond - Legends Shadow of the Phoenix - The Addenda Collection | [AU]

Discussion in 'Fan Fiction- Before, Saga, and Beyond' started by xabiar, Jun 26, 2019.

  1. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    STRUCTURE : OVERVIEW

    The Consortium is a highly complex organization with multiple divisions and military branches. Each section will focus on a specific aspect of the Consortium and explain it in as much detail as necessary. Some sections are more detailed than others, either due to subject matter, current information level, or extrapolation.

    All the sections can be placed into the following categories (please note this is not the order they are detailed in):

    Military:

    - Consortium Ground Forces

    - Consortium Naval Forces

    Administration:

    - Client Management and Acquisition

    - The Golden Board

    - The Defilers (while capable of military actions, they have a much larger administrative role)

    Services:

    - The Consortium Rackets

    - Black Market Management

    - Drug Development Control

    - Slaving Operation Control

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : GROUND MILITARY FORCES

    The Grenadier Corps: The lowest soldiers in the Consortium, the Grenadiers could technically be described as an explosives team specializing in bomb defusing, mine planting, and general sabotage. In practice, this amounts to a slave army which is considered completely disposable by the Consortium. The individuals who attempt to scam, run, or otherwise defraud the Consortium out of money are hauled away, have a control chip inserted in their brains, and are transferred to the Grenadiers where they will work for the rest of their likely short lives.

    This is not necessarily to say that the Consortium invests nothing into the Grenadiers, but considering that they die so often, they’ve learned not to invest significant resources into them. They are responsible for navigating minefields, attempting to defuse bombs (they are given some basic training on how to accomplish this), setting traps for enemy forces, acting as bait, having to work in hazardous conditions, as well as being the first to deploy in major conflicts.

    Grenadiers do not live long, with the average lifespan being three months after first deploying (excluding training), although the Consortium only requires six months of ‘service’ before their debt is paid off. The number of individuals who can claim this are in the low thousands, so dangerous is the work. Rumors surrounding the work range from horrifically dangerous to almost ludicrously wasteful, such as one that claims the Consortium sends Grenadiers into toxic planets to work as a source of disposable and insufficiently protected labor instead of utilizing proper protection or droids -- odd considering how practical the Consortium normally is.

    Grenadiers are not involved whatsoever in high-profile operations within the Consortium, as it rather contrasts with the elite and clean image they project to their clientele.

    The Mercenary Corps: The Consortium, to the surprise of quite a few, actually does not have an extremely large standing army that answers solely to the Consortium. The majority of their manpower comes from the contracting of mercenaries who they develop working relationships with. Joining the Mercenary Corps, however, is invitation-only, and the Consortium has standards each mercenary group must meet before they are even considered.

    A clear track record of success is one, professionalism and reliability is another, and a lack of major clients is a third. The Consortium has positioned itself to be the place for up-and-coming merc groups to make a name for themselves. However, when they are part of the Mercenary Corps, they can only perform work for the Consortium, even if they can recruit. Contracts are done on a one-year basis without exception, with only the Consortium being able to terminate without repercussion.

    While contracted by the Consortium, the mercenary groups are treated very well and outfitted with essentially whatever they want, within reason, of course. The Consortium expects them to perform well if they are required, and being cheap is not something they do. This has made them especially appealing to struggling mercenary groups, although in return for this, they have to perform whatever the Consortium wants without question.

    This is not difficult in some cases, as sometimes they’ll just be assigned to guard duty or as garrisons on one of the fleets, but sometimes they’ll be called in to assist in slaving operations, perform hits on civilians at the behest of one of the Consortium’s clients, or witness or participate in other unsavory aspects of the Consortium. While the high pay and free outfitting is enough to keep most mercenary groups quiet, some have refused orders and have subsequently been pressed into the Grenadier Corps.

    Word has subsequently spread, and the more principled merc groups steer well away from the Consortium.

    The Yellow Vests: This is the first ‘true’ infantry division of the Consortium, and more exclusive than would be expected from this division. Most are drawn from Mercenary Corps, particularly those who have worked with the Consortium for multiple years and are determined to be ‘trustworthy.’ It is considered a significant promotion, and the Yellow Vests have a lot of perks associated with the position, such as higher pay, access to off-duty ‘events’ the Consortium hosts, and the privilege of being able to choose a high-quality slave should they desire.

    Their name comes from their yellow armor, which, if the rumors were to be believed, was something Tyber Zann assigned his more elite soldiers so he’d know that they weren’t the disposable ones. They have since evolved from ‘slightly more competent soldiers’ into a well-trained and disciplined fighting force.

    They are used for protecting critical Consortium assets and locations, and serve as guards for Consortium events and guests. If a Defiler ever needs military support, it will almost always be the Yellow Vests who are sent to assist. Traditionally, they are also equipped with rare (and illegal) disruptor weapons which while they are useless against shields, are devastating against armored or unarmored opponents. They also carry thermal detonators and mass driver rifles if shields will be used against them.

    Intentionally or not by Tyber Zann, the distinct color of the Yellow Vests makes them extremely easy to pick out in a crowd or firefight, and as they are considered figures of authority within the Consortium, guests and the Mercenary Corps know to go to them if there is trouble or they have questions. Unless the question or concern is particularly inane, the Yellow Vests will assist as much as they can.

    An interesting note is that none of the Yellow Vests undergo any sort of conditioning or means of ‘insurance.’ It appears to be assumed that if you’ve reached this rank, you aren’t going to leave it. A risk, but there are far more benefits associated with simply staying loyal than defecting, so it should perhaps not be a surprise that we never heard any stories of Yellow Vest defections.

    Or the Defilers simply covered them up.

    The Droid Works: The Consortium has been using droids since they took control of Hypori back in the Galactic Civil War, and have utilized them to great effect. They have largely eschewed cheap and disposable droids, and instead focused their resources to more complex, if expensive, units.

    The first is the Droideka Mark IV, which retains the same mobility advantages (and disadvantages) as the original model, but has had the chassis, shield generator, and weapons heavily upgraded. The Mk. IV in particular features a modular weapons system where the droidekas can be equipped with rocket, laser, and mass driver weapons as opposed to just lasers.

    There is also the IG-8000 War Droid which was based off of the old droid bounty hunter IG-88 who worked with the Consortium for a brief time. This assassin droid was designed primarily as an anti-organic weapon capable of dispensing poison gas, radioactive contamination, and carbonite or other substances that organic soldiers would need additional equipment to handle. It is bulkier than the original IG assassin model, and widely considered extremely dangerous, even if rather rare.

    The final droid of note is technically more of a mobile automated platform, which was stolen from Rebel Alliance designs, who had themselves stolen it from the Empire. Regardless, the Consortium continues to use the Mobile Defense Unit (MDU) for establishing forward positions as it can be configured to serve as a platform for turrets, ysalamiri cages, sensors, and more, provided that there is sufficient time to establish it. These are the only units the Consortium sells regularly.

    The Canderous Division: This is a fairly small division as the need for armored vehicles is often limited due to the work the Consortium performs, but for vital planets they are kept in reserve. The name used to only refer to the Canderous-class assault tank, but has since been adopted to the rest of the division.

    There is, of course the assault tank still in use, a krill-shaped hovercraft that has since been updated to produce a weak shield. The primary weapons are still twin mass drivers mounted on a swivel cannon that can aim in any direction. It is among the most versatile of the Canderous Division, and employed for precision operations.

    The Pulsar Tank was developed to be a singular anti-vehicle weapon, and that is still what it does today. Utilizing treads and not hovertech, it does have mobility disadvantages and the only weapon it has is the massive plasma cannon that can damage or destroy most vehicles in one hit. The chassis has been improved, but the reactor for the vehicle is still highly unstable and more than one Pulsar has been known to inexplicably explode for no apparent reason. Which is more confusing since the Consortium had supposedly removed the ‘self-destruct’ button many iterations ago.

    The primary artillery unit the Consortium uses is the Missile Attack Launcher (MAL) which is another hovercraft, and highly mobile. Much like the improvements to the droidekas, the MAL has been adapted to be modular and be able to fire a wide variety of missiles from standard, to inferno, to carbonite. They are normally utilized for taking out heavily fortified enemy positions, and are rarely deployed due to their limited numbers as the Consortium is reportedly wary of other criminal organizations acquiring and reverse-engineering the designs.

    The final and most common vehicle is the F9-TZ Mark II Transport, which is primarily how ground forces are moved from location to location. What separates this troop transport – aside from the fact that it is enclosed and well-protected – is the fact that it has a cloaking device which allows it to approach with limited amounts of noise due to it also relying on hovertech, and subsequently allows for a far wider range of approaches than simply being restricted to land. Its only drawback is the more limited capacity, but due to the vast numbers the Consortium employs, it is unlikely this is a major issue. And unlike the first iteration, this one also has weapons systems.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : NAVAL FORCES

    The Consortium is not considered a major naval power, even in the Outer Rim, even though the fleets they possess are among the most advanced. This is exclusively due to their limited size and how long it takes to produce their most dangerous units. It should be noted that a fleet is largely not required for major Consortium operations to take place, which is the best explanation for the limited fleet size – if it were deemed important, there would be a significantly larger investment than what currently exists.

    The Consortium Navy is divided into three fleets, each with a different focus.

    The Pirate Fleet: This is both the largest and weakest fleet within the Consortium Navy. As the name implies, the Pirate Fleet is primarily used for piracy and low-risk operations where resistance is not significant or expected. Attempting to pin down exactly what kind of ships comprise the fleet is more difficult than you would think, because this is essentially the Mercenary Corps of the Navy, with many of the merc groups maintaining ground and space units.

    The ships utilized range from models hundreds of years out-of-date, to cutting-edge designs. It all depends on what the mercenaries choose. In any case, the Consortium works to ensure that the Pirate Fleet is in the best shape possible, in return for the mercenaries providing a source of contextually cheap manpower without risking their more important assets.

    The Pirate Fleet is dangerous for cheap and ill-trained militaries like the ones the hutts maintain, but they tend to collapse fairly quickly if faced with appropriate defenses and a competent defense. The Pirate Fleet is composed of mostly fighters, bombers, and at most some light-frigates. Investing in anti-fighter defenses is your best course, and the Black Sun in particular has been overwhelmingly successful in preventing runs by the Pirate Fleet on their territory, though conversely, has led to the Pirate Fleet improving their own tactics and making them more conservative when considering targets.

    The Protection Fleet: This is the first fleet that contains proper Consortium units, and the sole purpose of the fleet is to protect and defend Consortium assets. Considering that the number of planets and locations the Consortium controls are few and far between, this means that almost every single major Consortium-controlled location will require nothing less than a full fleet to reliably deal with.

    The Consortium is able to maintain an absurdly high quality of their fleet due to their small size, and have dedicated teams of engineers and designers to continually improve on their current designs which they go to great lengths to ensure are not spread across the galaxy. The Consortium protects their assets, and if anyone dares to claim they have schematics of Consortium spacecraft, they will likely be dead within the week, in addition to anyone else they may have told.

    I suspect this would become infeasible if the Consortium were to engage in a proper war with the Alliance, Empire, or even the Mandalorians or Ascendency, but for now, no one is able to acquire the schematics or reverse-engineer Consortium spacecraft. Supposedly, only a few people in the Consortium have access to them, and the Consortium does their best to dispose of critical components of destroyed spacecraft.

    As for what the fleet contains, this section will focus on what is exclusive to the Protection Fleet as specific ships will be elaborated on within the War Fleet, so it should be assumed that anything that is in the War Fleet should be expected in the Protection Fleet, especially in regard to the number of battleships employed.

    The most important assets are the Class-V Consortium stations, of which there are at least one to two at every major Consortium location requiring protection. These stations are equipped with enough firepower to fight off a small fleet on their own, and more curiously, the majority of these stations are automated and only have a small maintenance crew, leaving more room for the garrison which is much larger than other comparable space stations.

    They are also notably the only fleet to employ the Interceptor X frigate, which is a slow missile craft that has a high damage potential, which is offset by the slow and easily avoidable nature of the spacecraft. This does not make them ideal for the Pirate or War Fleets who do not typically engage in prolonged battles, but for defending places of interest? They are excellent, and the Consortium employs them liberally throughout the Protection Fleet.

    The War Fleet: In the rare times the Consortium wishes to make a statement or engage in a critical battle, they will call upon the small, yet exceptionally dangerous War Fleet. Composed of the best assortment of Consortium ships, it is easily among the most powerful fleets in the Outer Rim and would be able to hold their own against Alliance or Imperial fleets.

    There are relatively few units, but each one has undergone extensive iteration, testing, and refinement over literal centuries. The primary fighters utilized are the StarViper M-6, an aurek-shaped fighter that is deceptively small, which is due to design improvements. In contrast to the original iteration, all StarVipers are automated drone swarms outfitted with light laser weapons. Their most dangerous tool is their liberal usage of buzz droids and as such, are surprisingly effective against even larger ships. The Skipray Blastboat M-3 is also utilized, and its greatest improvement has been in maneuverability without sacrificing damage output.

    They only have one corvette they still utilize, and the constant refinements to the Crusader-class corvette justify this. Acting as an anti-missile, fighter, bomber spacecraft, the Crusader is rather versatile, employing point-defense lasers that are powerful enough to pick off missiles, and now are capable of shredding enemy fighters and bombers that get too close. The most significant change to the Crusader is that there are an equal number of point-defense lasers and standard laser cannons, with the Crusader being able to switch between them at will. This is an exclusive choice, however, as the ship simply does not have enough power to maintain both at the size it currently is.

    The main frigate the War Fleet employs is the Vengeance-V, which has been greatly improved upon since its acquisition by Tyber Zann. This iteration of the Vengeance-class frigate supports shielding, thicker armor, and a longer cloaking system that made it so dangerous beforehand, though the shielding cannot be active while the cloaking is utilized. It retains the exclusive mass driver weapons, making it extremely dangerous to shielded spacecraft, and it’s employed in surprise flanking attacks after their cloaking is used to move them into position. There are supposedly fewer than fifty of these in existence, but this was not verifiable.

    The final two battleships are notable due to their capabilities and rarity. The first is the Aggressor-class destroyer, which was a prototype design stolon by Tyber Zann from the Empire. It was initially proposed as a ‘high-risk, high-reward’ type battleship by Imperial designers, but there were too many vulnerabilities and weaknesses to justify the expense, so it was never developed further. Zann took the designs anyway, refined them with Mandal Hypernautics, and turned them into capital ship-killers.

    Their primary weapons are two massive cannons, one that fires an ion pulse powerful enough to strip the shields off of almost any spacecraft, and a plasma cannon of equal size and destructive potential. In theory, this could take out a capital ship in one hit, should the aim be true. But while the destructive potential of the Aggressor cannot be understated, there are a significant amount of weaknesses that the Consortium has had trouble correcting. The ship is slow, poorly defended (due to how much power the main guns take up), delicate, and poorly shielded. It also doesn’t help that if the Aggressor misses, it won’t get another shot for at least fifteen minutes. In short, these ships are near-worthless without a supporting fleet, and heavily vulnerable to bombers and smaller spacecraft. It is likely for this reason that the Consortium only has six of these in existence (not including the Merciless), and seem unwilling to develop more.

    Their more versatile battleship is the Keldabe-class, which functions far more reliably as a capital ship, equipped with a significant amount of laser and mass driver weapons, heavy plating and shielding, and the latest iterations have small complements of StarVipers and Skiprays to mitigate their shortcomings against smaller spacecraft. There are also a small number of point-defense lasers from the Crusader integrated into the battleship that is capable of being maintained throughout a battle.

    One of the most unique capabilities of the Keldabe is the shield-leeching technology that was first developed during the Galactic Civil War, and has been extensively refined since then. Improvements have led to the shield leeching being longer, stronger, and able to now steal from multiple nearby spacecraft since it leeches from all spacecraft in a set radius around the ship, as opposed to the previously directed and inefficient leeching beam. This comes with some downsides, namely that it does not discriminate, and can strip shields from allied spacecraft, it requires the Keldabe to be in the frontlines, and while it works, the majority of power needs to be diverted to the weapon. Still, when supported by a supplementary fleet, it more than proves itself. It is unknown how many of these battleships are in existence, but there are no fewer than twenty spread throughout the War and Protection Fleets.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : THE DEFILERS

    Since the beginning of the Consortium, their most infamous and effective tools have been the Defilers. They were placed in charge of a majority of Consortium operations and only Zann, Urai, and a select few others had any sort of authority over them. Their responsibilities ranged from sabotage, assassination, diplomacy, management, and more.

    Tyber Zann was obsessed with reliability in what he clearly saw as his most useful assets, and when he initiated the Defiler Program, he made do with what he could find. Teenage orphans were preferable, though a good portion of his Defilers consisted of men kidnapped and subjected to his crude brainwashing programs.

    These programs were based on several Imperial research projects, and while they were effective, they had side-effects of personality loss, mental disorders, and sometimes killing subjects. The more developed the subject was, the more likely the brainwashing would fail. Repeated brainwashings were effective, though the critical capabilities of Defilers were reduced. This was not an issue for Zann, as he only needed tools to perform somewhat complex tasks (consider that the Consortium was nowhere as sophisticated and refined as it is today – many operations involved intimidation, combat, and assassination. Diplomacy was not considered as important).

    Over time, the distinctive red armoring of the Defilers came to represent the Consortium to the majority of individuals aware of the criminal empire. In that period, Defilers were more varied, coming from all sizes and species. They were exclusively male due to the advantages of female Defilers being reduced due to continuous brainwashing and the focus of the Defilers as a more militaristic arm of the Consortium.

    Over the years, the Defiler Program has been refined significantly, with Zann in his last years moving to just raising orphaned boys within the Consortium and conditioning them that way with limited brainwashing. These Defilers were notably more effective, and Zann created several different training regimes to specialize them.

    Generation II Defilers were developed a short time before Urai took command, as he believed there needed to be a revision in the purpose and capabilities of the program itself. He felt more could be done with it, and invested significant resources into investigating the feasibility of growing gene-edited operatives from a series of templates.

    There were very few Gen-II Defilers put into active service from my understanding, as the majority were failures -- the concept was largely untested and didn’t fit the requirements of what Urai wanted. However, a few successes were born and were so far beyond baseline humans that Urai tended to utilize them more for management and strategy than in field work.

    Four Gen-II Defilers existed, and while the Gen-III Defilers are more stable and refined, they do not possess the intellectual and adaptable capabilities of Gen-II Defilers. It is suspected that at least one or two of these Defilers still exist, as their lifespans are likely well beyond the normal range, and they were too valuable for them to be deployed recklessly. Consortium records do state the confirmed deaths of two, but fail to mention if any of the generation is left.

    Something to consider. They could very well be in operation now. Unfortunately, no physical details were able to be recovered on them, but they would be noticeably older, and as they are from an older generation, would be male humans.

    Regardless of the failings of the Gen-II Defilers, they paved the way for the Defilers that exist today. Gen-III Defilers were conceptualized soon after Talia Zann began developing the Hundred-Year Plan with Urai, which involved a reinvigoration of the Defilers. There were a few important aspects to the Gen-III Defilers.

    Every single one of them would be grown with doubled acceleration. This would allow the Consortium to acquire at least twenty to thirty years of peak performance before retiring them, and them being grown would ensure that they couldn’t be infiltrated and had the ability to develop them within the Consortium from the very beginning.

    All the Defilers would be exclusively human from a variety of templates which would be enhanced genetically to be faster, stronger, and smarter than the average human. These would include males and female, as alien species would be an unjustified cost for little benefit. No Defiler would be under one point eight two meters, and each would receive conditioning and control chips making them immune to betraying the Consortium.

    Unlike the original Defilers, Gen-III Defilers would be able to develop their own personalities to an extent, much like Gen-II Defilers were originally intended. Talia believed they would be more ‘motivated’ to willingly serve the Consortium if they were allowed a degree of human connection, though this is incapable of overriding their innate loyalty to the Consortium. This has proven to be a correct decision, as the Defilers now are regarded highly due to the supposed ‘humanity’ they possess, which puts clients more at ease.

    The final component to the program was the refinement of the Specialization Regimes Tyber Zann instituted near the end of his life. These were to be heavily expanded and improved, to ensure that the Defilers were fully capable of carrying out their tasks. This is a good time to note that Defilers are not one-size-fits-all tools anymore. Visually, they always look the same. In function, they could very likely have completely different skill sets from other Defilers.

    These are the Specialization Regimes that are currently utilized by the Consortium.

    Assassination, Intimidation, and Sabotage: Defilers within this program are trained in the art of death. They are given access to the most dangerous firearms in the galaxy and by the end will be able to identify almost any weapon on sight, as well as have an intimate knowledge of how each one works. They are trained by bounty hunters, trackers, and ex-intelligence officials in tracking down and eliminating targets with or without collateral damage. You will be interested to note that one of Cynthia’s contracts with the Consortium involves the training of Defilers in this specialization.

    They receive some psychological education in regard to being deployed to intimidate, threaten, or extort individuals, as well as physical and psychological torture classes with practice on live individuals (typically inferior slaves). Their final piece of training revolves around sabotage of major and minor systems, vehicles, and buildings, as they receive training from explosives experts and are educated in electronics and architectural engineering.

    Diplomacy and Manipulation: The diplomatic arm of the Defilers, those who enter this program are put through a battery of classes with a focus on a half-dozen fields of xenopsychology (human, near-human, hutt, chiss, and killik), four fields of specialized psychology (Jedi, criminal, Imperial, chiss), and finally three fields of political science (Alliance, Imperial, chiss)

    I am not sure why there is a distinct focus on the chiss, and the closest theory we have is that Xabiar is one of the most frequent clients of the Consortium, and perhaps implies that they are considering trying to break into the Ascendancy? Not important for now.

    The purpose of these Defilers is to acquire and assist in the management of new clients. They are affable, well-spoken, and professional, and have an uncanny ability to tailor themselves to what is best able to manipulate the client. They are responsible for writing detailed dossiers on their assignments, and are additionally trained by freelance assassins and ex-intelligence agents.

    These are not the most dangerous Defilers from a physical standpoint, but they are far more important in terms of expanding the influence of the Consortium.

    Racket Creation and Management: Each Consortium racket and event is orchestrated and managed by a Defiler, no matter how big or small. As should be expected, these Defilers are educated in all major fields of economics, three psychology fields (revolving around addiction and marketing), as well as a number of creative arts classes such as holovid creation, digital art, and music production.

    While optional, a surprising number of these Defilers appear to be writers as well, and some write novels on the side to provide an additional revenue stream for the Consortium. Three of the books written by these Defilers are galactic bestsellers, and they all focus on the collapse of significant galactic institutions, such as the Alliance, the Empire, and the Jedi.

    While I doubt these Defilers would put such obvious hints as to their plans in literal novels, it is something worth looking over.

    For the most part, however, these Defilers manage their operations with near-droid-like focus, while making sure to work on slowly increasing growth, adapting to economic changes, and ensuring that law enforcement is predicted and mitigated.

    Slave Grooming and Development: Defilers placed into this program perform a function we had previously been unaware of until now. We had assumed that slaves were handled by a specialized team, and while this is technically accurate, we did not realize that they were managed by a highly specialized group of Defilers.

    Defilers who are in this specialization appear to fulfill two roles – teaching and grooming. They, for lack of a better word, fill the role of parent figures for the young slaves during their earlier development. They are responsible for teaching them language, basic education, and rules of being a slave.

    This extends to more specialized skills – both education and otherwise – that the Defilers oversee and teach. These Defilers receive additional conditioning to ensure that they do not become attached to their wards, and as such, these Defilers are notably more reserved and mechanical than their brethren.

    The only final notes on the Defilers as a whole worth considering are their equipment. Their armor is distinctly red and while initial Defilers took inspiration from Mandalorian armor, modern Defilers clearly take greater inspiration from Clone Wars-era Republic clone troopers and Imperial Stormtroopers as it is more sleek and refined in comparison to the segmented pieces of earlier iterations. The helmet is largely unchanged, however, and is a highly-developed – if more fragile – piece of equipment.

    It is, I would describe, a Mandalorian helmet if you added the inverted triangle of Darth Vader’s mouthpiece onto it. It also supports several armored antennas, giving the helmet a greater range of communication than other similar pieces. Defilers almost never take off their helmets, and appear to only do so when they are alone or with other Consortium peers.

    Weaponry varies, and they have no standard armament. Their loadout completely depends on the mission, though they tend to prefer long-range and disruptor weaponry.

    If it is not completely clear by now, Defilers are exceptionally trained and intelligent. We cannot afford to underestimate them or consider them merely as one specific thing. They can be assassins, diplomats, saboteurs, teachers, and soldiers. The only good news we learned was that there are no more than ten thousand currently deployed, which is a relatively low number for an organization this size.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : BLACK MARKET MANAGEMENT

    Black markets are nothing new in the galaxy. So long as there are illegal items, weapons, equipment, and substances, there will always be those willing to skirt the law to get what they want, provided they have the credits to do so. Black markets are usually – at best – in a sectioned off and shady building in a city or backwater planet. Looks really don’t matter. You only go for the goods, and if they have what you want, you’re happy.

    However, most black markets tend to have the same pieces of equipment. Military-grade weapons, imported animals or beasts, sometimes experimental and unsanctioned technology, rare items for collectors such as genuine beskar Mandalorian suits or a working lightsaber. Very rarely do these break the mold of offering something truly exemplary. Which, to most, isn’t bad.

    However, the Zann Consortium does not cater to the ordinary of the galaxy.

    The black markets run by the Consortium are only available to the criminal elite of the galaxy, of which even the hutts don’t bother competing with since it would require a higher investment than they are willing to put up. They are also not ongoing or restricted to one particular location. The word is put out months ahead of time, which will reach certain individuals who will then be given instructions on how to register.

    This is an exclusive event. The Consortium does not allow just anyone to visit their markets. We were unfortunately unable to confirm exactly what criteria the Consortium uses to clear their guests, but we suspect it is examining their financial state, job or station, political connections and affiliation, and likely a few psychological factors.

    There will usually be a specific theme or collection which is advertised, intending to draw a specific crowd. Some markets will carry weaponry, others armoring and battlesuits. Still more are exceptionally specialized, such as Jedi and Sith memorabilia, or Force-related artifacts. How detailed or general the Consortium advertises their markets as appears to depend on how much of one thing they have at a time – or this could be deliberate to continually throw off people as to what they actually have.

    Returning to the subject of the markets, they are held in some of the most prestigious places in the galaxy, each paid for by a one-time shell company backed by the Consortium for ‘business events.’ These are in suites and ballrooms, from the 500 Republica on Coruscant to the Star Cluster Casino on Nar Shaddaa. The Consortium will pay millions of credits for a one-night event – because they will make it all back with only a few sales.

    Inside, the guests are treated exceptionally well, and as this is designed to be both a business venture and social event, guests are encouraged to talk to each other as they browse the various items for sale. Refreshments will be served, of course, and tailored to species and cultures present. Consortium slaves carry out these duties while live music plays in the background.

    The items for sale will almost always be nearly impossible to find anywhere else. Merely illegal technology is considered dull at events like these. The clients who visit these events are not looking for a single weapon or item, they want something exceptional. Diseases and viruses tailor-made to target specific species or bloodlines; nanoweapons able to control others or wipe out planets; plans for new, complete, or unfinished superweapons are in greater demand than you would expect.

    Some items are more obscure, but nonetheless irreplaceable finds that are certainly legitimate, as the Consortium requires verification of all items before being sold. Some of what has been sold is somewhat unbelievable and seems to be – to myself – wild pointless chases across the galaxy. There’s been descriptions of tombs filled with rakatan mind prisons, and planets which house factories under their surfaces. Yet it is tantalizing enough for many to buy, simply for the potential such a discovery might yield.

    Sometimes it isn’t even something physical, but information. Computer viruses, intelligence on certain individuals, holovids of certain events, secrets and knowledge just waiting for someone to pay a small fortune to possess. The Consortium does not care what anyone does with the things they buy, so long as it doesn’t interfere with their own business.

    The security at these events is, as you would imagine, tight. The managing Defiler personally greets and checks the identity of each guest, and the Yellow Vests are strewn throughout the room, and in front of all entries and exits. For safety, the Consortium always rents out the entire floor, and has garrisons of Yellow Vests standing by in case things go very wrong. There are also ysalamiri spread throughout the entire event, and the cages are specialized and decorated, and are essentially treated as an exotic addition to the event, which will only disturb a certain kind of client.

    However, many usually do not notice the heavy security due to the calming atmosphere, attractive slaves, items for sale, and chatting with their peers. The protection simply fades into the background, and trouble is usually quickly and swiftly dealt with. But the Consortium is always watching, and the innocent-looking slaves are listening and reporting everything they hear to the overseeing Defiler.

    The clientele for these market events have apparently attracted some very high-profile individuals. All of the highest-paid and lethal bounty hunters in the galaxy have at least attended these events once, and every terrorist, crime lord, and assassin of note has also participated once. I’m not sure how everyone else felt when Xabiar walked into the room with a smile on his face, but if anyone felt uneasy, they weren’t brave enough to verbally express it.

    I should note that it isn’t uncommon for one of the Consortium leaders to grace these events with their presence. Tyrell Zann in particular enjoys hosting them and chatting up the guests. Urai Fen has also joined such events, though isn’t quite as talkative. Tora Zann notably detests these events, which Tyrell and Urai are likely grateful for.

    Black Market Management itself can be divided into four different divisions:

    Guest Management and Invitation: This division is responsible for sending out and reviewing the guest list for a particular market. The initial invitations are sent out and sanctioned by the Defiler in charge, and as additional requests come in, background investigation is (presumably) performed and the guests are either accepted or rejected.

    Vendors are also handled by this division, and their items are validated and cleared for sale, and the price to host them is negotiated, as well as the fee for any successful sale. The Consortium tends to take a minimum of ten percent per item sold, and the hosting fee is waived if a vendor sells out completely, giving extra incentive to vendors who want to make a little extra money.

    You may be wondering if the Consortium usually buys items before they go to sale, given what they have access too. The answer is surprisingly no, and it is one of the reasons the markets are such an event. Tyrell Zann has stated that “Such actions taken would undermine the integrity of this event, and if we want one of the many items that are hosted, we will bid and buy it when everyone else has the opportunity to.”

    How principled.

    He isn’t making it up either. The Consortium absolutely buys things at their own markets, though this is usually pretty rare, and oddly enough, on extremely obscure items and pieces of information seemingly of little use. Tyrell and Xabiar once entered into a pretend bidding war over a defunct rakatan artifact while both of them were chuckling to themselves as if it was some kind of inside joke.

    On a side note, we should find it concerning that this terrorist appears to be on good terms with Tyrell Zann. Birds of a feather and all that.

    On-Site Security: While simple and straightforward in concept, this is more involved than one might expect. Organized by the Defiler overseer, it requires hand-picking the Yellow Vests, security systems, and slaves which are to be utilized. Specific contingencies are drawn up and drilled in replica buildings months beforehand, as well as training to take down any individuals who could potentially become ‘troublesome.’ If any important Consortium figures such as Tyrell are present, adjustments need to be made to take into account extra security.

    I wonder how safe guests would feel if they knew the Yellow Vests ‘protecting them’ had a plan to kill each and every individual in the room, and more importantly, how to do it when as few people as possible were watching.

    Item Procurement and Itinerary: I will immediately note that ‘Item Procurement’ does not refer to any of the items for sale. The Consortium does not actually sell anything directly at these events, as that is done through more traditional channels. It refers exclusively to the actual furniture and infrastructure necessary to host the event. Your tables, chairs, glasses, food, and drinks, which need to take into account multiple species on the guest lists.

    They need to allocate chefs, slaves, transport, and hire musicians and event planners, you get the picture. They are, in a word, the ‘party planners.’ They determine the atmosphere, the theme, and are the ones who actually rent the location through a disposable shell company, and decide when and how everything will happen. So-called ‘impromptu’ speeches that Tyrell will sometimes give are completely scripted, as are most ‘disturbances’ such as a person showing up rejected on the guest list (anyone who legitimately tried this would be taken to the next room and shot), or a slave spilling a platter of food and being dragged away by the Yellow Vests.

    All theatre. Prevents the night from becoming too dull, and acts as a fine distraction to make the guests feel amused, protected, and elevated in their exclusive status. After all, they are clearly superior to the fool who was kicked out of this very event.

    It’s impressive, the tricks the Consortium will pull to secure their audience. Can’t deny that it’s effective.

    Market Finance and Projection: This is the most mundane of the divisions, and is responsible solely for allocating money away for the markets, as well as predicting their estimated earnings over the course of the event. It is very straightforward and there is little to really talk about here. They essentially figure out how much it will cost, and how much they are going to make.

    I suppose the only thing of note is that cost is not really an issue for them -- considering we recovered a report showing that the Consortium made over five hundred million credits in one night, I can see how cost would not be an issue. Interestingly enough, the markets appear to be held at least once every galactic financial quarter, although some years they will only hold three markets, instead of four.

    Still, interesting to note.
     
  2. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    STRUCTURE : THE CONSORTIUM RACKETS

    The various criminal rackets of the galaxy are by no means difficult to stumble upon, even within the Alliance, and unless we take inspiration from the Imperials, they are not going away anytime soon. And in the Outer Rim, rackets are massive businesses -- particularly gambling and pit fighting.

    You will be unsurprised to learn that the Zann Consortium runs their own rackets in these fields, though as they do with everything, they have turned it from a hidden and obscure thing to participate in, to a high-society event. This is one area where there is actual competition from the hutts in terms of scale and quality, although the audiences both attract are still very different.

    The Consortium also on average makes far more than the hutts, even if their events are rarer. There are multiple different rackets the Consortium runs, and each type has a different group working to oversee them. Keep in mind that each racket is managed by a Defiler, and this document will cover the different types of rackets the Consortium runs, not necessarily specific ones, though examples will be utilized.

    The Gambling Rackets: Out of all of the operations that the Consortium runs, this may in fact be the most ‘legal’ if you want to use that word to describe anything run by the Consortium. ‘Tame’ may be a better word, as the Gambling Rackets are actually very straightforward and generally no more nefarious than standard gambling casinos.

    The Consortium again has largely designed these to be places of social interaction – providing a venue away from any kind of law enforcement to discuss things with your criminal peers, while also playing some high-stakes sabacc. And if high stakes aren’t your thing, there are plenty of other games to play.

    The Consortium invests a significant amount on actual licensing, oddly enough. Which is why there is a significant amount of diversity in their gambling centers in terms of what kind of games are offered, both solo and group. The Consortium also has areas showing various sporting events taking place, and facilitates additional gambling on them, both high-stakes and standard.

    These rackets are notable for the fact that they are the only part of the Consortium that has a significant amount of crossover with the more unknowing public. Many of the locations the Consortium controls are not advertised as such, and only known to a very few people. They are actually legal in most of Alliance Space, though maintained under false names and purposes to the Alliance Registry, though since they pay their fair share of taxes, no one seems interested in investigating too closely.

    However, should a person be carrying a pass, they are allowed to enter. This obviously introduces security issues for the Consortium, at least in Alliance territory, and we suspect that any ‘new’ clients that show up are quietly profiled and observed to determine how likely it is that they could pose issues.

    To accomplish this, they will generally be targeted by the staff, utilizing Consortium slaves disguised as patrons to get them talking, and giving them a good enough experience that they will be less incentivized to bring it down. For the first few nights, arriving new guests will have their actions unknowingly watched every step of the way.

    Security itself, at least in Alliance territory, is handled with some delicacy, since they don’t necessarily want – or need – patrons to know that the Consortium is running the establishment. Security is supposedly ‘standard,’ and what people don’t realize is that the suited men and women of all species are actually not Consortium security, but specially trained slaves. The real security is the Defiler who observes the night, with a small garrison of Yellow Vests should they become required. The Defiler overseer never shows themselves in these locations either.

    It is a different story for the Consortium casinos that populate the Outer Rim, and the Consortium doesn’t bother hiding itself there. Security is openly handled by the Yellow Vests, and in the major casinos it isn’t uncommon for Tyrell to visit on nights to drive up engagement. Granted, the Consortium still only accepts a certain class of clientele, but it’s a lot easier to actually begin the process than hoping a mutual acquaintance gets you a pass.

    Interestingly, the Consortium casinos are very specialized for only gambling and gaming. They don’t have hotels, prostitution services, or recreational drug services. However, the Consortium intends the casinos to act as something as a gateway to the wider services of the Consortium, as if a guest inquires about such services, well, the Consortium is more than happy to discuss an arrangement at a later time.

    It’s worth noting that the Consortium appears to have essentially given up on setting these up in the Empire. Imperial Intelligence has made a concerted effort to find and stamp out all Consortium interference, and the fact that their society is so tightly controlled makes it very easy to note when suspicious activity happens.

    The Arms Rackets: One of the smaller divisions of business within the Consortium has to do with their production of high-quality weapons which include explosives, rifles, heavy weapons, and the few and rare exotics. This is another quasi-legal division as the Consortium acts through Mandal Hypernautics as a proxy.

    Their weapons, while not exactly unique in comparison to the others of the galaxy, are rated extremely highly and due to their clientele, are in the hands of too many private security companies and armies for us to be comfortable with. They take custom orders, allow weapon tests on vacant planets, and are more than fine with using their slaves in simulated battles to showcase their capabilities in a live-fire situation.

    They specialize in mass driver weapons, but are also producers of standard blaster technology. Especially valuable clients are able to purchase more exotic (and illegal) weaponry such as disruptor weapons, chemical weapons, nuclear warheads, and double-step mines. All of these are also shown off and demonstrated should the client request it.

    It should be noted that the quality – even if it is of a high quality – appears to be inferior in slight ways to the equipment the Consortium actually uses. This is likely because there is a non-zero chance that Consortium forces may encounter enemies with these weapons, and it gives them additional advantages because they know the exact capabilities of an enemy force – and as such, can prepare accordingly.

    A less profitable, yet highly disruptive use for the racket is by starting gang wars in the territory of rivals. If, by some coincidence, one of the weaker gangs suddenly got their hands on exceptionally dangerous weaponry and began waging a war street by street, it would be a shame if the one overseeing the city or town was forced to deal with it instead of focusing on other things. As well as making them more open to the possibility of making a deal to end it.

    Usually, when the Consortium strikes deals like this, it is usually in return for a share of whatever the gang loots or collects, instead of a flat payment. The actual payment is the disruption and chaos they cause – not the credits the Consortium can make out of it. The Alliance and Empire are fortunately warning all their affiliates and contractors to not do business with Mandal Hypernautics, which is a rare moment of sanity for the Senate.

    Yes, I am aware that Mandal Hypernautics is still trying to lobby to have this restriction lifted. Make sure to pass along to any senator considering it that they would be directly funding the illegal drug, weapon, and slave trade. Include pictures too.

    The Gladiator Rackets: This was an example that was given earlier in this report, but it is time to go through it in more details. Pit fighting of both animals and sapients is nothing new in the galaxy, and appeals to a certain crowd who enjoy the thrill the bloodsport provides. It is easier than you think to get swept up in the excitement of an event, forgetting the very real people dying for your entertainment.

    However, mere pit fighting is boring to the Consortium. Talia Zann considered it a pointless waste of time, an event that “Only appeals to the petty criminal and thug” and that is quite clearly not good enough. She also didn’t fail to note the potential for such a market, as many of the rich criminal classes went to such events. I will quote Talia again when she was asked as to why the Consortium handles the rackets the way they do, as it is pertinent to the mindset of the Consortium as a whole.

    “It is a matter of repetition. The thrill and excitement exists the first few times, but soon after you begin to wonder why you bother. It becomes monotonous, boring, stale. Why is it exciting to see a poorly geared slave fighting against an ackley? You already know the outcome, and unlike the bloodthirsty clientele that so often permeates these events, you are here for the tension and entertainment such fights should bring. Why bother becoming invested if the outcome is decided beforehand? Why bother becoming excited if you are continuing to watch the same beast fights and mismatched and poorly trained slaves fight each other? Come now, we can do better than that.”

    It feels inadequate to describe what the Consortium produces as ‘pit fights’ or ‘gladiator matches.’ It fails to capture the spectacle of these highly controlled and exclusive events. Invitations are generally handled like the markets, with a select few receiving invitations and then handling requests for invites in the months leading up to the event itself, which can be accepted or denied by the Defiler overseer.

    From what we have learned, the Consortium has no fewer than four decades of these events planned out. Granted, they only host three to four a year, and due to the scale and sophistication of the events, this makes sense. But it speaks to just how much the Consortium is planning ahead, as well as the expectation that their operations will last and continue to grow.

    It’s likely that the locations are selected and prepared entire years in advance, as the Consortium has to acquire equipment, personnel, slaves, and infrastructure before they even send out the invitations. These locations are generally on underdeveloped or untouched locations of all varieties, and due to this, they always include transportation as a bonus to all guests.

    The entry fee is exorbitant, with low prices starting at ten million credits, and going as high as fifty million. In return for this, the guests get treated to a once-in-a-lifetime event with all expenses taken care of. They get luxury lodging and transport, personally suggested cuisine and drink, and the option to select a personalized escort for the event should they want it. There is no request or suggestion too small that the Consortium will not be able to take care of.

    Security for these events is exceptionally tight, and it is suspected that the ‘free travel’ offered is a means of the Consortium ensuring the location can’t be leaked later, and there is an absurd amount of Yellow Vest security, along with the Defiler overseer who makes regular rounds. A few schematics acquired show that the Consortium also installs hidden cameras, autoturrets, and chemical dispensers throughout the premises. Like their other events, they are more than willing to take drastic action if things get out of hand.

    As to the actual events themselves, they are unique and varied. They are usually some kind of recreation or reenactment of a historical event, or, in some cases, simulations of various groups. The Clone Wars example was given previously in this report, and other similar events they have created were the Battle of Hoth, the Battle of Endor, multiple battles from the Third Imperial Civil War, and even a few from the Old Republic Era, such as the Battle of Alderaan, all complete with era-appropriate equipment and weapons.

    The actual ‘participants’ for these events are either slaves or clones, who are grown to a speed where they would be at their peak, as they will be disposed of after the event no matter what happens. Slave participants are actually freed, should they be on the winning side. All of them receive a few years of training to make them reasonably trained, and for all intents and purposes, the fights that take place are completely unscripted, which again adds to the excitement of the evening.

    There are plenty of gambling opportunities the Consortium provides as well, on which side will win. In a few cases – such as a simulated space battle between Imperial and Alliance ships – they’ve allowed guests to send ‘intelligence’ to one side or the other about what their opponent is doing or suggestions on what to do. The battles are shown through dozens of cameras that can be switched by the audience at will, from a wider perspective or up-close in the command centers. All recordings are archived and provided to guests as a free bonus, with the condition that distribution will not be allowed.

    It should be noted that there is a distinct lack of Force-based events, which is largely to do with the inability to reliably clone powerful Force-sensitives, and the amount of training required – even for the Consortium – simply isn’t worth it if they’re going to be disposed of later. I suppose the Consortium could include these eventually, and if they do, that will likely be one of their largest events ever produced.

    Other types of these events including the invitation of some of the most dangerous warriors and bounty hunters in the galaxy competing in an arena or planet with the winner(s) taking home millions of credits, or if the Consortium is feeling very creative, they privately hire two top-level bounty hunters or assassins, and give them the name of their opponent – without telling them the other has the same objective.

    The audience is then treated to observing both contestants (who willingly install cameras in their gear) track down their targets, which culminates in an exciting conclusion between them with only one emerging victorious. Sometimes the Consortium will send them after an independent target or object, and it becomes a race to see which participant is better.

    In short, if you’re rich and are inclined towards bloodsport, then there is no finer a night than at an event hosted by the Zann Consortium.

    The Holo Rackets: This is a catch-all term for the racket of the Consortium that is exclusively digital and among the most insidious. Nearly all of the content produced is illegal in Alliance Space and typically locked behind paywalls. Honestly, the name is misleading, as this is essentially the division which produces pornography.

    Now, this is already covered for the most part by quite a few specialty businesses, but the Consortium has carved out a niche by producing extremely high-quality holovids depicting extreme sexual actions and fetishes. Due to their extremely large and diverse number of slaves, they can produce a large amount of diverse content for multiple species, and due to the extreme nature of the content itself, they can charge a premium for it – and they do.

    It isn’t necessary to go into absurd detail as to what that covers, but let’s say it covers legitimate torture, cannibalism, rape – with both adult and child variants. There are a concerning number of sick people in the galaxy, and that is who the Consortium caters to here.

    It should also not be surprising that the Consortium also produces short snuff holovids, of both a sexual and non-sexual manner. And no, these are not fake. They use slaves for these as well and have no issues disposing of them to create an ‘authentic’ product. And unfortunately, there are enough depraved people in the galaxy to make it not only financially viable, but extremely profitable.

    They operate through a variety of fake companies and self-hosted HoloNet sites that the Alliance legally can’t take down, we can only block them within our own territory. Something which is easily circumvented by VPNs or finding one of the many bootleg sites the Consortium operates from. For some reason, the Consortium also has some kind of legal team that is actively searching through the HoloNet and copyright striking all uploads that are not from a Consortium source.

    As fast as the Alliance works to take them down when they can, they just keep coming back. At least it makes it easy for our people to update our databases on people who actually watch this stuff.

    The Protection Rackets: Not all of the Consortium is focused on providing a service to clients. Those who get in their way will find themselves being targeted by the Consortium. They are typically political, media, military, and law enforcement figures on a local level who are most vulnerable to being targeted by the Protection Rackets.

    These have two purposes – the first it to isolate and mitigate any political or physical threat these individuals pose, and the second is to extract certain concessions from them. What exactly this is depends on where the target is located. Criminal or Outer Rim targets will be extorted for credits, and those with political connections in the Alliance will typically need to provide some kind of information, which is usually ‘benign’ in the sense of it being itineraries, HoloNet addresses, chat logs, and information of that nature. Which, as you may know, is ripe for blackmail or otherwise actionable intelligence.

    How it begins is that the individual targeted will be approached by a Defiler who poses as a security official or other military figure who can reliably meet with them without major suspicion. Accepting will mean the Defiler will meet and continue the operation as normal. Declining will simply mean the Defiler shows up at their house one day, waiting to talk.

    The offer is fairly straightforward, the Defiler will offer ‘protection’ from any threats to their city, business, or livelihood, in return for certain payment which is to be decided. In some cases, especially in more dangerous areas (particularly on Coruscant, Taris, and Corellia), this is a legitimate offer and has led to conditions improving when the Consortium becomes involved, and some of the more gullible targets fully buy into the ‘protection’ offered.

    And if there is not a problem the Consortium can fix? They simply create or exacerbate a problem that exists. Peaceful cities could suddenly find themselves the site of a new gang war, or a previously controlled drug epidemic begins spiraling out of control. Prominent city officials are bribed, assassinated, or threatened. Media could suddenly find itself under new management and begin running smear pieces on the target or those associated with them.

    There would be repeated contacts between the Defiler and target, and the need for ‘protection’ would grow more and more after each visit. After a certain amount of time, the Defiler will either remove the target and install a more willing individual, or engineer the removal of the target through political pressure.

    It should be noted that the Consortium does not use these tactics on high-profile or influential figures on important planets. They have a separate department for those kinds of targets.

    The Political Rackets: These are among the most insidious of the rackets due to how they operate. The Consortium decides to target a particular politician or lawmaker who has a degree of influence – to the point where attempting a Protection Racket is infeasible – for the purposes of corrupting them – willingly or otherwise.

    The cyber security of the politician is targeted, and eventually the Consortium will have access to their profiles, internal communications, and campaign materials. With these, they will begin to put together a profile on the target, as well as their specific tastes and vices. Accessing HoloNet history is a major component of this kind of operation.

    In most cases they will identify a clear vector to begin influencing them. The first thing they will do is cross-check to see if their target is acquaintances with any other clients of the Consortium, and if they are, they will suggest to said client that they are always looking for new clients and to send anyone who may be interested their way. Sometimes the name of the target will be suggested.

    Depending on the inclinations of the target, they may reach out to see if an arrangement can be made, and in those cases the objective is complete. The Defiler will meet and arrange to provide them with whatever they want – for a modest price, of course, and this also puts them on a client list which will allow them potential access to the other events the Consortium holds. A distinct win-win for everyone involved, and the Consortium now has another politician they can reliably influence – or at least now has a vested interest in not rocking the boat.

    And if they do not? Well, the Consortium doesn’t reach out directly, but begins acquiring blackmail material. If they have private affairs with prostitutes, the Consortium will link them up with underage slave unknowingly while recording the whole event. If they have a drug addiction, they will find footage of the act and perhaps show that taxpayer money was used for it. Or sometimes it’s something as simple as their records where they accept bribes, their HoloNet history, and more. If there isn’t anything significant, they will fabricate criminal connections, visits, and other unsavory pieces of information into devices, HoloNet sites, and other mediums that could reliably ruin their careers and lives.

    They will typically reach out when enough material has been acquired, and make their demands. They never reveal it is the Consortium, but merely a third party. From there, the Consortium will work to groom the target into cooperating more willingly – sometimes sending rewards for good behavior – all of which only add to the blackmail file.

    This is an important point to consider, whether the political clients are willing or not.

    Because while the Consortium obscures this little detail well from their most valuable clients, they keep thousands of gigabytes worth of blackmail material on these figures. Every business transaction is recorded by cameras in Defiler armor, or from the dozens of hidden cameras in venues. Every drug shipment, slave bought, or sexual encounter in the presence of the Consortium is recorded and stored away in the event that they become problematic in the future.

    So why risk all the benefits you get with a good relationship with the Zann Consortium?

    That is exactly why so many of their clients find it easier to just relax and enjoy the fruits of their criminal enterprises and illegal addictions. It’s much easier than contemplating just how sharp the sword is that the Consortium is perpetually holding above their necks.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : THE GOLDEN BOARD

    Another of the more… benign… operations of the Consortium, is the management of the Golden Board, which in the simplest terms is a bounty board used by the rich, the most elite bounty hunters in the galaxy, as well as freelance assassins and hitmen. Very few actually know that the Consortium is behind the Golden Board, and most consider them a third-party service that is by now a requirement for anyone who wants to rise in the ranks of bounty hunters.

    There are a few distinct services the Golden Board provides. The first are those who want to post bounties. The Consortium will typically only allow contracts to be posted if there is a minimum credit threshold reached (suspected to be over half a million credits) for the purposes of weeding out small-timers and riffraff.

    The Consortium takes a five percent processing fee to host the bounty, and if the contract is fulfilled, another five percent. If thirty galactic standard days pass and the contract has not been taken, the Consortium will fully refund the processing fee, and if a contact is taken, but failed to be fulfilled, the Consortium will not charge again to rehost the contract. That said, if the contract is modified in any way, then it will be treated as a separate contract and require a processing fee. There are no limits or requirements for contracts -- they could be targeting the Imperial Sovereigns and the Consortium would not care -- they only need to ensure that the contract can be paid if fulfilled; so, the contracts can be first come first serve, standing for whoever completes it first, or exclusive to specific groups or hunters.

    In the event that a contract is fulfilled but the one who posted it cannot or refuses to pay, the Consortium will pay the one(s) who fulfilled the contract the difference, and blacklist the offending host, and quite possible target him for future operations. The Golden Board is not anonymous to the Consortium – they know everyone who has posted or completed a contract.

    The Golden Board itself operates through business outposts in the Outer Rim (such as Tatooine) and Mid-Rim (such as Takodana), as well as major city hubs such as Nar Shaddaa, Coruscant, and Corellia. It also maintains a section within the primary headquarters of the Bounty Hunters Guild. It is, much like the casinos on Alliance planets, staffed exclusively by disguised specialized slaves, with hidden garrisons of Yellow Vests and an overseeing Defiler always watching. Golden Board contracts have to be accepted in one of these stations, and is not accessible over the HoloNet.

    The other half of the Golden Board deals with the bounty hunters and freelancers that use the service. Only veterans of the trade are allowed to access these exclusive contracts, and this generally involves providing references, a proven track record of success, and a degree of professionalism. The Golden Board has morphed to be a staple of elite hunter culture at this point, and it’s certainly an interesting sight to see so many famous and infamous hunters meet at the same place. The fact that they are guaranteed payment if they complete a contract, regardless of if the host can pay or not is an incredible incentive to utilize it regularly.

    It is also worth noting that the Consortium itself also uses the Golden Board to post their own bounties, though they obscure their involvement through proxies, and generally only reveal themselves if the contract is fulfilled, as they are continually looking out for talent to be able to call upon in the future. Consortium contracts pay extremely well and provide so many additional amenities that quite a few hunters are essentially Consortium agents in their own right – Cynthia being the most obvious example of this.

    You will likely notice that this is perhaps an area vulnerable to some degree of penetration from other governments or organizations, hiring proxies to access the Golden Board and potentially accepting contracts on behalf of a third party. This is… presumably something the Consortium is aware of, and they don’t necessarily care about. There really isn’t too much to really learn from the Golden Board outside who may want who captured or killed. It’s a good way to find out the best bounty hunters or assassins in the galaxy, but honestly, any decent intelligence service is going to know who these people are without going to elaborate lengths such as this.

    Something to consider.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : DRUG DEVELOPMENT CONTROL

    The drug production division of the Zann Consortium is rather interesting from a purely organizational, financial, and utilization standpoint. The illegal drug trade is worth trillions of credits and is the foundation of many crime lords, criminal empires, and of course, cartels.

    The goal is to make money, and this is done by getting your clients addicted to whatever you are selling, and the more buyers, the more money, and the one running it takes a big cut, and invests a smaller amount back into the project. Essentially, every drug operation works like this, and most tend to specialize in a certain drug or offshoot. Hutts dominate the spice trade, the Black Sun produces ryll and hallucinogens, and you don’t have to look far to find cheap and destructive knockoffs of all of those.

    Here is where the Consortium differs – the drug trade is not a source of revenue – it is a tool and weapon they use against their rivals and enemies.

    While we were unable to obtain hard records, it’s extremely likely that the Consortium actively loses money on the drug trade, since the way they operate is designed in such a way that profit is almost impossible – which doesn’t matter since the point of the drug trade is not to make money. This will be elaborated on here:

    The way the Consortium strangles the drug trade enforced by their rivals – specifically the hutts and various syndicates – is by determining the drug that is being sold, and simply selling a higher purity version of the same drug, usually a strain which has additionally been modified to addict the individual to only that strain of drug.

    This is to say that the Consortium essentially sells engspice-esque drugs, although they have to be careful that it’s the same drug the users are currently addicted to, otherwise it has been known to simply kill the user. So, in addition to forcibly breaking the user off of rival drugs, and addicting them to their own, they also sell the drug for significantly lower than what the current drug is selling for.

    This easily hooks users, and after one use, they will never really go back to what they were using before, and the Consortium will actually give them enough money to pay any kind of debts they have to make retaliation – if not more difficult – more unjustified. These kind of operations in particular make the hutts crazy because they cannot conceive of someone running a drug operation like this intentionally. Even worse is that it cuts deeply into the profits, and some have gone so far as to order hits on Consortium dealers (which is often repulsed by the Mercenary Corps), which the Consortium is more than happy to respond to by starting a gang war.

    In addition to using it to mitigate the influence of rivals, the Consortium also uses it during their Protection Rackets to start drug epidemics. They use the same drugs and methods, although if they are ordered to stop their operations due to the target relenting, their final dose sold will be a modified strain that removes the addition and acts as ‘cure,’ even though the body will go through symptoms of withdrawal, which the user only thinks was a bad batch, and then they find that they have no desire to have any more – and the dealers are also mysteriously gone.

    This should illustrate just how the Consortium uses the drug trade, something Tlon Fett’s Gra’tua also appears to have adopted to an extent.

    There are several different divisions within Drug Development Control that handle various aspects of it.

    Drug Engineering and Synthesis: Before any drug goes to production, it must first be understood, tampered with, refined, and then tested and retested. This division works to essentially reverse-engineer drugs and then alter the chemical composition to achieve a greater purity and higher addictive result. They are staffed by expert chemists and biologists, whose work on drugs typically goes through several stages.

    The first is that they acquire and identify a drug from a target location. Once they determine the drug type, they begin work on trying to produce the highest quality version of the drug possible. When this is achieved, they will begin making slight modifications to the chemical structure to enhance the addictive properties of it. The final stage is developing a non-addictive iteration, which will function as a ‘cure’ should it be necessary. When this is complete, the drug is ready for production.

    Discarded slaves are used throughout the process, and serve to verify if the drug is working as intended. Most slaves will undergo medical non-addictive procedures multiple times to keep them usable for later stages of the process. There are instances of slaves dying from overdoses and fatal drug mixtures, but the Consortium largely does not care about them, and if they die, the attitude is ‘better them than our targets.’

    Drug Production: Drug production is largely straightforward, though can be a complex process depending on what type of drug needs to be manufactured. Most variants of spice can be developed through fairly standardized means, though particularly rare substances such as glitterstim involve the Consortium building a Kessel mine recreation and cloning and chipping the spiders to do nothing but produce glitterstim, which would then be extracted by slaves and refined afterwards.

    They are also responsible for packaging and keeping sales figures. In many cases, they will also provide syringes with extra needles, cigars, and sterilized plates depending on however the user wants to ingest the drugs.

    Drug Distribution and Strategy: This division is responsible for taking the produced drugs to the target area and establishing a selling point. Unlike Fett’s Gra’tua, the Consortium does not work through third parties, and utilizes their Mercenary Corps for this task, with a Defiler overseer, of course. Throughout the course of the drug’s research and production, this division will covertly mark drug users, sellers, and methods they are using to addict their buyers.

    A game plan for how to effectively dismantle the drug trade of their rival will be drawn up well before the drug itself is distributed, and the most operations will happen within the span of a few days, usually too fast for the other organization to react quickly enough – which they couldn’t really do much about even if there was a reaction.

    In this period, the Consortium will also be actively ready to engage in violent action, especially if dealers begin threatening buyers of Consortium product. Heavy buyers will also receive covert protection in the event they are targeted for retaliation. The Consortium will continue to maintain control over the drug trade in this area for as long as necessary, though if the offending organization pulls off-planet completely, operations may be dismantled as the Consortium is simply losing money without any real benefit.

    What, did you think they would just raise their prices? That isn’t very pro-consumer, now is it?

    And the Zann Consortium is nothing, if not pro-consumer – if you are a client, at least.

    xxx

    STRUCTURE : SLAVING OPERATION CONTROL

    Slavery is one of the thriving enterprises in the Outer Rim, and is one of the clear scourges on the galaxy that most people universally condemn, yet the problem still persists. However, if you were to ask the average galactic citizen – and even those in the military or government – few, if any, would associate the Zann Consortium as a significant contributor of the slave trade.

    In a way, they would be correct.

    The Consortium does not sell slaves in the markets or raid planets in search of beings to chain and sell. There are no such things as ‘slave raids’ that are carried out by the Consortium, but they are, without any shadow of a doubt, responsible for a significant amount of slave trafficking -- especially in the Alliance -- and are worryingly exceptional at covering it up.

    The Consortium has one of the most sophisticated slaving operations in the galaxy, and it is telling that so few are aware of it. In part, this is because the brutality and thuggishness of other parties like the hutts paint a clear picture of what slavery is. It is dirty, beaten women and children chained together and sold on auction stands; it is inspiring stories of slave revolts against their oppressive masters; it is the identifying marks of slavery such as shock collars and electro-whips.

    Propaganda, which serves to do more harm than good regarding the public perception of what slavery is. That is a topic for another time, but understand that the slavery the Consortium practices is nowhere near as crude as this.

    However, before continuing further, I’d like to perform a thought experiment. Or a test to see how well you’ve been paying attention throughout the document. By now, there should be a pattern in how the Consortium operates, so before I reveal the depravity that is the Consortium slaving operations, make a guess as to how they run.

    Here it is.

    The Consortium buys slaves from a variety of markets and vendors across the galaxy. But they are very particular as to what kind of slaves they purchase. They do not buy elderly, crippled, heavily traumatized, or disfigured slaves -- dismissing them as ‘low quality.’ In return, the Consortium pays exceptionally well for slaves that they consider ‘high quality.’

    Women of all species they pay the most for, men of strong physiques who are humans or near-humans follow, children rank third, and overall slaves who are not suffering from any degenerative conditions are after. There are a few slavers who have done business with the Consortium and typically offer them first pick of the offerings, which the Consortium gratefully accepts.

    Newly bought slaves are taken back to Slavery Station where they are cleaned, clothed, and undergo surgery to have control chips implanted in their brains. The Consortium considers shock collars crude and inefficient when a control chip is more reliable, unseen, and modifiable. It also has the benefit of being impossible to remove unless brain surgery is performed, and the chip being fried would also likely cause brain damage or death if overloaded.

    Chipped and cleaned, the slaves are now given to medical teams who take skin, hair, saliva, urine, and sperm/egg (depending on gender) samples which are taken away for storage for the moment. They are then subjected to a series of physical tests which push them to the point of exhaustion, with data being collected on how their bodies react.

    Further batteries of tests are included, such as marksmanship, educational tests in mathematics, science, engineering/mechanics, and reading comprehension. Psychological interviews are conducted by Defilers as well as participating in memory tests. By this point, there has been an extensive amount of data collected, and the Consortium is far from finished.

    Information on sexuality and performance is gathered next, and this is typically carried out by allowing Yellow Vests, Defilers, and the Mercenary Corps (if any untouched slaves remain) to have their pick of the slaves and rape them. Depending on how satisfied the Consortium individual is, they can place a request on the slave in question which will be taken under consideration.

    The final battery of tests – provided they have not been marked for preservation for another member of the Consortium -- is pain tolerance, and this is where the usefulness of the slave in question comes to an end. They go through a variety of rounds of torture, each focusing on a different part of the body to acquire a thorough understanding of the pain tolerance of the individual. Wounds are generally healed and not permanent until the research team determines that enough data has been gathered. Psychological torture is also included, including sleep deprivation and coercion through other family members should they be also enslaved.

    Most experiments will end with a concerted focus to have the slave attempt to commit suicide, and then denying it to determine a mental breaking point. At this instance, the slave is a mental and physical wreck and the Consortium has largely gotten what they need out of them. They are terminated and recycled. The entire process takes between two and three weeks and are done in batches of one hundred.

    The Zann Consortium does not do anything else with slaves they buy. This is the fate of every single slave who is sold to them without exception.

    The question now transitions to why.

    What is the point of these tests and data gathered?

    It is to produce more slaves, but slaves improved from their base templates and without the psychological trauma that exists to some degree in all slaves. The Consortium has no interest in giving their clients what they view as ‘damaged goods,’ they are not interested in forcing the slaves to conform to a psychological profile that they can never fit.

    So, the solution is to build the slaves from the ground up.

    The cloning chambers that are used to create Defilers are only a minority. The vast majority of cloning operations in the Consortium produce slaves. Genetic templates which are perfect copies of the original slave, which have been altered in specific ways to produce several different specialization templates. One can be genetically modified for greater strength, intelligence, flexibility, and attractiveness. Several hundred kaminoans are now employed by the Zann Consortium, and their cloning expertise is responsible for the modern Consortium slave trade.

    One thing to note immediately is the fact that the vast majority of grown slaves do not have accelerated growth. Some do, but those are typically laborers and soldiers -- the majority do not. They are grown in a vat for however long their natural birthing period is, and then extracted and placed in kaminoan cribs, where they receive designated language flash-training and are tended to by droids.

    At four years of age they begin their training. They undergo surgery to have the control chips installed into their brains. They are segregated into specializations, as each and every slave is literally bred for a specific purpose, and the training by Defilers begins. By the age of ten they are heavily conditioned to essentially do whatever their masters demand. As they grow older, their education becomes more complex depending on what they are intended to specialize in.

    When the Consortium determines that they fit the criteria for whatever slave specialization the slave is, they will be frozen in carbonite and placed into storage and added to the catalog that the Consortium presents to their clients. Most people do not comprehend just how massive the slaving operations the Consortium runs are now. It required heavy investment of at least twenty years, but thanks to the planning of Talia, and now Tyrell Zann, the operation is stable and self-sustaining.

    There are thousands of clones started every week on Spaarti, and it essentially ensures that the Consortium will never run out of a specific type in the future – if indeed they have not reached that point now.

    So how does this translate into sales? How could the Consortium market this? We return to the value of customer service.

    Their clientele are, like most of their others, usually connected, wealthy, and criminals, people who have very particular tastes and desires and who turn their nose up at the very idea of attending a slave auction – not due to any kind of morality – but because the filth that are on display are not worth their attention or credits.

    But the Consortium? Now they could offer quality. Some may not be interested in idiot slaves and want a highly educated engineer that can assist them on secret projects with no fear of leaks. The Consortium can provide that. Others want completely loyal bodyguards who they can use to intimidate their rivals and project power. Not an issue for the Consortium. Many want sexual partners to use however they please. The only questions the Consortium asks are species, gender, and age.

    The Consortium simply does not care what you do with slaves once they are sold. They only care about providing the highest possible quality, further tailored to your wishes. You could execute, abuse, or even free the slave and they would have zero issues with it. They are merely here to provide a service, and if you are satisfied, then their job is done.

    It is… difficult to convey just how it feels for you to be handed a haptic display and flick through ‘customization options’ which are reminiscent of a hologame RPG. Except it isn’t an artificial persona you are creating, but a living being you are purchasing. It’s a surreal and dehumanizing experience with the ease of ordering a piece of furniture from the HoloNet.

    The amount of detail one is allowed is staggering. It is entirely possible for one to order a red-skinned female twi’lek engineer, male chiss sniper, iridonian male zabrak biologist, or female human escort with red hair and green eyes… you get the idea.

    The Consortium goes one step further, and allows the potential buyer to examine the slaves before going through with a final purchase, which can include physical strength and durability tests, educational tests, or sexual performance. The Consortium wants there to be nothing wrong, after all. Assuming the client is satisfied, the transaction will be completed and ownership will be transferred.

    The cost of a slave varies, with the more specialized and exotic the slave, the higher the cost. The cheapest slaves cost one million credits, while the most expensive can reach up to fifty million. An expensive purchase, but it offers the closest thing to perfect slaves that are incapable of rebellion and literally bred for such a task.

    The assortment of slaves includes all near-human and humanoid species, and a significant amount of other alien species. We suspect that the Consortium puts out notices for specific slaves they are interested in as well. I will also note that the Consortium does take special orders from clients, which are rare due to the sheer amount of options, but they do exist and are not necessarily for slaves either.

    I… believe that gives a complete overview on the slaving operations in the Consortium. There are divisions that manage different aspects of cloning and development, but in all honesty, it doesn’t really matter or change anything. Their functions have already been described accurately.

    This entire organization needs to burn.
     
  3. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    PERSONS OF NOTE

    Within the Consortium there are a number of individuals beyond the big three (who will also be covered) who are worth investigating and bringing to light. They are largely managers and administrators of the Consortium and have become fairly integral to operations. All of these individuals are marked for investigation and potential dossier reports.

    Cassian Lone: The more sharp-eyed Mandalorian analysts will likely wonder if the surname indicates a connection to the Mandalorian Clan Lone, one of the few that are not part of the Mandalorian Union itself for one reason or another. Research has confirmed that Cassian is indeed formerly of the Lone Clan, but he does not identify with any aspect of Mandalorian culture, as he left the clan when he was a teenager and fell in with a group of mercenaries.

    As fortune had it, these mercenaries eventually joined forces with the Consortium and Cassian soon attracted the attention of several ranking figures and was offered the opportunity to join the Yellow Vests three years after initially allying with the Consortium, a position he gratefully accepted.

    Over the past fifteen years he has continued distinguishing himself, participating in the most dangerous and vital missions to the Consortium at great risk to himself. He’s lost his left hand and entire right leg in different battles (both replaced with cybernetics), and acquired a notable collection of scars from campaigns on dozens of backwater worlds. He has now ascended to Commander of the Yellow Vests, and is one of the primary advisors to Tyrell Zann and appraised of all major operations of the Consortium and the Yellow Vests.

    Regardless of his affiliation, Cassian has the physique of a Mandalorian. He stands exactly one point eight meters and carries nothing short of a full arsenal on him at all times, particularly, disruptor rifle and mass driver rifle combos, with carbonite and thermal grenades. Older now, he has a graying beard and short haircut, and while his features have hardened, there is nothing that especially stands out about him appearance-wise, as the majority of his scars are under armor.

    He has good working relationships with all major figures of the Consortium, Urai and Tyrell in particular. He ignores Tora, and is rather restrained when it comes to his opinion on Tlon Fett. He must find it ironic how involved Mandalorians are now in his life, even if he no longer considers himself one. He has no children and has an off-on relationship with another Yellow Vest officer, and both men appear to have known each other for years.

    A final note of interest is that while Cassian is definitely not a Mandalorian, he doesn’t really seem to have any significant animosity to them, and interestingly it appears that Tlon Fett is making a positive impression on the Mandalorians for him. Rather showcases the skewed morality of the Consortium when Fett can actually impress someone.

    EX-QT: This is one of the more unique individuals in the Consortium. We don’t know who or what originally created EX-QT, but whoever it was obviously intended for it to function as some kind of assassin droid. The model is completely custom, and it actually has evolved itself to operate in ‘shells’ as it maintains several bodies from which it uploads itself to whenever it wants to do a particular task.

    EX-QT was originally – amusingly – a bounty hunter of sorts, who seemed to grow bored of it and developed an interesting personality quirk – that of collecting and managing items. We don’t know exactly how it made contact with the Consortium, but directly stated that it was impressed with the operation and wanted to learn more. At this point, Talia Zann was still in command, and understandably wary of a seemingly independent droid.

    An interesting historical note about the Consortium is the fact that they are somehow very accepting of unshackled droid intelligences, having worked with the infamous bounty hunter IG-88 back during the formation of the Consortium (note: there were four iterations of the IG-88 series and it is unclear which one worked with the Consortium). They are aware of the benefits – and risks – such partners can bring. Talia extended a tentative offer to provide assistance, so long as it was reliable.

    EX-QT accepted, and in the beginning, moved around the Consortium quite a bit until it settled into the role of Manager of Black Market Management, and is now responsible for planning, assigning, and deciding just what steps will be taken for the Consortium markets and how best to carry them out. It appears to enjoy the significant amount of data management the position offers, and will often unknowingly participate in the events using a protocol droid shell – which is, of course, heavily augmented to support weapon systems.

    I am honestly not sure how dangerous this droid is, since it does not seem to really embrace violence and seems content in management. I wonder how much it actually cares about the Consortium, but unless another better offer comes along, it isn’t going anywhere and its removal will definitely hinder their market operations.

    Cynthia, the Executor: While technically a freelance bounty hunter, the Executor has been involved with the Consortium for nearly a decade, and it is fair to say that she can be considered one of their most reliable assets. Everyone is aware of the Executor’s reputation, but not much about the woman herself – it took a surprising amount of effort on our part to piece together her history.

    She was not, as we had suspected, trained as a freelance hutt assassin who went rogue. She is former Imperial Intelligence. We are still unsure how she managed to break the conditioning, and even more unsure why she left at all. She does not display any significant animosity towards the Empire, nor does the Empire seem to have some vendetta against her. The only reason we know for sure is that she keeps her bars as a memento. We had always assumed it was a trophy, but it appears to merely be her own.

    Cynthia began taking contracts from the Golden Board early into her career, and has stated her preference for avoiding hutt contracts. She has always expressed a disdain for the entire species, and this actually matches up very well with her Imperial background. After her reputation began growing, she began being offered exclusive Consortium contracts which she has a one hundred percent success record in.

    Tyrell Zann in particular took an interest in her, and we can only speculate as to why. It was initially believed it had to do with the fact that he definitely has a type he is attracted to, though later information has dismissed this as a reason. The more likely reason is that he respects her efficiency, as well as her rather dramatic methods of killing targets – forcing them to their knees and killing them with a single shot to the back of the head. The Executor didn’t earn her name for nothing, after all.

    We were unsure why she slowly began working almost exclusively for the Consortium, but we recently discovered the fact that she made a deal – years ago – for the Consortium to grow a child for her. We didn’t make this discovery until recently, but she’s being raised covertly by Cynthia herself and another Defiler who we haven’t been able to identify. Further digging into her past showed that she had a sister who died in an airspeeder accident, so the most likely explanation is that the clone is made from her sister’s genetics – or at least looks like her.

    Rather sentimental, and explains why Cynthia is so loyal to the Consortium.

    In terms of her threat level, she is just as dangerous as always, if not more. The Consortium continues to fund pretty much every aspect of her one-woman operation, with her armor being made out of Mandalorian iron, and having her field mass driver sniper rifles and disruptor rifles. This collection does make up for her rather short stature, and the final appearance note of worth is that is she one of the few mirialans to not sport any facial tattoos, and is identifiable by her green eyes and black hair which is dyed with strands of silver.

    Gabrial Uloi: This man is perhaps one of the most malicious within the entire Consortium. He is the manager of all slaving operations in the Consortium, so that should already tell you a lot of what kind of person he is. He is, unsurprisingly, a former slaver with a specialty in grooming. Tyrell Zann approached him and said his talents were being wasted, and invited him to tour the Consortium slaving operations on Spaarti. Gabrial joined on the spot.

    Disgusting man.

    Gabrial is a frail old human who looks exceptionally unconcerned with the fact that he looks like a sexual predator with his elderly features, groomed white beard, and unsettling eyes that never seem to blink. However, appearances can be deceiving as somehow Gabrial isn’t a sexual predator of adults or children, and in fact, never touches any of the slaves.

    What is unnerving about him is his intelligence. We are unsure exactly what, if any, education he has, but he has a deep understanding of slave mentality, parenting, child psychology, and child grooming. He has personally been the architect of all modern Consortium slaving doctrine and grooming curricula, and the Consortium owes much of its current slaving operations to his work.

    He does not have combat training, nor carries any weapons from what we know. He is also in no relationships that we are aware of, and seems dedicated to serving the Consortium until he dies. However, he has recently been seen holding private conversations with a newly cloned child, who has more recently been following him around on Spaarti.

    Since we can say with some confidence that his tastes do not involve children, the more likely explanation is that this child is a clone – perhaps of himself – that he is grooming to be his successor. We do not know right now, and if so, we likely will not for many years.

    Rana Tu: The kaminoans have managed to find a haven in the Consortium, and the first one – and the one who keeps finding enclaves and refugees of kaminoans – was Rana Tu.

    Yes, the Rana Tu.

    I remain shocked that he managed to slip the grip of the Alliance and Jedi, but I am somehow also not surprised that the Chief of Cloning Operations had a contingency that let him survive. He did, admittedly, seem smarter than his brethren, since he maintained his headquarters in the Rishi Maze and not Kamino itself.

    If you’re wondering how the Consortium has made such advances in cloning and genetics, that can be traced solely to Rana Tu himself. The kaminoan is brilliant, no one can objectively dispute that, and his brilliance within the Consortium is on full and horrific display. I know he gave the profilers nightmares since they didn’t know how to correctly profile him, and I’m afraid that there can’t be anymore light shone on it than already exists.

    The continuing argument on if Rana sees non-kaminoans as legitimate beings and not walking collections of genetics is not settled, as he and Talia appeared to actually get along quite well, with Rana even making poor attempts at jokes at times. But we can say that the only time Rana shows any sort of real emotion is when he is working.

    I don’t even think we can say that he has emotions. This is a kaminoan who is able to watch a twi’lek girl get tortured to death and make notes on a tablet while cocking his head curiously at the scene. It is like how we would see a droid being dismembered; it just doesn’t affect us viscerally even if the droid simulates pain.

    I think we should be careful about considering him a sadist – because that implies he takes pleasure in what he does, and that simply does not happen with Rana unless he is in a room filled with gene-editing software. He is a geneticist at heart, and is responsible for the creation of the incredibly large library of genetic templates for cloning.

    The challenge of taking a genome and shaping it to his will is something he takes a significant of pride in, though I don’t know if we can even assign him a ‘god complex,’ as to him, he is simply doing what comes naturally to all kaminoans – life is to be shaped by their hands. Amoral bastards the kaminoans may be, but they’re good at what they do.

    Like all of his kind, he does not consider any kind of clone something that is actually alive – though he rarely interacts with them outside of tests anyway. More recently though, he appears to have opened back up research into the cloning of Force-sensitives – and knowing the Consortium, they are going to give him whatever tools and resources he needs to make it a reality.

    The ability to grow Force-sensitives without side-effects would turn the Consortium from merely an evil criminal organization into a galactic threat. This can simply not be allowed.

    Samantha: Very rarely are the names of Defilers learned, or are necessarily relevant outside of certain contexts. But this is a notable exception. Samantha is not like other Defilers. She was a special project begun by Talia Zann shortly before she gave birth to Tyrell.

    Samantha is a heavily modified human on a genetic level. She is faster and stronger than women and most men of her size, she stands at barely over two meters, dwarfing most individuals (including Tora, much to her annoyance) except large species like wookiees. Her appearance is that of what you would expect of a supermodel with flawless olive skin, cropped black hair, and deep blue, almond-shaped eyes.

    She is also hyperintelligent for a human, testing far outside the standard range of even Defilers. She has received training in all specializations of Defilers, has expert knowledge of political science, anatomy, and combat surgery. She speaks Basic, Huttese, and Cheunh fluently, and is overall the perfect iteration of a human woman.

    The thing is, we’re unsure exactly what is making all of this work. The most obvious theory is that there are alien genetics integrated into her – the fact that Rana himself worked on this project suggests this is likely, but there seems to be a piece missing, or the exact reason why Talia ordered her creation in the first place. Regardless, it does not change the facts.

    Currently, Samantha is the personal Defiler to Tyrell Zann himself.

    She acts as a mix between bodyguard, advisor, and hitman. Tyrell, and only Tyrell can command her, as her control chip only seems to force her to accept orders from him. If this was intended by Talia or something Tyrell added himself is unknown. She has been personally responsible for staving off six assassination attempts, and led the investigations and ultimate captures of the perpetrators.

    The woman is dangerously intelligent and fanatically loyal to Tyrell, a fact which Tyrell seems to enjoy keeping to himself, as he gains great enjoyment from guests dismissing the towering woman behind him as an idiot bodyguard, and typically asks her for opinions of certain individuals or reactions to supply thoughts and observations that he otherwise would not have noticed.

    Both of them are also in a romantic relationship. We attempted to learn some specifics of this, as both of them keep relatively quiet about it, but considering the deepening relationship between the two of them, it was likely only a matter of time. It is also highly atypical, and raises some questions about how much of this could be extrapolated to other Defilers – and how much is due to Samantha’s unique situation.

    Romantic relationships with Defilers – while not unheard of – are usually just sexual release with slaves or between other Defilers. They are never with Consortium personnel, and certainly not with the Zann family. Tora was supposedly aghast when she found out, and while we don’t know what happened, we do know that Tyrell kicked her off his flagship and confined her to patrol duty for three months.

    Returning to the relationship dynamic, we are unsure how much influence Samantha has on the relationship, and if Tyrell is genuinely in love with her or using her. While the simplest answer is the latter, there are several factors that make it appear less likely. The first is that Defilers are not slaves. They are incapable of betraying the Consortium, yes, but they are integral parts of the organization and highly respected and skilled. The power dynamic is not exactly that of master and slave, but superior and subordinate – for the most part. The control chips muddle the waters here significantly.

    The second factor is that we cannot find a single instance of Tyrell treating Samantha badly or as anything less than a friend or confidant. He regularly requests her input on matters, has her supplement his blind spots, and seems rather amused by the fact that she is smarter than him on an objective level. There is very little evidence to suggest that this is something Tyrell is forcing on an unwilling Defiler, which is admittedly surprising.

    Unless we have the opportunity to interrogate both of them, I suspect the details will have to remain speculation. In any case, she should be regarded as an extremely dangerous threat – and the fact that Tyrell never goes anywhere without her means that any operation targeting the Iron Lord will also come into contact with Samantha.

    Prepare accordingly.

    Urai Fen, Enforcer to the Lord and Lady Zann: Urai Fen is one of the more fascinating characters within the Consortium because there is simply no one like him. His history prior to joining with Tyber Zann is largely a mystery, but due to his species essentially remaining ageless, he could be thousands of years old. From what we know of the talortai, they are a species largely confined to the planet of the same name in the far Outer Rim.

    What is interesting is that when we approached the Jedi for information on this planet, they first asked how we knew of it, and then proceeded rather reluctantly to provide what they had on it. As it turns out, the planet is supposedly steeped in the Force, with the talortai believing that they exist to ‘protect the planet from those who would take its power.’ All talortai are Force-sensitive – including Urai – though how powerful he is is unknown, as the only hints of Force-sensitivity are his extremely fast reflexes.

    It also appears that Talortai has been the site of several incursions by Jedi and Sith over the millennia, in a similar situation to the voss, although both parties inevitably pulled back as the talortai slaughtered their people. The mystery of the planet will remain, it seems.

    Why or how Urai left his planet is unknown, and it was a subject that he never discusses, even with his closest allies or friends. He bluntly and quickly shuts down all talk about his past before the Consortium, and something of note is that Planet Talortai is also free of Consortium assets, and he regularly has the Pirate Fleet patrol the systems around it, as if he is covertly trying to protect the planet.

    For what purpose, we aren’t sure. Urai is not especially sentimental, but could clearly have some kind of connection to his people he wants to preserve.

    What strikes me as extremely curious is that of all the people in the Consortium, Urai simply does not fit the mold of a criminal. He has a very defined sense of honor, such as fighting his enemies personally, and undertaking dangerous assignments with his soldiers, as well as fulfilling bargains and remaining loyal to your allies. He doesn’t seem to care about credits, women, or even power.

    He just… goes through the motions at times.

    He isn’t an idiot, but he lacks the charm that Tyber, Talia, and Tyrell Zann have. He lacks flair and appears to be enjoying his work less and less. He is blunt and to the point; preferring to simply eliminate targets over manipulating them. He couldn’t talk his way into a deal without threats or just giving up.

    Because when it comes down to it, Urai is a warrior. He isn’t a diplomat, speechwriter, or crime lord. The best he could do when he was in charge of the Consortium was prevent the bad decisions from collapsing the organization and relying on others to supplement his blind spots. I feel like he could become these things if he wanted… but he deliberately chooses not to.

    In an organization revolving around the corruption of others, Urai Fen is oddly incorruptible. He does not, and will not change. He has been the singular constant of the Consortium since its founding, and he is unlikely to be going anywhere anytime soon. But it honestly seems like his heart is no longer in it, and he’s doing this out of a sense of obligation and respect for Tyber Zann to ensure that his organization doesn’t fall apart.

    It does raise the question of what would have eventually happened to the Consortium if Talia Zann hadn’t happened, and Tyrell hadn’t followed her legacy. At some point, even an immortal would become tired of being shackled to a singular organization for centuries. There seems to be something more to Urai staying so connected, but we can’t come up with a plausible reason for why that is.

    He notably does not involve himself in the vast majority of business decisions within the Consortium, instead managing all military and fleet assets, as well as handling Defiler assignments. He attends the parties and events at times, but he is more often seen on Consortium assignments where there is likely to be fighting.

    Now it is important to say that Urai Fen is one of the most dangerous opponents that exist in the galaxy. This is an alien potentially thousands of years old, who has fought Force-users throughout his life (Sith Acolytes of Palpatine and Silri are ones we can confirm), and has a kill count in the high hundred thousands.

    He uses a variety of techniques in combat, most notably his twin talortai combat blades, which are likely made out of some kind of metal from his home planet and are sharpened to the point of being able to penetrate almost any armor. The few times Urai ran into Jedi, he easily killed them, including a Sentinel of the Militant Order (the Jedi in general had not encountered the Consortium previously).

    His blades are also not his only weapon. He carries several pieces of stun equipment that are able to completely knock out almost any human or near-human species – which armor cannot stop. EMP bombs, mines, and equipment are also utilized. When deprived of his blades, he utilizes his strength extremely effectively, and is more than capable of fighting the best CQC experts.

    From what we have seen, he is extremely difficult to kill, and regenerates light wounds in minutes, and heavier ones in days. We don’t know if he can regrow limbs or other organs, but it is not inconceivable.

    A final note is that he gets along surprisingly well with Tlon Fett, and Urai appears to be the one Fett respects most within the Consortium. Perhaps it is due to the fact that they are both warriors who disdain small talk and chatter. Perhaps it is because they are experts in the art of combat. Perhaps they view each other as practical. Whatever the reason, Fett is the one person of his Gra’tua that Urai seems to see as something of a friend.

    Tora Zann, Lady of the Zann Consortium: I find it highly amusing that her title is ‘Lady’ when that is one of the descriptions that fit her least. Tora is the second child of Talia Zann and her only daughter. Younger sister to Tyrell, and from the beginning she had been considered a disappointment by pretty much every ranking member of the Consortium. Were it not for Tyrell, Tora might have ended up deposed by Urai had she taken sole command of the Consortium. Again.

    She is an odd beast. She has significant mood fluctuations at times, she is arrogant, self-centered, and dismissive to those around her who she considers her lesser. She is best described as the rebellious teenager of the family, and in that age she quite regularly abused Consortium assets for drugs, unnecessary wealth, and slaves. Not enough to make a noticeable dent in the Consortium, but enough that Urai and Talia stepped in and attempted a course correction that seems to have only been partially successful.

    She was pushed to find an outlet, and ended up becoming a rather skilled and dangerous soldier – with some improvements. She got every single kind of enhancement one could think of, replacing her limbs with cybernetic equivalents, neural implants synched to her weapons, applied genetic modification, and more. There is suspicion that these haven’t improved her mental stability, but if so, it’s not any more noticeable than normal.

    The truth is that Tora Zann is something of a moron, and everyone knows it.

    Any sort of influence or control she is given is largely ceremonial to assuage her ego while Urai and Tyrell assume control of the actual Consortium. She doesn’t participate in the business side of the organization, instead preferring to hold parties in her quarters with her harem of slaves. Tora is also a classic example of a nymphomaniac, and has reportedly has had hundreds of sexual encounters with men and women of all species, and, in fact, seems to seek out new and exotic sexual experiences.

    This is understandably an issue, as when she isn’t raping her slaves, she attempts to do the same to Consortium soldiers, which has resulted in Tyrell ordering a specific Defiler to watch her and intervene when she decides to sexually harass the personnel, something she is continually furious of. Though she does, for some reason, have an aversion to the Defilers in this regard. Possibly because they are the few who will not listen to her merely because she is a Zann.

    Unfortunately, when this happens, she typically responds by taking out her anger on her slaves, which results in them either having severe injuries or in some cases killing them. In this, the Consortium doesn’t care as slaves can be easily replaced, and if it keeps her aggressive tendencies in check, then all the better.

    The sole area where Tora displays any kind of competence is in battle. She is a walking war machine, wears a specialized battle suit which contains a modular loadout that supports heavy laser weaponry, micro-missiles, and even a cage for a small ysalamiri on the back. It also supports chemical dispensers or flamethrowers.

    She has an affinity for explosives, and her primary weapon is a grenade launcher, though she will switch to a heavy mass driver cannon if that runs out of ammunition. She has close to no regard for her own safety, although admittedly is built to suffer as few injuries as possible. She is predictable and easy to out-strategize, but that also doesn’t necessarily make her significantly less dangerous.

    Ultimately, Tora is someone of note more for her heritage than because she is actually important. I suspect that if she were to die in any circumstance, no one in the Consortium would mourn her.

    Tyrell Zann, the Iron Lord of the Consortium: If Talia Zann was the one who revitalized the Consortium, Tyrell Zann is the one who will define the legacy it leaves behind. While there is apparently some debate if Tyrell or his mother was the greatest leader since Tyber Zann himself, the fact remains that he has been one of the most respected and influential leaders of the Consortium in its entire history.

    As a young boy, he had ambition to not only succeed his mother, but achieve even greater things than she did. He was determined to turn the Zann Consortium into the greatest criminal empire in the galaxy that no one would be able to touch, not the Alliance, not the Empire, no one.

    At the insistence of his mother, he made a plan for his life and also like her, left the Consortium for a short time to expand his education and worldview. He acquired degrees in political science, general psychology, acting, and business management. He spent time as a high-ranking aide to several prominent senators at the time, spent time traveling the galaxy and visited several Jedi Temples, major political, and social hubs of the galaxy such as Corellia, Taris, and Coruscant, and of course, the places of the underworld including Nar Shaddaa, Nal Hutta, Tatooine, and more. He also has a singular acting credit (under a false name) in the hit holovid “The 500,” a heist holovid following a team of criminals attempting to break into the vaults of the 500 Republica.

    Tyrell played a minor crime boss, and his performance was praised for being ‘authentic, intimidating, and flawless.’ Tyrell often holds showings of the holovid at parties, and personally sends the director a thank you note and small sum of credits monthly. Tyrell has credited him with awakening his love of acting, and he covertly makes sure he receives near-unlimited funding for his projects in the future.

    He’s rather generous to his friends, I’ll give him that. I wonder how they would feel knowing that their projects are funded by the most notorious criminal organization in the galaxy.

    Tyrell eventually returned to the Consortium after fifteen years, throughout which he was apprised of Consortium developments and kept in contact with his mother and Urai. Upon returning, he was immediately given a full update on the operations of the Consortium and eased into taking command. Samantha was also assigned to him at this time.

    Before Talia was diagnosed and placed into carbonite, both of them were working closely together and determining the future of the Consortium. I will note that Tyrell has never once mourned his mother because he is certain that she’ll return and a cure will be developed, and when she returns, he wants her to find everything in good working order.

    Upon taking full command of the Consortium with the full blessing of Urai, Tyrell began getting to work, and he has defined himself by his aggressive and merciless expansion and treatment of opponents. His title of the ‘Iron Lord’ was earned from his unrelenting expansion into the territories of the hutts and Black Sun. He has decided it is time for the Consortium to drive these organizations out of the Outer Rim, and he has shown his willingness to cripple them however he can.

    The modern drug operations are a result of his policies, and he is slowly and methodically working to dismantle each hutt crime lord piece by piece. Ruthlessly cutting off their streams of revenue, assassinating their allies, sabotaging their equipment, and stealing their client base. The Black Sun, while they have not been hit hard yet, are preparing for the worst as they have found Consortium influence growing within their previously reliable bounty hunters, assassins, and freelancers.

    Tyrell Zann is also known for executing his enemies – and those who have defied him – personally. He will hold a grudge for years, and isn’t concerned with getting his hands dirty in some instances. Usually he will record the executions and send them to associates, or keep them as a personal playlist of his ‘greatest hits,’ so to speak.

    He enjoys showing these off at events too, by the way.

    Despite his more ruthless persona, Tyrell is described as exceptionally charismatic and charming, capable of capturing a room with his ‘impromptu’ speeches and friendly personality to his friends and guests. He’s very good at making everyone he meets feel like a personal friend, and this makes him a very good diplomat, as well as upselling clients and talking people into purchasing the various products and services the Consortium offers.

    It helps that his style is also distinct and eye-catching. He has the silver hair of the Zann family, which is sharply cut off at the neck, his eyes are sharp and brown, and he always presents himself as well-groomed and clean-shaven. He wears expensive, knee-length coats with fur collars – often hiding pistols and other holdout weapons inside. He wears no jewelry, but each piece of his attire is clearly of the highest quality and gives him an almost rugged appearance, more suiting of a crime lord than anything else.

    This is perhaps to also take away from the fact that he’s rather short, standing at only one point seven meters, although perhaps that adds to his aura of command, as Samantha dwarfs him in size – yet he still has command over her.

    Yet quite a lot of this is, I think, an act the Tyrell puts on. In private, he’s described as very different. He’s much more reserved and focused. He has less tolerance for wasted speech and is highly decisive in his actions. He takes his position very seriously and surrounds himself with people to account for his blindspots who he believes are reliable.

    He and his parents were very close, and he spent a lot of time with his father, Alyson Soro-Zann, before he was killed, who was also a notably reserved individual. After that he has made sure to remain very close to his mother, and is driven by a need to make her proud with what he has accomplished. Urai is also someone he considers essentially family, and as far as we know, no one else except maybe Samantha is considered such by him.

    This does not extend to Tora who he privately despises and has considered stripping the name of ‘Zann’ from her due to her antics. The only reason he hasn’t is because he’s too busy and Tora has confined herself to nonessential areas, and Urai also covertly handles her since he feels that such actions would do more harm than good.

    In short, Tyrell is an individual who is not to be underestimated under any circumstances. He is responsible for the continued actions, expansion, and atrocities of the Consortium and highly competent at this job. Considering the fact that he is taking on the GenoHaradan and managing to hold his own, we should be very careful with how we approach the removal of the Iron Lord.
     
  4. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    POLITICAL AND SOCIAL STANCES

    Templates, I swear.

    As a criminal entity, the only political stances the Consortium really takes are those that ensure that their operations are not tampered with. They obviously push against campaign finance laws, regulations on businesses, and the usual. In fact, I would go so far as to say that they would prefer for the rule of law to be abolished as a whole, and the Triumvirate dissolved.

    Now, in regards to what social views the Consortium holds, this is more nuanced. The Consortium quite obviously is a supporter of the slave trade and holds life itself as a commodity that is disposable and replaceable. The leadership in particular views their client base more akin to sources of revenue or tools than anything more. They have an exceptionally warped view of the galaxy and on life itself, which paradoxically does not really apply to anyone within the Consortium itself.

    In fact, the Consortium is somehow one of the most inclusive criminal organizations in the galaxy, or entities in general. Species and gender are not really something taken into consideration, just do your job well and with competence. Tyber Zann himself believed the more aliens within the Consortium, the more effective they would be due to the different advantages each offered, whose weaknesses could also similarly be offset. He made several notable and deriding comments on the old Imperial tendency to treat aliens as second-class citizens. This attitude continues in the modern Consortium.

    There are aliens of all species that populate the ranks of the Consortium, and a majority of Consortium demographics are non-humans, and include species which are often associated as criminals or outcasts such as weequay, kaminoans, rattataki, and so on. More attractive is that the Consortium doesn’t care about previous criminal activities so long as they can do their jobs.

    The point is that within the Consortium ranks, there is a surprising lack of prejudice, sexism, or racism that you may expect from such an entity. Even droids are arguably given equal status if they prove themselves to be loyal and dedicated. It’s bizarre to contrast with how they view slaves as disposable trash, even if the only differences are the chips in their heads – not to mention some of the slaves grown are smarter, stronger, and faster than actual Consortium personnel.

    I do not hold out hope that they will become aware of the irony of that.

    xxx

    ECONOMIC BACKING AND SUPPORT

    The majority of their income comes from their rich client base which is relatively few for an organization as large as theirs, but makes up for it by paying far more on a per client basis. They make significant income from their various rackets and a sufficiently large amount from the black markets and Golden Board they sponsor. They are not backed by any other outside organization, and are completely self-sustaining.

    There is very little else to note in this section. The only hope of stopping their revenue stream is to go after their client base, and we simply do not have the time and resources to go after every single rich creep in the galaxy.

    xxx

    ALLIES OF NOTE

    Gra’tua be’haar Vemann’mando’ade: The emergence of Tlon Fett upon the Outer Rim came as a surprise to the Consortium, who largely ignored Mandalorians due to how isolated and impossible to penetrate their territory was. The fact that there was a new faction led by such a dangerous warrior caught the attention of Tyrell Zann and they set about observing Fett’s Gra’tua and appraising their capabilities.

    They did not actually approach the Gra’tua until years after Fett emerged, but after a certain point, they had seen enough and saw potential for an alliance of sorts between the two organizations – a first for both. Urai Fen was sent with a Defiler team to make official contact with one of the White Capes – an offer that Tlon was initially skeptical of. The initial conversation between Urai and Fett was apparently enough for Fett to later go and visit the Zann twins a few weeks later.

    No one knows exactly what the four of them discussed, but both Fett and Tyrell announced a partnership which exists to this day. The details of which we can really only speculate at this juncture, though we can see the effect the Consortium has had on Fett’s Gra’tua, especially in regards to drug and slaving operations.

    The Consortium actually is a fairly frequent client of the Gra’tua, and buy drugs and slaves from them at regular intervals. Fett has supposedly also attended some of the gladiator matches and black markets the Consortium has hosted, and his Supercommandos have access to the Golden Board and regularly take contracts.

    The Consortium will also sometimes hire the Supercommandos to undertake various tasks which tend to be direct strikes against Hutt Cartel targets. Both entities are working to destabilize the Cartels, and the Consortium seems more than happy to coordinate on that front, and it is speculated that both Fett and Tyrell have exchanged intelligence – particularly in regards to what Fett knows of the Mandalorian Union. What Tyrell does with this information is unknown, though it is unlikely that he will move against the Mandalorians.

    But the Consortium definitely has plans for them. We know that Fett is likely planning to one day return to the Union and assume control. It would be wholly unsurprising to learn that they would also have the backing of the Consortium that day. A combination that I am unsure that the Union could stand against.

    The Union is dangerous – but they are not invincible.

    The Migrant Fleet of Dac: There is some debate over how to properly classify the relationship the Consortium has with the Migrant Fleet, as they are not traditional ‘allies,’ but are without a doubt clients of each other and openly do business. There have been multiple sightings of Defilers on the Migrant Fleet, and Tyrell Zann himself personally visited the High Admiralty once – what they discussed is unknown.

    What is known is that after that point, business between the two entities was strengthened and expanded. We’ve fortunately been able to pinpoint a good deal of their involvement, and it appears that the Migrant Fleet is only involved in the Black Markets and Slaving Operations and not any of the party side of the Consortium, as they clearly are not interested in it.

    The Consortium pays the Migrant Fleet handsomely to host the results of their vong-inspired weapons and continually developed anti-Force technology. Outside of the Black Markets, the Consortium has likely bought some of the most advanced weapons and tech of the Migrant Fleet, as well as significantly invested in continuing ventures.

    The Migrant Fleet also buys large quantities of slaves from the Consortium – all of them Force-sensitives – and knowing what we know about how the Migrant Fleet treats those who can use it, they are most certainly being used in experiments and tests with their weapons. Alternatively, they’re merely performing autopsies to determine if there are universal traits of those who use the Force. We do not know, and an operation on the Migrant Fleet itself would need to be conducted to confirm this.

    Too many people are under the impression that the Migrant Fleet is ultimately harmless – and laughably, deserving of sympathy for their fate. They paint the image of a broken, wandering people flying across the stars and play on their tragedy to dismiss questions. But make no mistake, the Migrant Fleet is fanatical, ruthless, and pragmatic to a fault.

    They want to purge the galaxy of the Force and all who use it. They will fail, but we continue to ignore and underestimate them at our own peril. Perhaps we should respect the largest standing fleet in the galaxy a little more, yes?

    xxx

    ENEMIES OF NOTE

    The Hutt Cartels: Saying that the Hutt Cartels and the Zann Consortium don’t get along is saying that the Jedi and Sith have philosophical differences. While technically true, that fails to accurately convey the context of why it is that way. Tyber Zann and Jabba had a long-standing feud after they both attempted to betray the other, and this has not really died over time.

    The modern Consortium considers the hutts as petty, ineffective, thuggish, and incompetent criminals who pander to the lowest and most desperate, and are mocking of their clearly inferior forces and technology compared to the Consortium. But the fact is the Cartels still have more manpower, territory, and credits than the Consortium and are – more to the point – not yet intimidated by the Consortium, even if they are growing more concerned.

    The Cartels, for the most part, have been able to ignore the Consortium, though this has started to change now that the Consortium is actively targeting their drug and arms operations and corroding their power base through cheap drugs and weapons, and conducting assassination ops on minor hutt allies and clans. The Consortium is going about this conflict intelligently – they are isolating minor hutts and taking them out, while using Fett’s Gra’tua to further weaken the various Cartels.

    The only major hutt of note who has sounded the alarm is Tuchanka the Hutt, who is coincidentally the one who took control of Jabba’s remnant criminal empire following the Yuuzhan Vong War and turned it into one of the most powerful cartels in the Outer Rim. Tuchanka is something of a legend among certain species and a celebrity within the Cartels.

    Tyrell Zann has also openly declared his intention to ‘dismantle the legacy of Jabba and all associated with him.’ Which was, supposedly, met with uproarious laughter when it was played before a meeting of Cartel leaders.

    Laughter which has begun to die as the hutts realize just how dangerous the Consortium has become. The major ones are still insulated, and Tuchanka has begun making changes to his own forces and security. He’s now surrounded by a small army of bodyguards, has all of his food tested for drugs, and has heavily restricted who can enter his palace.

    He’s also worked on providing extensively more security to his own operations, and posted a bounty which will reward those who kill Consortium personnel, and personally sponsored a bounty of fifty million credits for the head of a Zann. Urai also has a bounty of forty million credits.

    The point is that eventually there will be major conflicts between the Consortium and Tuchanka the Hutt, and depending on the outcome, it may very well decide who will control the majority of the Outer Rim. We can confirm at least that the GenoHaradan are not working with Tuchanka or contacted him at all.

    While I can’t blame them exactly, this isn’t exactly a case of two criminal empires fighting each other and weakening themselves. One is clearly not like the other, and like it or not, Tuchanka is the one most likely to enter an open war soon, and if he loses… well, it’s not going to be good for anyone. The status quo is better than a dominant Zann Consortium.

    The Black Sun: The history between the Consortium and Black Sun is much less hostile than the hutts, but it would be accurate to say that, at best, there is a cautious respect between the two organizations. Or was, until the Consortium began moving on Black Sun territory and actively sabotaging their operations on a military and political level.

    In some ways, Black Sun has been working to reform their image over the past few decades into less of a criminal organization, and more into a private security company. They still carry out arms deals and fund the drug trade, but the majority of their businesses have some legitimacy to them, enough where they had an actual lobbying presence in the Senate.

    Intruding on the political sphere, however, is seen as a threat to the Consortium, and they have gone to certain lengths to target and mitigate any allies the Black Sun is attempting to make in the Senate – and succeeding, as recently the Black Sun was blacklisted from lobbying and approaching the Senate directly – a significant win for the Consortium (and most people, honestly).

    The Vigos responded by declaring their intention to remove the scourge of the Consortium from the galaxy by any means necessary. They have reached an agreement with Tuchanka to fund his operations directly dealing with the Consortium, reached out to the Empire to establish an intelligence agreement regarding the Consortium, and as we recently learned, they were contacted by the GenoHaradan who are providing their own assistance.

    In addition, they are hiring small armies of elite and established private armies and bounty hunters and massing them deep within Black Sun territory for an unknown purpose. It is likely that they are saving them for the perfect moment, but the amount of credits they are spending is staggering, and emphasizes just how badly they want to destroy the Consortium.

    They are worth watching, as they are potentially the main force behind Tuchanka and could mean the difference between victory and defeat. We also have to assume that Tyrell knows of this buildup and is planning accordingly.

    The Fellan Imperium: If there has been one consistent failure of the Zann Consortium, it is the continued attempts to penetrate the Empire and failing spectacularly. The incredibly sterile society of the Empire is simply not compatible with the Consortium, and if planets start experiencing drug epidemics, gang violence, or suspicious activity, that isn’t normal, and is investigated immediately.

    The Empire has absolutely zero issue with deploying the Stormtroopers to quell gang wars, and then interrogating the survivors with Inquisitors. They have no issue with pulling junkies off the streets and extracting the names of dealers. They are capable of ruthlessly dismantling a Consortium cell in days, and it is possible that after dozens of attempts, Tyrell Zann is figuring out that the Empire just isn’t going to be fertile ground for the Consortium.

    They maintain strict control over the HoloNet, and playing cute games like using proxy sites to get around bans will get Imperial Special Forces deployed or, if you’re especially unlikely, the Imperial Knights. Something the Consortium has learned the hard way several times. For once, the draconian control the Imperials exercise has produced something good.

    The government is close to impossible to significantly corrupt, as the higher one rises in the ranks, the more scrutiny from Imperial Intelligence and the Inquisitors there is – and they love nothing more than stamping out corruption. Not to mention that thanks to continued meddling, the Empire has placed a bounty out for any information on Consortium operations in Imperial Space, and encourages any bribe attempts to be immediately forwarded to Imperial Intelligence.

    Imperial Intelligence has also beaten them at their own game several times, by setting up honeypots that the Defilers took the bait from, and subsequently used them to first locate, and then assassinate three Defilers before the Consortium realized what was going on. There haven’t been any blatant bribery attempts since then.

    Extortion is also less effective than one might think, as the structure of the Empire makes it impossible to leverage your position outside of your own specialty, and there is so much constant scrutiny that acting out of character – even subtly – is going to attract the attention of Imperial Intelligence who are going to bust the operation – and usually the person being extorted, since it often involves crimes against the Empire.

    The Empress has sarcastically thanked the Consortium for helping expose the criminals in their midst, turning even that vector of penetration into something exploited by the Empire. At this point, the Consortium has given up – and put the Empire on notice of the organization as a whole.

    And yes, they did enter into a limited intelligence sharing agreement with the Black Sun. That alone should tell you just how much they hate the Consortium.

    The GenoHaradan: We do not know how long the GenoHaradan have been watching the Consortium, but it has apparently reached a point that is a threat to galactic stability. They would not be revealing their presence otherwise. We still don’t know exactly what triggered this kind of response, because it’s definitely not based in any sort of morality.

    Perhaps Tyrell Zann is too competent for his own good?

    Unimportant, and this will likely go down as beneficial for us because we will get to observe what happens when the GenoHaradan are confirmed to be active. As far as we know, this is in the very early stages, since we were not officially informed of their involvement until late into this operation.

    We know that there have been at least two assassination attempts on Tyrell Zann by the GenoHaradan, and both have been thwarted, which is actually not unusual for the GenoHaradan. Disposable assets are typically sent first to appraise reactions and responses. It would not be surprising if the GenoHaradan was privately funding Tuchanka and the Black Sun while they determine a permanent solution to the Consortium.

    Because we know from past experience that when the GenoHaradan strikes, everything comes crashing down for those who have earned their ire. We already know the GenoHaradan has acquired full records of Tyrell’s little galactic journey, and their actual operations right now appear to be data gathering.

    Knowing them, I suspect they are going to identify the major clients of the Consortium and assassinate them simultaneously and sever their primary revenue streams all at once. Which is something easier said than done, as Tyrell suspects – if not knows – that there is someone more dangerous than the hutts and Black Sun targeting him and the Consortium.

    We are waiting to see how he adapts to this, but it isn’t out of the question that he may begin providing protection to clients for all the good that will do. However, an issue that could very well put the Alliance in a difficult position is the sheer number of Consortium clients that live within, or have business with the Alliance.

    If the GenoHaradan carries out a decapitation strike against Consortium clients simultaneously, that will do more than merely destabilize the Alliance – is could send it into chaos. The economy would enter into a recession, if not crash outright. The public will be thrown into chaos when it comes out that celebrities and media stars that they admire were actually clients of such a reprehensible organization. The Senate will be paralyzed and literally everyone will eviscerate anyone with the slightest connection to the Consortium.

    And that will only be the start. Imagine what will happen when the mass investigations are demanded and the past of each and every senator is uncovered. Everything could be exposed, because this time, money won’t be enough to protect them unless they run. Worst-case scenario is a collapse of the government entirely, with a military takeover.

    You know, reading all of this back, I wonder if that would be better in the long-run. The Alliance is compromised, and has been for some time. If not the Consortium, it’s the Black Sun, Exchange, Cartels, numerous criminal syndicates, businesses, the obscenely wealthy, the Jedi, anyone with any shred of influence or wealth who wants to have a say on Alliance policy.

    Perhaps a cleansing is warranted.

    xxx

    OPERATIONS IN THE GALACTIC ALLIANCE

    It’s probably time to bring up the issue which has been rather obvious, but also not specifically addressed until now – how much this relates to the Alliance.

    The bad news is that the most important clients of the Consortium are within the Alliance. They aren’t making their money from their operations in the Outer Rim – those are just designed to acquire influence and territory while mitigating that of their enemies. It isn’t to say that they don’t have rich criminal clients in the Outer Rim – just not as many as elsewhere.

    By now you should understand the kind of people the Consortium attracts. The wealthy and influential. The ones who don’t care about laws or morals, or who, at best, see it as an obstacle to overcome. The ones who use and abuse their power to get ahead by any means necessary. The ones who think they are better than the common galactic citizen.

    This shouldn’t be a surprise in retrospect.

    Democracy is said to be the worst form of government, but I would argue this is a gross misunderstanding. Democracy is the easiest form of government to subvert. The problem of Consortium influence, which extends to a good portion of Alliance business elite and much of the Senate, is not just limited to them. I guarantee that the Consortium is only one entity that these people do business with – perhaps the one they have the best working relationship with – but far from the only one.

    Out of curiosity, we took the profile of one of the participants at one of the events the Consortium threw, and decided to perform a deep background check on. He was the galactic Senator to Naator, a Mid-Rim planet which is largely ignored and unimportant, who passes along various pieces of information to the Consortium in return for protection and political assurance. His ‘wife’ is a custom-ordered slave who he likes to parade around.

    This is the surface level. We decided to go deeper. He is far from the only one on the planet who is under Consortium influence, and he’s directly responsible for introducing many of his friends to the Consortium, and now all of them are valued clients who buy arms, drugs, and slaves without anyone the wiser. We kept going and going, and for this one planet over twenty percent of all government administration was compromised in some way by the Consortium.

    We didn’t bother going beyond the one planet. We already knew what we were going to find.

    The Consortium exposes an ugly reality of the galaxy – that if given the chance, many people will throw away whatever values they supposedly hold for power, money, sex, or drugs. For thrills or exclusivity. To brag and boast; to show off. In this, the ultimate amoral irony of the Consortium shows itself. In a galaxy where most people are supposedly good, the Consortium should never be able to function.

    Ultimately, the Consortium is providing services. Services which too many people are accepting without thinking. And it’s not because of ignorance. These people know what they are doing. They know what they’re propping up by going to their parties and buying their products. They knew.

    They just don’t care.

    I don’t know if it can be fixed without bringing the entire house of cards down. None of us do.

    xxx

    COUNTERMEASURES AND NECESSARY RESPONSE

    We held a mock vote.

    Sixty-seven percent of us voted to let the GenoHaradan do their thing and put the pieces back together after.

    The rest voted to come up with some kind of plan.

    Since this is our job, and suggesting “that we let the GenoHaradan execute whoever they want” isn’t going to fly, we tried to come up with a way to purge the influence of the Consortium from the Alliance in a way that won’t destabilize the Alliance.

    First order of business – the AIS. The Consortium deliberately avoids antagonizing intelligence and military services, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t moles here. Get the Jedi involved and perform systematic interviews with all of our staff and at minimum, AIS Command. If there is Consortium influence, we need to purge it right now.

    Second, we reach out to the Empire and let them know how deep this goes. They take the Consortium seriously, and both our governments are allies through the Triumvirate, so they should have some incentive to help us. We keep this channel open until the Consortium is purged one way or another. If we get lucky, the GenoHaradan reach out and we can approach this as a coordinated unit.

    Third, we get the President on board. Anti-corruption is her thing, and while we all joke about her being a spineless naïve girl who is way too optimistic about the nature of the galaxy, I guarantee she’ll allow us the authority to take the necessary actions here to purge the deep corruption in the Alliance. Yes, she’ll be less than thrilled – especially since she already dislikes many of our operations, but I cannot realistically see her refusing to do anything about this. The public still adores her, and this will be absolutely crucial going forward. Especially since she is likely going to need to suspend the government when the hammer falls.

    Forth, we get the Jedi involved. This kind of thing is right up their alley and when they realize just what the Consortium is doing, I bet the Militant Order is going to be livid. We’ll need the Jedi anyway for their Force capabilities, as there is going to be a lot of interrogation going on. I guarantee the Jedi will be more than willing to help. If nothing else, tell Undien there will be one less entity working to stop his own political machinations.

    With all of this in place, we begin the creation of the web. We identify everyone we know has done business with the Consortium and build a database until we can’t find anyone else. Then we systematically arrest them in groups. Some big fish go down first, preferably a mixture of businessmen and politicians. Get the media talking and put the name of the Consortium out there. We begin selectively releasing evidence of what the Consortium is doing.

    The public gets riled up. Our good President promises action. Lo and behold we nail the second round. As long as we can do this – and wait in time for new and secured elections to be held for political positions – we should be able to achieve this without completely destabilizing the Alliance and slowly but surely cutting off the revenue of the Consortium.

    In the meantime, we send Alliance Special Forces and the Jedi after known Consortium military assets. It will ultimately culminate in what will hopefully be a joint Imperial-Alliance-Jedi invasion of Salucami, Spaarti, and anywhere else they set up shop. During this period, we’ll hold off operations against Tuchanka and the Black Sun. Let them continue to bleed the Consortium.

    If all goes well – and this is admittedly unlikely – the Consortium will be purged, the Senate will at least not be composed of criminals, and the President, AIS, Jedi, military, and all of the clean senators come out looking like heroes and everyone is happy. Maybe the GenoHaradan will even send us a thank you note.

    Alternatively, we could just let the GenoHaradan do their thing.

    Up to you.

    xxx

    CONCLUSION

    When all of us began this assignment, we were all hoping that it would be enough to get the Senate to actually take some action against the Outer Rim. We didn’t think that there were any major differences between major criminal organizations – Cartels, the Exchange, Black Sun, you name it. The Consortium was just another criminal syndicate in a galaxy of them, they were bad, but no worse than any of the others.

    We know now how untrue that is. I won’t whitewash the Cartels or Black Sun here, or the thousands of criminals and rapists that permeate the Outer Rim. But for the hutts, there is a certain incompetence around them and they rise and fall with frequency, the Black Sun has cut back, even if they are criminals at heart. The Exchange is ultimately a collection of poor thugs and the desperate.

    The Consortium is worse. And they have done more than that – they have highlighted the rot that exists within the galaxy. Rot that we continue to blind ourselves to and lie to others that it can be controlled – that it can be fixed – when in truth, we can’t confront just how corrupt everything has become. If action is not taken, this rot will only continue to spread.

    I have read many definitions of the word ‘evil.’ It’s often dismissed nowadays as a word without meaning, thrown around to simply mean ‘bad.’ It’s a subjective word, a concept that can never be objectively defined even if it is easy to apply to things we find reprehensible.

    Why is the Consortium evil?

    One definition stuck with me that applies here. Evil is the ‘absence of empathy.’ And the Consortium is devoid of any empathy whatsoever. They don’t care about the lives they destroy, the worlds they put in danger, the people they kill, the millions they enslave before taking their first breaths.

    They torture while only taking notes and appraisals. They rape and discard without any extra thought, because they know that if their slave bothers them, they can just dispose of them and get a new one like a machine. They treat life without meaning; not because they are necessarily sadists or enjoy doing it… but just because they don’t see those they abuse as real. They don’t see them as anything more than tools to use, collections of DNA and genetics to derive pleasure from, or amusement to toy with at their leisure.

    The Cartels? The Exchange? They likely derive some pleasure from their actions. They are driven by emotions. They kill because of credits, or to take revenge. Their actions are derived from emotional foundations, which include selfishness. Or maybe it is for their brethren or to pay a debt.

    The Consortium does not even do this, every action they take is taken on the soulless basis of completing a business transaction. They will terminate an entire cloning line if one genetic sequence is flawed. They will allow drug addicts to overdose if it will increase their chances of breaking the drug stranglehold their rivals control. They will grow slaves for the singular purpose of ending their lives.

    And they don’t care.

    They don’t feel.

    Does that make them more evil than the alternative? I don’t know. Consider it up for debate.

    Regardless, the fact remains that the Consortium is a soulless organization devoid of any shred of empathy. I will personally state without any ambiguity that they are evil.

    They are an evil that serves those who are as evil as they are.

    Very rarely do I – or any of us – consider all within an organization incapable of redemption. But there are no excuses here; there is no redemption for those who tie themselves to the Zann Consortium.

    Kill them all.
     
  5. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE FELLAN IMPERIUM

    IMPERIAL INTELLIGENCE | IMPERIAL KNIGHTS

    AUTHORIZED AND APPROVED BY SOVEREIGN PELLAEON

    AUTHORIZATION COLOR: RED-4

    DOSSIER: F-D-JO-0026

    xxx

    DANIEL SKYWALKER

    xxx

    DOCUMENTATION INFORMATION
    REPORT ID: F-D-JO-0026

    REPORT AUTHOR(S):

    - Intelligence Compiler Amadeus Pallix

    - Intelligence Compiler Lora Invin

    - Technical Reviewer Zin

    - Inquisitor Alion’matial, Hand of the Empire

    DOCUMENT TYPE(S):

    - Historical

    - Dossier

    - Threat Analysis

    SUBJECT OF INTEREST: Daniel Skywalker

    DETAIL LEVEL: Comprehensive

    SUPPLEMENTARY ATTACHMENTS:

    - F-D-JO-0026M [Methodology Document]

    - F-D-MU-0012 [Alana Skywalker Dossier]

    - F-D-MU-0001 [Mandalore Javen’Panlie Dossier]

    - F-D-JO-0031 [Lara’ritten Dossier]

    - F-D-JO-0019 [Undien Dossier]

    - C-H-LI-1728 [Compiled dossiers on the Skywalker family]

    - F-O-JO-0023 [Jedi Order Report]

    - F-O-AT-0002 [Aing-Tii Monks]

    - F-O-VM-0008 [Voss Mystics Report]

    - F-D-VM-0012 [Voss Mystics – The Three]

    - F-R-PH-0162 [Known Force Nexuses]

    - F-R-PH-0109 [Force Spirits]

    - F-R-PH-0172 [Flow-walking]

    - Compilation [The Skywalker Legacy]

    EXECUTED BY IMPERIAL INSTITUTIONS:

    - Imperial Intelligence

    - The Imperial Knights – Inquisitor Division

    ITERATION NUMBER: 28

    METHODOLOGY DOCUMENT ID: F-D-JO-0026M

    APPROVED FOR SUBMISSION:

    - Fabian Dromond, Director of Imperial Intelligence [APPROVED]

    - Losr’avaria’nathas. Grand Inquisitor of the Imperial Knights [APPROVED]

    RECEIVED BY SOVEREIGN PELLAEON: RECEIVED AND READ

    xxx

    BASIC INFORMATION

    NAME: Daniel Cade Skywalker

    LOCATION OF BIRTH: Coruscant, Jedi Temple

    BIRTH PARENTS

    - Owen Skywalker [Father, deceased]

    - Ithalan Zircon-Skywalker [Mother, deceased]

    SIBLINGS: N/A

    ADDITIONAL FAMILY OF NOTE:

    NOTE: Despite the technical relation between the Skywalker and Solo bloodlines, they have diverged to the point where they are barely related genetically. Despite this, they are included on this list because both families still consider themselves close, no matter how much they have diverged. They do not share this same connection with the Royal Family, despite it being a similar situation, and thus have not been included here. Familial labels are added to simplify their relationship and are not necessarily accurate.

    - Caliyn Sunder-Skywalker [Daughter-in-law]

    - Alana Skywalker [Great-Granddaughter]

    - Runi’BeTracyn [Great-Granddaughter-in-law]

    - Mandalore Javen’Panlie Ordo [Great-Grandson-in-law]

    - Arnica Solo, Gatekeeper of the Holocrons [‘Cousin’]

    - Eridan Weylon-Solo [‘Cousin-in-law’]

    - Eridan Solo Jr. [‘First Cousin Once Removed’]

    - Vaolus Iridia-Solo [‘First Cousin Once Removed-in-law’]

    - Alexander Solo [‘First Cousin Twice Removed’]

    OCCUPATION

    - Jedi Shadow, of the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight [Former]

    - The Ever-Shrouded [Former]

    - Member of the Shadow Council [Former]

    - The Eternal Watcher, Councilor of the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight [Former]

    - Grand Master of the Jedi Order [Former]

    - Jedi Master of the Sphere of the Jedi Order [Current]

    ALLEGIANCE(S)

    - The Jedi Order

    - The Galactic Alliance

    - The Galactic Triumvirate

    SPOKEN LANGUAGES

    - Basic

    - Huttese

    - Sithese

    - Old Tythonian

    - Rakatan

    - Glyphs of the Whills

    SPOUSE: Marian Amber-Skywalker [deceased]

    CHILDREN: Gabrial Skywalker [Son, deceased]

    ADOPTED CHILDREN: N/A

    xxx

    BIOLOGICAL AND GENETIC INFORMATION

    SPECIES: Human

    SPECIES PURITY: 87.5% Human; 12.5% Zeltron

    SEXUAL ORIENTATION: Heterosexual

    SPECIES ORIENTATION: Human | Near-Human

    HEALTH ISSUES (MANIFESTED): N/A

    HEALTH ISSUES (FAMILIAL OR GENETIC): N/A

    FORCE-SENSITIVITY TIER: 7 [Gndda Scale]

    AGE: 128

    SKIN COLOR: Pale

    HEIGHT: 1.8 Meters

    WEIGHT: 76 kilograms

    SCALED PHYSIQUE: Above-Average [100+ age bracket]

    HAIR: Short

    HAIR COLOR: White [formerly brown]

    EYE COLOR: Blue

    PHYSICAL DEFORMITIES (INJURIES)

    - Prosthetic leg


    - Prosthetic hand


    PHYSICAL DEFORMITIES (GENETIC): N/A

    PROSTHETIC/CYBERNETIC ENHANCEMENTS: Full number unable to be determined; known are the following:

    - Skeletal reinforcement [unable to determine full or partial scope]

    - Cranial graybox [model unknown, likely high-end]

    - Potential further internal modifications

    GENETIC ENHANCEMENTS: Full number unable to be determined; considering the positions he held, it is likely all genetic enhancements are still being maintained to this day; those known are as follows:

    - Muscular enhancement [full scope]

    - Ocular enhancement [scope unable to be determined]

    - Dermal hardening [full scope]

    - Long-term cerebral modifications [purpose and usage unable to be determined; suspected to be memory-based]

    - Organ enhancement [scope and specific organs unable to be determined]

    MUTATIONS OR IRREGULARITIES: Notably a weaker Force-sensitive compared to others of his family, who tend to average an 8 or 9 on the Gndda Scale. This is suspected to be due to his mother who was not a Jedi or even Force-sensitive, but a member of the Alliance military.

    xxx

    INTRODUCTION

    The Skywalkers are a dynasty that anyone operating on a galactic-scale should pay close attention to. While it would be a mistake to say that the Skywalkers have always been influential (‘Skywalker’ is a known slave name on Tatooine, and is the Galactic Basic translation of the Amatakka word ‘Ekkreth’), the fact remains that they wield an inordinate amount of influence over galactic affairs and have continuously been at the center – or even the cause – of momentous galactic events and upheaval.

    Anakin Skywalker became a legendary warrior, led the Republic to victory after victory until the Empire was formed, and from there he served as its most dangerous enforcer. Luke Skywalker destroyed the Death Star, defeated the Emperor and Vader, and went on to restore the Jedi. Cade Skywalker rallied the Jedi and New Republic and crushed Darth Krayt and the One Sith. Alivia Skywalker was instrumental in the eradication of the Knights of Ren and the ultimate execution of Supreme Leader Snoke. Even Owen Skywalker, while not the leader of the Order at the time, was an influential presence as he rallied the Jedi to avenge his cousin’s death in the Kamino Uprising.

    In this modern era, where there is conflict and upheaval, there will be a Skywalker to answer it.

    However, the Skywalker numbers are certainly reduced from other periods in their history, though not quite at their lowest, as they still have more members than in the era of Luke’s Jedi Order. Extended lifespans and an irregularly long cycle of peace have likely contributed to this. It could be very well argued that the Skywalkers are only weaving themselves deeper into the power centers of galaxy, as a Skywalker is now the lifemate (wife) of Mandalore Javen’Panlie.

    But today, the most well-known of the Skywalker family remains Daniel Skywalker. Despite his advanced age, he is an individual who you would immediately identify as a ‘Jedi.’ He idealizes the best of the Order, and is known for his calm demeanor, compassion, and push towards peaceful solutions to problems.

    Before continuing further, a point should be made that this is not a façade – not anymore. The story of Daniel Skywalker is more complicated than most know, and he was a much different man in his youth. But anyone who understands the true workings of the Jedi Order knows that one does not reach the rank of Grand Master without dirtying their hands.

    There are no exceptions.

    Not even for a Skywalker.

    xxx

    BIOGRAPHY

    BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD: Daniel Skywalker was born in 329 ABY to Owen and Ithalan Skywalker in the aftermath of the Kamino Uprising, in the Coruscant Jedi Temple with no health issues or irregularities. In contrast to most Jedi, he was not raised within any Jedi-controlled Temples for the majority of his childhood, as Ithalan wanted to raise him outside of the Jedi, wanting him to develop an attachment to something beyond the Jedi Order, particularly the Alliance which he would eventually protect.

    The Sphere of Recruitment and Training at the time objected to the absolute severance proposed, but Owen successfully lobbied for an allowance due to his actions during the Kamino Uprising. Ithalan privately raised him for the early years of his life, teaching him to read, speak, and perform basic mathematics before enrolling him in one of the local Coruscant academies.

    His Force-sensitivity manifested soon after, and he gradually began making trips to the Coruscant Temple for specialized training, while Owen taught him lightsaber combat (a specialty of his as a Sentinel). Shortly after his sixteenth birthday, he traveled to Ilum and constructed his own lightsaber. Two years after that, he graduated from the Academy with high honors.

    Theoretically, Daniel could have done anything as he wasn’t technically bound to the Order yet, but shortly after that he wasted no time in formally joining the Jedi Order. To this day, Daniel cites his more unusual upbringing (compared to most Jedi) as something he appreciates, as it gave him a more accurate look into the more ordinary lives of galactic citizens. Indeed, by the time of his graduation, Daniel had more friends who were from the Academy than his Jedi peers.

    It is also likely that this influenced his path within the Order, as the Spheres were certainly watching his development with interest – ironically, something that Ithalan had wished to avoid by raising outside the watchful eyes of the Order.

    INDUCTION INTO THE SPHERE OF VIGILANCE AND FARSIGHT: Daniel was not an exemplary Jedi when he formally entered into the Order, at least compared to his peers, but that did not prevent him from being offered a place in many of the Spheres. Favoritism that he did not necessarily seek out, but was nonetheless the blessing and curse of every Skywalker in the past two centuries.

    Most suspected that due to his father being a Sentinel, and his mother a soldier, that he would join the Militant Order or become a Justicar. Those who had compiled intelligence on him suspected he might prefer a more cerebral position, perhaps within the Sphere of Exploration and Discovery, or History and Knowledge. Daniel did consult with his parents quite often prior to formally joining the Jedi, and they likely knew his decision well before it was made.

    To the surprise of many, Daniel accepted an offer proposed by the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight to become a Jedi Shadow. And for many years after that day, Daniel Skywalker was not seen in public, and would only emerge decades later. However, as you would expect, he was not sitting idle.

    A Jedi Shadow never is.

    OPERATION AS A JEDI SHADOW: Daniel’s entire tenure within the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight should be assumed to be incomplete, as while we have uncovered a significant amount about his potential operations and actions, there are almost certainly things we missed or overlooked. This qualifier written, we can continue with the topic at hand.

    One of the most important pieces of information we learned from this operation as it relates to the Jedi is that we know now what the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight was doing in the aftermath of the Kamino Uprising – they were hunting down and executing the clones, kaminoans, and separatists who had survived the war and fled deeper into the Unknown Regions, Wild Space, and the far Outer Rim.

    The Eternal Watcher at the time – Oivin – had likely determined that the Force-sensitive clones still remaining could potentially be turned and used against the Jedi, the kaminoans could manufacture more and sell their secrets, and the surviving separatist leaders, well, they likely just wanted them dead.

    Daniel Skywalker became the Padawan of Shadow Ziren Fen, who we now know was one of the most lethal Shadows the Order has ever produced – responsible for nearly one hundred terminations of ranking enemy personnel. What exactly was involved in the training Daniel underwent is unknown, suffice to say that his first ‘official’ deployment was three years after official induction into the Order.

    It is likely that it was here or soon after that Daniel was genetically and cybernetically enhanced – additional information of note we discovered in the course of this investigation. The extent to which we are unable to determine, but it’s enough to where you should treat anyone who insists that Daniel is old and tired, skeptically. Jedi-type modifications don’t wear out, no matter how old he is now – but we will get to this later.

    Unfortunately, we were unable to determine exactly what Daniel did on certain operations, as there were usually other Shadows deployed as well. But it is safe to assume that he is responsible for hunting down several thousand clones, at least a dozen kaminoans, and suppressing several attempts to form an anti-Alliance coalition in the far Outer Rim.

    Whatever he did, he continued upwards in the ranks of the Sphere, and five years later took on the role which we now know as the ‘Ever-Shrouded.’

    OPERATION AS THE EVER-SHROUDED: Previous reports were unable to determine if the Jedi Shadows held unique positions or ranks. We now know that the Shadows of the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight are managed by the Ever-Shrouded, a Jedi Shadow who also holds a seat on the enigmatic Shadow Council.

    It appears that the Ever-Shrouded does not participate on missions, so much as serve as a cipher for intelligence, and then uses said intelligence to plan operations and pair Shadows with the most efficient tasks. This is where Daniel could likely have received his cerebral implants and modifications, though we have no way to confirm this.

    It should be noted during this period that we have no information as to what duties Daniel performed or held on the Shadow Council, as well as any positions or decisions he made. What is known is how he managed the Jedi Shadows themselves – to a degree, of course.

    While Daniel did not completely cease the ongoing retribution against the kaminoans and clones, he curtailed operations for that purpose, not necessarily out of any altruistic reasons, but because they had eliminated essentially anyone from those categories who could ever pose a threat. Instead, he began directing the Shadows to perform reconnaissance on other Force-using sects – particularly the Mandalorian Union, Quabular, aing-tii monks, the voss, and – as we now know – the Imperial Knights.

    In addition to that, he was definitely managing some kind of internal reconnaissance within the Order itself. In particular, the Sphere of the Militant Order, Conciliation and Reflection, and History and Knowledge were targeted by his Shadows for unknown reasons. Attempts to see if these led to anything turned up nothing, and for all we know, these were not the only Spheres targeted.

    It appears that the point of these was twofold – to find and purge potential corruption from the Jedi Order, and investigate Force-using sects not affiliated with the Order to see what threat they could potentially pose. This is extremely relevant to certain actions Skywalker took as the Eternal Watcher, as they were started while he was the Ever-Shrouded, though did not ultimately pay off until later.

    Sometime during this period, Daniel had developed a romantic relationship with Marian Amber, who we suspect to have been either a member of the Shadow Council or the Minder Company – possibly both. He married her without significant ceremony, and a few years after this they had their first and only son, Gabriel.

    ASCENSION TO THE JEDI COUNCIL: Daniel’s effectiveness first as a Jedi Shadow, and later as the Ever-Shrouded, made him a candidate to eventually assume the role of the Eternal Watcher on the Jedi Council. It was likely that Daniel had known for some time that he would be the replacement – as we still do not know how the Sphere makes such decisions – but when Oivin stepped down, it signaled that Daniel was almost certainly going to replace him.

    As expected, he was nominated as the replacement to Oivin by the Shadow Council in a (presumably) unanimous vote. He was then confirmed by the Council itself unanimously soon after and there once more was a Skywalker sitting on the Jedi High Council – although it was the first time a Skywalker bore the title of the Eternal Watcher.

    THE SPHERE OF VIGILANCE AND FARSIGHT UNDER DANIEL SKYWALKER: At age forty-three, Daniel was one of the youngest members to be nominated and confirmed to the Jedi Council. However, he had something of an advantage as he now had access to the collected intelligence of the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight, and knew a significant amount about anyone at note.

    It’s becoming very clear that there is very little within the Jedi Order that the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight does not know, or is at least aware of in some capacity. It didn’t seem to be largely different in the recent past either. In the beginning of his councillorship, Daniel appeared to largely keep the Sphere on autopilot set by former Councilor Oivin, while he worked to establish working relationships with his peers.

    Skywalker developed some close friendships with his fellow Councilors which still continue to this day, and his tenure is actually remembered by the Jedi as one of the times when the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight was more open to the rest of the Order than before. Shadows were seen sometimes in dueling rings, taught some more difficult Force abilities, and the Sphere was simply more visible under Daniel.

    This did not extend to the Shadow Council or Minder Company (as well as any other units the Sphere maintains), but compared to his predecessors, it was remarkably transparent. Why Daniel pursued this is slightly up for debate, as it could be merely to make himself more accessible to the rest of his peers, or it could be that Daniel disliked parts of the absolute secrecy of the Sphere.

    There was some suspicion that this was also planting seeds for his eventual ascent to Grand Master, but no one at the time was objecting to a more open Eternal Watcher. Several years after his initial ascension, Daniel’s influence was much more notable and those who had access to what the Sphere was doing could see it clearly.

    Those operations investigating the other Force-using sects began returning enough information for Daniel to begin making significant decisions on how they were to be handled. Not only that, but additional operations were authorized against entities like the Migrant Fleet of Dac and Chiss Ascendency, though from what we understand these were still reconnaissance-only.

    Unbeknownst to the majority of the Order, Daniel began having the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight systematically isolate these sects, in what is suspected to have been coordinated in conjunction with the Spheres of Diplomacy and Mediation, and Laws and Justice. They had apparently been deemed not dangerous enough to warrant removal – but enough to warrant a response akin to a quarantine.

    Interestingly, it is possible that the isolation of the Mandalorian Union is not solely due to their own politics and beliefs, but because they were constantly watched by the Shadows for close to three decades with ships marked, followed, and infiltrated when they left the borders. It is possible that their minds were affected and they turned back, and had no desire to even leave Union territory after this. Trained Mandalorians are good at resisting mind tricks, but the Minder Company will always win if tested against a non-Force-user.

    The Quabular and much information on the Mandalorians (what little there was), was quietly hidden or taken down (suspected coordination with the AIS in this instance), further isolating those who could learn about them in the first place. As far as we know, the only groups that were untouched by Daniel’s operations were the Imperial Knights – either due to deciding we weren’t an issue, or there was no feasible way to do anything – and the aing-tii monks – which is unsurprising considering that they are already extremely isolated and information on them is scarce to begin with.

    However, it appears that right before he was to direct the Sphere to begin isolating the voss (more so than they already were), the voss sent one of the Three to the Valley of the Jedi – which if you know anything about the voss, this is extremely out of character for them and a major event.

    It appears even Daniel should have known better than to attempt to meddle with a group of people who revolve their lives around literal (and unnervingly accurate) prophets and prophecies. Both the Eternal Watcher and the voss spoke, and afterwards, Daniel appeared to cancel all operations around the voss as the Sphere slowly underwent a gradual shift – as well as Daniel himself.

    Over time, the isolationist tactics taken were slowly curtailed and then ceased completely just prior to his ascension to Grand Master. Daniel appeared to then take a very large interest in various historical sites of the Force, as well as planets that held powerful Force nexuses. During this period, the Sphere worked very closely with the Sphere of History and Knowledge, and Skywalker made many trips to the Great Library.

    This did not come without unexpected cost, as an investigation Daniel undertook to explore Korriban took a bad turn, and resulted in his wife dying through unexplained means, as well as half of the accompanying team of archeologists and Shadows. We are unsure what the objective was, or if it was even achieved, but Skywalker was not quite the same ever again after that.

    But his focus on these things did not fade. He personally visited Dathomir, Dagobah, the nexus under Ahch-To, Endor, and the Maw. We are not exactly sure what the purpose was, but he undertook them alone, culminating with his first visit to Voss, where he participated in one of their rituals (we could not identify which one). It is said he emerged rejuvenated and clear-headed, tempered as he was with mourning for his wife.

    Prior to being nominated for Grand Master, Skywalker did three things:

    - He put forward Si-Wara-Yaden as his replacement

    - He ceased all operations targeting non-Jedi Force-using sects

    - He drastically re-oriented the Sphere towards internal observation of the Jedi Order

    As far as we know, all three of these directives have been continued and expanded by Eternal Watcher Yaden.

    ASCENSION TO GRAND MASTER OF THE JEDI ORDER: Rumors had been circulating for years that it was only a matter of time before Daniel would assume the mantle of Grand Master, and sure enough it eventually happened. He was put forward as the uncontested nominee, and took control of the Sphere of the Jedi Order at the age of seventy-three.

    It should be noted that it is extremely rare for the position of Grand Master to be held by someone from the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight, something that went notably uncommented on during the entire process.

    THE JEDI ORDER UNDER DANIEL SKYWALKER: One of the most interesting observations in all of this is the fact that despite some quiet fears and whispers, the tenure of Daniel as Grand Master was nowhere as revolutionary or controlling as some had feared or hoped. This is not to say that Skywalker did not have impact – but at the same time it was on a far smaller scale and he was contending with new and rising factions in the Order. This led to much of the Order continuing to operate as it had been prior to his ascension.

    The first of which was Undien rising to prominence and cultivating favor, influence, and making an arguably more distinguished mark on the Order than Skywalker had, with him strengthening the relationship between the Jedi and Alliance and himself and allies turning the Jedi into a true political power in the Alliance and beyond.

    Overshadowed might be a good word used to describe Daniel here, as Battlemaster Shartan was arguably more influential in continuing to normalize Imperial relations, including those with the Alliance military. Odan grew the Order significantly, and Tocrum continued to acquire more and more cover and protection as his allies grew.

    It is suspected – though not confirmed – that Daniel was attempting to curtail the worst aspects of the Order and fighting a losing battle once Undien and his allies gained more and more power. There have been several investigations into deaths of Padawans which have been halted by Undien and his allies, as they are tied to the Conciliators.

    Furthermore, becoming Grand Master appeared to show the extent to which Undien had infiltrated, and how out of control the Sphere of Diplomacy and Mediation was becoming to the point where it was likely that he didn’t know even a portion of their inner workings. What strikes us as curious is the fact that he refrained from using his connections in the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight to force some issues.

    What this appears to show to the outside observer is that the position of Grand Master is not the position of power most think it is. They appear to be largely a figurehead; a ceremonial leader who is responsible for putting a face to the Jedi as a whole, and even this was being supplanted by Undien through his connections to the media and Senate.

    So, Daniel decided to take a different direction here. He never appeared to cease his political differences with Undien, but after a certain point, he didn’t feel the need to fight a losing battle and instead focused on those within the Order and beyond it. He is fondly remembered as one of the most personable Grand Masters in the history of the Order, and it wasn’t uncommon to see him helping young Jedi in studies, training, or dueling. Many Knights and Masters were comfortable coming and talking to him if they happened to run into him, and he regularly rotated around the various Jedi Temples.

    He’s also met with all of the various fraternity leaderships, and in some cases developed close friendships with them. He’s recognized as one of the mediators within the Jedi Order, and someone who will treat you with respect, even if he doesn’t completely agree. Make no mistake, Daniel has opinions, but he generally will not deride or belittle someone if they contrast his own.

    In addition to that, he’s heavily participated in assisting the Sphere of Outreach and Aid, and used his position to ensure they can grow and expand, and out of all the current Councilors, he has worked with Lara’ritten the closest and most often, to the point where there were many rumors flying that the two were romantically involved.

    He also suffered more loss during this period, as his son Gabriel was unfortunately killed on mission to the Outer Rim with the rest of his unit (he had joined the Militant Order as a Sentinel), and his grandson with his wife also perished when the clinic they were running on Tatooine was caught between a clash of Consortium soldiers and Black Sun mercenaries.

    One of the largest actions Daniel took was that he made an effort to personally visit sects of Force-users other than Jedi. Something which didn’t seem out of character at the time, but considering his previous actions, certainly indicates a shift in how he views them. He’s made a couple visits to the Quabular, has spoken before the High Council of the Imperial Knights, and has even been one of the few to speak with Mandalore Javen’Panlie.

    What far fewer paid attention to was that he also spent nearly a month meeting the aing-tii monks, and no one knows exactly what happened during that period.

    In addition, he used his position to render significant action taken against these sects illegal without approval by the Jedi Council. This measure only barely passed, with Undien and his sect contesting it harshly. Daniel’s tour also incensed Undien, who has a far lower opinion of such sects than Daniel does.

    In the end, Daniel’s time as Grand Master won’t be remembered for what reforms he made, alliances he forged, or political prowess he exuded. He will be remembered for who he was during that time and what he did. If you talk to most Jedi, you will find that they have a positive view of Daniel, and only good things to say, even those who are ideologically opposed to him.

    Even Undien would probably phrase his words carefully if asked.

    RESIGNATION FROM THE JEDI COUNCIL: There is significant speculation that Daniel Skywalker was forced out of the Jedi Council or otherwise was removed against his will. Considering the relationship between Undien and Daniel, this isn’t an unlikely or implausible opinion or explanation over what happened.

    Prior to conducting this report, the common consensus was that Daniel resigned in protest, likely over what he saw was Undien’s vision for the Jedi Order. It has been taken by most as a political statement, as he was not forcefully removed from the Jedi Council, but left on his own, with his fellow Councilor, Pon Tiian, resigning in solidarity.

    This appears to be intended as a last-ditch effort to turn the Jedi against Undien – or at least reign him in.

    However, the more we have learned, the more we don’t believe this is the case. There is a significant amount of evidence showing that everything Skywalker has done here was intentional and planned – and will have an impact beyond merely resigning. Do not forget that this person once ran the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight.

    Everyone – Undien included it seems – forgets that for a good portion of his career, this man was a spymaster. No matter how much his views have changed, he knows how to plan, he knows how to create and dismantle schemes – and he knows how to set a trap. It appears that this is what is happening now – Daniel knows far more than he’s letting on.

    Consider the timing – why now would he resign when it was clear that he’d been losing this battle for the soul of the Order for years now? What was the event that pushed him over the edge? The answer is that there isn’t one. None that we have been able to determine, at any rate. And does it seem in-character for Daniel to just give up?

    I don’t think you need to read the psychological profile section of this report to answer that.

    Here are a few things of note before Daniel resigned:

    He met with Eternal Watcher Yaden sixteen times over the course of two months, all in the Valley of the Jedi, and while we can’t exactly determine what they discussed, it likely had to do with what was coming next. He also spoke before the Shadow Council and Arbiters for undisclosed reasons.

    However, the most interesting thing about this was that before these things happened, he went to four locations. First, he went to Dagobah, then to Ahch-To, to the Kathol Rift where the aing-tii dwell, and finally to Voss. He stayed on the first two planets three days each, and spent two weeks on Voss and with the aing-tii. I suspect it may not be a coincidence that the moment he returned to Alliance Space, he spoke to the two Councilors who have the most legal authority in the Jedi, and then promptly resigns.

    Almost like he knows exactly what to do.

    We think that too many are underestimating Daniel Skywalker here and believing he has been politically outplayed. This does not appear to be the case. Put what we know about the Voss Mystics and their visions, the rumored time-manipulation capabilities of the aing-tii, together with a man who once ran the equivalent of an intelligence branch. Daniel knows exactly what he is doing here, regardless of how he knows it, and what is important is this:

    Undien is willingly – if unknowingly – walking into Daniel’s trap.​
     
  6. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    PSYCHOLOGICAL PROFILE

    Building a psychological profile for Daniel Skywalker is a more complex proposition than we originally intended. Prior to learning of his activities within the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight, we thought he would be a fairly straightforward subject and fairly typical for a Jedi. On this count, we still would have been wrong as Daniel’s outlook – even now – is not that of a typical Jedi, but we eventually shifted our focus to not just building a current profile, but answering the question of how a man who was utterly focused on eliminating or suppressing perceived threats to the Jedi turn into who he is today?

    The short answers are ‘time’ and ‘talking with others.’

    We will start from the beginning. He was raised by a member of the Militant Order and a soldier of the Galactic Alliance. His mother wanted him to view himself not only as a Jedi, but an Alliance citizen so he would know what he would inevitably fight to protect on a personal level. It is not surprising that he was extremely loyal to the Alliance growing up, and viewed it positively as well as the Jedi.

    This likely transferred over to his first major decision when he joined the Order – which Sphere to join. He in all likelihood believed that a strong and powerful Order would be used to ensure the prosperity of the Alliance, and as such, his connection to the Alliance drove him to pursue the path which would grant him what he needed to make that a reality.

    In this sense, the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight works best. They are largely invisible – unknown and unsanctioned. But their reach is far and lethal. It is unknown if Daniel knew this before joining, but regardless, if his goal was to join one of the most unrestricted Spheres in the Order, he picked the right one.

    We suspect there was further indoctrination which took place within the Sphere during his training. What this entails we don’t know, but it is likely that every piece of information is ranked according to threat and danger to the Jedi Order, subconsciously normalizing thinking in those patterns. It isn’t surprising why Daniel shifted his focus to the other Force-using sects after the remnants of the Kamino Uprising were crushed. They were the next largest threat, therefore action needed to be taken.

    The major shifts to Daniel’s personality began after his first visit to Voss. We don’t know what he saw, or if he even experienced one of their visions, but it had a tangible effect on him. Individuals who knew him around that point described him as ‘unusually introspective and quiet.’ Not shaken per se, but certainly appearing to reconsider some things.

    His interest in worlds steeped in the Force could possibly be explained by the ‘Force Ghost’ phenomenon, which is believed by some to be the preservation of powerful users of the Force after their death. There are enough documented cases where there is likely some truth to this theory, and it would explain why Daniel took an interest in it.

    He also became very interested in the histories of previous incarnations of the Jedi Order, and some of the old Jedi. Masters Kenobi, Yoda, and Kina Ha in particular. We attempted to see what the connecting link between these individuals was, and the closest we can determine is that all of them – to some degree – believed that the Jedi were gradually losing their way and focusing on the prestige and power of their position as opposed to those they should be humbly serving.

    Even General Kenobi wrote near the end of the Clone Wars that they were slowly turning away from the Guardians of Peace and Justice into an army who acted at the behest of the Republic. Yoda openly disdained using the Force for war and conflict, and after the Siege of Mustafar cited the slow corruption of the values of the Jedi as a reason for their defeat. Master Ha in particular was highly critical of the Jedi of the Old Republic, with biting commentary on how the Jedi no longer served the ideals they claimed, but did it for their own egos and pride, who were eager to act as the enforcing arm of the Republic to showcase their power over those who were merely mortal.

    It certainly makes one wonder what they would think of the current Jedi Order.

    I suspect they would not approve. And Daniel appears to agree with this line of thought.

    We obviously cannot confirm if Daniel managed to make contact with any lingering spirits of Jedi, but if he did, there are those who he would seek out. Yoda, Obi-Wan Kenobi, his own ancestors Luke and Cade Skywalker. Perhaps other Jedi he did not expect. We do not know if these are tied to Force nexuses, but considering how many Daniel visited, if this was a goal, it would make sense if it happened.

    There is no obvious catalyst we can point to that led him to his current mindset, but it is the culmination of dozens of small events and conversations with others. It is very clear that Daniel Skywalker thinks that the Jedi have lost their way now as well. He sees the Jedi Order as more focused on collecting, using, and growing their influence than helping and protecting others.

    Which, ironically, are goals which are not necessarily present in most or all Spheres. This was likely a factor that made his tenure as Grand Master difficult – he wanted to drastically reform the Jedi Order and return it to a humbler status, but too many Jedi now would rebel at giving up what they see as the culmination of decades of hard work. Rewards that were earned, but Daniel wonders if that should have been the goal of the Jedi to begin with.

    One can only imagine the fury of the Militant Order or Justicars if they were told to disband. One could imagine the disbelief from the shadow arms of the Jedi being disbanded and their actions brought to the light. One could imagine the outrage if the Jedi turned from being largely supporters of the Alliance into something which worked for the betterment of all, not necessarily the side which was ‘good.’

    Which is why it will never happen. Not without the Order itself collapsing.

    From what we can tell, the section of the Order which seems to best embody what Daniel wishes for the Jedi is unsurprisingly the Sphere of Outreach and Aid. No sides, no politics, only serving the less fortunate and ordinary without care for allegiance, species, or pay. To many, it seems like an unreasonably naïve view of how the galaxy works, which is a large reason Yoda’s teachings are viewed as outdated and archaic.

    Although it is worth noting that the Jedi have never really appeared to operate in the way Daniel envisions. They’ve never been given a chance to, or had a leader who led them to do just that. Perhaps Daniel sees himself as this person?

    To be determined.

    As his view on the Jedi has evolved, his view on the Force also seems to have evolved. He has moved far past viewing alternative sects as threats, to considering their unique viewpoints valuable even if he disagrees with them. His view seems to have shifted from binary dark and light, to a range of spectrums and interpretations of what the Force is.

    I would go so far as to say that he has embraced some of these alternate teachings, considering the time he spent with the voss and aing-tii, though to what extent is unknown. This largely echoes Daniel’s tolerance for others. It is nearly impossible to offend him or make him angry, and he will treat any question or discussion with respect even if he’s garnered something of a reputation for eloquently calling people’s intelligence into question on certain topics.

    Likewise, he is completely normalized to aliens, and has been from a young age, and gets along with them easier than most humans. This is helped by the fact that he has a very welcoming and warm personality – a development after his personality shift, as previously he was friendly, but not necessarily sociable.

    He still privately mourns the death of his wife and son, but he has adjusted to the initial shock notably well. This is likely helped by the fact that there are a number of relatives still alive including Arnica Solo, Alana Skywalker, and his son’s widow Caliyn Skywalker who he keeps in regular contact with. His relationship with Lara’ritten has also helped fill this void, especially in recent years.

    With all of this said, he retains the cunning of his time as the Eternal Watcher, if his apparent handling of Undien is anything to go by, yet curiously he doesn’t really seem to use this advantage of his more often. Potentially because he believes it’s exploitative for his own gain, although it could also be to keep people underestimating him.

    He isn’t above that to the point of being cheeky. He uses a cane of all things.

    This man does not need a cane.

    At some point some idiot is going to think that just because Daniel uses a cane, he’s weak or vulnerable. And then they are going to end up dead when they find out how badly they screwed up that assumption. He’s a different man than he was a half century ago, but he definitely hasn’t forgotten or abandoned everything he learned.

    xxx

    KNOWN ASSOCIATES AND ALLIES

    SI-WARA-YADEN: While it should not be a significant surprise that Daniel has an ally in the current Eternal Watcher, something that appears to get overlooked is the fact that outside Ritten, Yaden is the Councilor who speaks the most to Daniel. While we’re certain that as friends they’d discuss topics not relating to the Jedi, we would be fools to assume that at least some of these meetings aren’t as innocent. We don’t know what they entail, but Yaden can be safely placed in the number of those who are allies of the former Grand Master.

    This is notably curious since they both appear to still maintain different visions for the Jedi, as Yaden retains the vision of a more controlling and influential Jedi, though appears to wish it to come from subterfuge and espionage, not open political power, which should obviously contradict what Daniel now believes.

    Yet this does not appear to play a notable factor, and it is likely that both men have privately come to some kind of agreement. Perhaps Daniel believes that Yaden has some role to play, and his initial appointment to the role of Eternal Watcher came as a surprise to the Shadow Council, even if he has (presumably) proved himself capable of managing the Sphere.

    Subsequent events have raised additional questions about the nature of his appointment. Specifically, how Daniel has reacted to events that have happened – with Yaden being involved in several of them. The appointment of Yaden was decades ago. The Sphere admittedly is skilled in ‘farsight,’ but at a certain point it becomes somewhat ridiculous.

    ALANA SKYWALKER: His great-granddaughter, Alana Skywalker is someone who a decent number of Jedi view with suspicion and sometimes outright contempt after she left the Jedi Order to join the Mandalorian Union. Opinion has recently shifted in light of the heightened tensions with the Mandalorians to considering her as close to a traitor as possible while not being openly called such.

    It is perhaps for the better that few know she’s also the lifemate of Mandalore himself.

    It isn’t unheard of for Jedi to leave the Order, but usually to retire or because of personal reasons. It normally isn’t political, and said Jedi almost never leave to join sects viewed negatively by their previous colleagues. Jedi like Alana Skywalker – especially ones as powerful as her – simply don’t leave.

    We suspect that the only reason Alana wasn’t quietly dissuaded after she came in contact with the Mandalorians was because Daniel intervened to prevent that from happening. Undien wanted to drag her before the Shadow Council, and he had the support of a good number of the Council. Interestingly, it was Yaden who ultimately refused, until she showed signs of obvious corruption.

    This is a patent lie, as Yaden is not Daniel, and he can and has removed and tried Jedi who were less powerful or dangerous and ‘corruption’ never came into the equation. So this either means that he was hesitant to go after her because of how dangerous she was – or because Daniel persuaded him otherwise. Considering what we know of Alana and Yaden, the latter is more likely as while Alana is powerful, she is not trained to defend against the capabilities of the Jedi Shadows and Minders. The Militant Order is good at fighting obvious threats, not those that act unseen.

    Whatever the case, Alana very likely owes her continued freedom to Daniel, regardless of if she knows it or not. She and Daniel are fairly close, and have interacted normally on a regular basis, usually traveling to Mandalorian Space to meet. While far more militant than her great-grandfather, both Alana and Daniel have similar views on the Force, the Jedi (in certain contexts), and their own paths.

    It’s also notable that Daniel has a direct connection to Mandalore himself through Alana, and it is not unlikely that at some point, he will call upon him for help or to ask a favor. While it may not be accurate to call Mandalore an ‘ally’ of Daniel, he will likely be more inclined to help if his lifemate insists and trusts him. Something to keep in mind.

    ARNICA SOLO: Another relative of his, Arnica is perhaps the one he is closest to who still remains in the Jedi Order. When Daniel was initially gathering information on the various sects, he often used information which had at least some of her work within it. She soon became a valued consultant for the Sphere, and it isn’t out of the question that she was also a persuading voice that made Daniel ultimately shift his mindset.

    She’s an older and experienced historian – one does not become the Gatekeeper of the Holocrons if they are not extremely dedicated – and cuts herself off from the internal politics of the Order as much as possible in favor of her work. Which is something that both she and Daniel find common ground in, and through her, Daniel keeps in semi-regular contact on the state of the non-Imperial Solo family.

    There does appear to be some good news on that front, as relations had been strained when Arnica’s grandson Alexander left the Jedi Order for unexplained reasons. However, the family appears to largely moved past the hurdle, and while Alexander was presumably a powerful Force-user in his own right, both Arnica and Daniel have accepted his refusal to be a Jedi and are content for him to forge his own path. Thanks to this, it seems the worst of this disagreement is past for now.

    A final note on Arnica is that she’s been advising Daniel on the creation of his own holocron – something which may have already been done – which is a skill that very, very few Jedi have and that alone makes her extremely valuable in the Order.

    NARA-RO: This Voss Mystic is notable as she is the sole constant whenever Daniel has interacted with the voss. She was the one to initially seek an audience, she was responsible for whatever Daniel did on his first visit to the planet, and then later did the same thing when he returned. As one of the Three, she appears to have a personal interest in maintaining positive relations with Daniel, though if these have ulterior motives are unknown.

    Keep in mind that voss as a people are driven by visions and prophecies, and every action the Three take affects the entirety of voss society and they are responsible for consolidating the thousands of visions and interpretations and shaping them into something from which the voss ultimately benefit from.

    It would be notable if Daniel had personal contact with a Mystic or an Interpreter. It is extraordinary that one of the Three is involved – which indicates that the Three see him as playing some kind of significant role from which they will benefit from. It remains an open question as to how much of what is happening is fulfilling some kind of voss prophecy, but the fact that the highest of the voss are tied to Daniel should be scrutinized under the sharpest lens.

    The voss expect something from Daniel. It would be prudent to determine what that is. Nara-Ro would be a good starting point. It would not be a mistake to consider sending an envoy to the voss in the near future, if for no other reason than that it is extremely apparent that this is a people who should not be overlooked.

    PENARIA OSLAM: The good President of the Galactic Alliance is personable, compassionate, naïve, and an outsider. All things which make a friendship with Daniel Skywalker a likely outcome. Daniel got along extremely well with his Alliance counterpart when he held the position of Grand Master, and there was certainly some kind of mutual understanding of being trapped in their positions – wanting to enact change, but being powerless to do so.

    Despite their relatively short time officially working together, Daniel and Penaria had become acquainted many years in the past and kept in intermediate contact. He was likely one of the people she consulted before deciding to run for President, and that he gave a rare endorsement to a politician soon after her announcement solidifies this theory more.

    Even now that he has stepped down, he and Penaria still keep in contact – though what they discuss can only be speculated. Daniel isn’t the type to take Order politics outside the Order, so it’s unlikely that she knows the full extent of the situation, and while he definitely considers her a friend, he also is aware that she is constantly watched and surrounded by enemies and likely censors himself to an extent – something she likely understands.

    It is accurate to say that, if nothing else, Daniel admires her as being one of the few ‘uncorrupted’ politicians in positions of power. This obviously does not translate to more useful attributes such as competence, loyalty, or pragmatism, but considering who Daniel is, he can appreciate a hopeful and charming – if mildly incompetent – woman achieving such a position without resorting to the depths her rivals embrace.

    Still, the fact is Daniel has the attention of the Galactic Alliance Chief of State. Treat their relationship seriously, because they certainly do.

    SARESH PALAVOLA: Labeling Palavola an ‘ally’ of Daniel’s is perhaps stretching the truth a bit, but considering her importance and position within the Order, she falls closer to that of ally than rival. For the most part, Palavola and Daniel have a mutual respect and got along well. Palavola did not engage in politics and has kept her operations tight to her Sphere and apparently showed little interest in going beyond it.

    Thanks to our previous report on the Order, we know that she is far more involved and dangerous than originally anticipated and we are certain that Daniel is in her plans somehow. Her actions are subtle, but noticeable if paying attention. She is notably against Undien, going so far as to abstain from his confirmation to the rank of Grand Master and openly clashing with him and Tocrum. Interestingly, she has never gone against Daniel in public.

    Granted, Undien is something of a special case, but is nonetheless notable here. If anything, she appears to maintain a neutral stance on him, if one looks only at certain events.

    However, she did meet with Daniel after his resignation and they spoke for several hours. After that, we noticed that whenever Daniel arrived on a world controlled by the Order or the Alliance, there were a number of Sages and other unidentified Jedi in the general vicinity at all times.

    Palavola is clearly protecting him, or at minimum has an interest in his safety. The reasons for why are a mystery, but considering her own connection to Councilor Yaden, it is beginning to look like this web is more complicated than is healthy for all involved. Palavola has her own agenda, regardless of what actions she is taking to protect Daniel, and it is likely something that will only benefit her own vision of the Jedi – which is nowhere close to Daniel’s.

    He is a pawn to her, this is clear. The question is if Daniel knows this too.

    Even if he didn’t visit the voss and aing-tii, I would suspect he would, if for no other reason than he was once the Eternal Watcher. If Palavola wants to use him, she will likely need to try harder than this.

    PON TIIAN: The Councilor who resigned in solidarity with Skywalker was one of his oldest friends and allies within the Jedi, and later on the Council for many years afterwards right up until their dual resignations. Of the Sphere of Exploration and Discovery, they first met when Daniel was the Eternal Watcher and developed a rapport as they worked closely since Daniel needed to keep up-to-date on the latest star maps and potential recovered relics of the Jedi and Sith of ages past.

    Tiian is not someone you would describe as political, and during his tenure as Councilor, appeared to grow to hate it more and more – especially since he never truly stopped trying to enact reforms, and was subsequently outplayed each and every time. His own Sphere eventually became a stone wall (Sifiss is unsurprisingly connected to this) against his actions, rendering him close to powerless as Undien’s allies gained more influence over his Sphere than he did.

    It does not appear that Tiian wants to take the Jedi in the exact direction as Daniel – but he definitely wants the Jedi to return to focusing on matters that are not political, and working for the ordinary galactic citizen instead of the Senate or military. This attitude certainly did not earn him any friends, and while Daniel resigning in protest was a calculated action, Tiian likely did it out of pure emotion. The only one he truly respected on the Council was Lara’ritten, and when Daniel resigned, he seemed to lose faith that anything could be changed, even if Lara stayed on.

    What is curious is that Daniel appeared to simply let this happen. He could have asked Tiian to stay, or he could have made it seem less of an impulse decision on Tiian’s part, but he did neither of these things and as a result, lost an ally on the Council who was simply replaced with a Undien ally.

    Why would Daniel consider this a beneficial outcome? Lara and Yaden are only two voices, the former who is largely ignored anyway, Palavola is unreliable and has her own agenda, Vol’mateil is staunchly apolitical, and everyone else either disdains him such as Shartan, or is against him politically.

    This is yet more circumstantial evidence that Daniel is letting Undien walk into a trap of his own making. Daniel would not make this kind of obvious misstep – not unless it was part of a larger plan or a necessary step to achieve some unknown objective.

    LARA’RITTEN: The only other solid ally remaining on the Jedi Council, Lara’ritten has a connection to Daniel which no one else has at this point in time. They’ve been friends for decades, first meeting when Daniel was the Eternal Watcher and while they didn’t interact as much due to the different focuses of their Spheres, she certainly made an impression on him as her own views on the galaxy and role of the Jedi have not gone through the evolution his have.

    They only really began deeply interacting when Skywalker became Grand Master, and she became a confidant of his as she was one of the only ones he felt he could trust – and who he knew shared his sentiments about the Jedi Order and what their purpose was. Meeting with Lara appeared to develop into something of an escape for him when he was Grand Master, as she had no agenda for him to be concerned about.

    One of the worst-kept secrets of the Jedi Order (at least among the Masters) is the romantic relationship between the two that developed, and continues to this day. Contrary to popular belief, it hasn’t been going on for decades and hard evidence for them being a couple instead of good friends shows no more than six years since something which could considered ‘evidence’ for a relationship was noted.

    It is likely that after the death of his wife, Daniel did not think – or even want to consider – the possibility of someone else, especially when combined with his position, his age, and presumably limited pool of suitors. Neither of them likely believed that their friendship would develop this way, though I doubt they are complaining.

    An interesting aspect of the relationship is obviously the species difference. Skywalkers tend to exclusively marry or mate with other humans, and the only instance of an alien pairing was between Cade Skywalker and Deliah Blue, a zeltron. While certainly not uncommon in the context of the galaxy (especially with near-humans), it is a notable development for the Skywalker line, even if it will have no effect on the future of the family.

    A question that may be asked is why the relationship would be considered secret considering the acceptance for such relationships in the Order. The best answer we can conclude is that one or both of them may have felt that it wouldn’t be proper for them to be involved while also holding seats on the Council – officially involved, at any rate. Now that Daniel is no longer on the Council, I doubt that they will even attempt to hide it anymore.

    A final thing to note about Lara was that he kept in very close contact with her when he went on his final trip across the galaxy prior to his resignation – and Lara was seen leaving with him when he went to the nexus on Ahch-To. It is likely that not only does she know what Daniel experienced, but also has seen some of what he has.

    She may know more than we believe. She is not a threat, but she should be viewed as a possible resource should it become necessary to determine exactly what Daniel knows.
     
  7. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    KNOWN ENEMIES AND RIVALS

    TERENA ODAN: Daniel and Odan are not on good terms, and haven’t been since she started developing a significant amount of influence. She is diametrically opposed to Daniel’s vision for the Order and what significantly rankles Daniel is the fact that she’s arguably among the most powerful in influencing the future of the Order due to her position in managing the curriculum, teachers, and doctrine of the Jedi Order.

    Daniel – along with Tiian and Ritten at the time – voted against her nomination on grounds that her associations and agenda was detrimental to the Jedi Order, and were summarily defeated by a majority vote. Odan seemingly doesn’t bear a grudge for this, but she is rumored to have celebrated with Tocrum when Daniel and Tiian resigned, obviously thinking that there was nothing stopping them moving forward.

    What appears to offend Daniel most about Odan is that she only acts in the interests of herself and allies, as the Jedi Order she wishes to enhance is not the one Daniel supports, and it throws a cynical angle to everything she does, for good or ill. He is not impressed by Odan throwing resources to support the Sphere of Outreach and Aid because Odan doesn’t actually care about the people helped, but because it will boost the image of the Order and make it more appealing to senators, and enticing to potential recruits to bolster their numbers further.

    I feel like Daniel would rather she did nothing at all then do the right thing at times for entirely the wrong reasons. It would likely not matter, as she would continue doing it even if asked to stop, because to her, the standing of the Order comes before the personal requests of other Jedi, even ones bearing the name Skywalker.

    ALLIANCE INTELLIGENCE SERVICE: Considering the close relationship Undien has to the AIS, it shouldn’t come as a surprise that even prior to his resignation, he was being covertly watched, monitored, and reported on for months or possibly years. The operation seems exclusively passive, and no direct action that we know of took place for likely good reason – although the AIS this time failed to account for our own observation, as focused as they were on Daniel.

    We don’t know the opinions on Daniel within the AIS. It isn’t out of the question that they would, or have been doing this, even if Undien hadn’t likely requested it. With how the AIS works, I suspect that they’ve worked up dossiers on all their ‘allies’ in the Jedi to leverage them as best as possible should it become necessary. Daniel could well be viewed neutrally or even positively within the organization – though this is unlikely.

    Whatever the case, the AIS is watching Daniel closely, although interestingly, it seems like the agents assigned to him seem… distracted or listless compared to their other personnel – which could explain how we were able to shadow them so effectively. Considering Daniel’s training and skills, it’s very likely that he was able to identify the agents watching him and has rendered them harmless.

    Which begs the question of why we weren’t ever discovered.

    There is proof that the AIS agents watching him have been affected. We intercepted several reports supposedly detailing what Daniel is doing at the time, and while for the most part they were accurate, there were always a few details changed or omitted. Such as when they reported that he visited the Ahch-To Temple, but failed to say he visited the nexus below it. Or when he went to Voss, but only stayed for a day (inaccurate, as he stayed for much longer). We are unsure how this being accomplished, and Daniel is going about this smart if he is influencing them.

    There is enough in the reports for the AIS to think nothing has gone wrong, even if the most crucial information is distorted or missing. But it seems like the AIS made the fatal mistake of underestimating Daniel Skywalker, which appears to be becoming a trend.

    ZEVRO SHARTAN: Much like Odan, Shartan and Daniel have never gotten along. Shartan at best sees Daniel as a simple-minded and self-destructive fool who would rather give up the significant political and military clout the Jedi have, disregarding the militarized aspects of the Order, all because he believes that the Jedi have gone astray according to the texts of long-dead Jedi whose own Order failed.

    It doesn’t help that Shartan remains puzzled at how much Daniel changed from being a more pragmatic Eternal Watcher to the Jedi he is today. However, he appears to put at least part of this on the presumed ‘corruptive’ influence of Lara’ritten who he seems to believe took advantage of Daniel after his wife’s death and in turn, pacified him for her own agenda.

    It’s something of an elaborate conspiracy theory, but it isn’t extremely surprising that Shartan is hostile to someone who doubts the validity of his entire Sphere within the Order, and is trying to rationalize it however he can. For his own part, he is also one of the few to actively remember that Daniel is still dangerous and doesn’t necessarily see Daniel as refusing to play politics – so much as making people think he’s not playing politics.

    His dislike of Daniel has more recently become tempered into deep suspicion, as he was reportedly caught off-guard by the resignation, and immediately spoke to him afterwards, and was reportedly seen leaving afterwards, visibly irritated. He attempted to revoke the resignations of Daniel and Tiian, but was overruled. Lately, he’s been making attempts to speak to people associated with Daniel, including colleagues, friends, and family.

    He's definitely seeing that something is not adding up with Daniel’s recent actions, and is attempting to find answers not because he actually cares about Daniel, but because he thinks there is something going on that could have a negative impact on himself, his Sphere, and the Order itself.

    He appears to have made little progress.

    THE GENOHARADAN: First, we are unsure of the GenoHaradan’s intentions towards Daniel. They are on this list because they are a factor and historically the GenoHaradan being interested in anyone is a bad sign.

    What we do know is that the GenoHaradan started taking an interest in Daniel shortly after his first visit to Voss, and according to our source, have been trying to figure out exactly what Daniel has seen and experienced while on the planet (both visits). Normally, the GenoHaradan would kidnap or kill someone involved to begin their investigation, but this obviously doesn’t work on the voss.

    They are not as bound everywhere else. An entire colony of aing-tii reportedly vanished, which is suspected to be due to GenoHaradan activity, though for what purpose is unknown. To this day, they haven’t been found and their location in the Rift makes getting any sort of word out difficult.

    Unlike most though, they’ve gone to the trouble of retracing Daniel’s steps. They’ve sent agents – Xim Agents – not their usual puppets, to the Force nexuses visited. They’ve gone to Korriban, Dathomir, they’ve talked with the Quabular and Mandalorians – under false names and identities, of course, but it’s more than even we have managed to do. The Maw has said that what the GenoHaradan are trying to do is impossible since anything Daniel saw would be exclusive to him, but they continue persisting.

    Their actions could be viewed as logical, as keeping tabs on any Skywalker is advisable. The issue comes from the fact that our source has also said the Overseers have begun to view Daniel as a destabilizing force within the Jedi Order, and considering how the GenoHaradan ‘fix’ destabilizing forces – Daniel should watch his back, because his status will not stop the GenoHaradan from killing him.

    It wouldn’t be the first time they killed a Skywalker, and it likely won’t be the last, regardless of if they succeed or fail here – assuming this happens at all. And even with our own knowledge of the GenoHaradan being limited – what we do know shows that we should not be concerned for Daniel quite yet – but Lara’ritten.

    PAALA TOCRUM: Ironically, I would say that Daniel pities Tocrum more than he dislikes him. The same cannot be said for how Tocrum views Daniel. Tocrum treats him with a noticeable air of condescension and mockery veiled behind courtesy and formality, though is transparent for anyone slightly versed in the art of sarcasm. He largely sees Daniel and his views as childish and in turn, treats Daniel as the equivalent of a child using simple words and phrases to convey a point, though very eloquently, of course.

    For his part, Daniel never really reacts to this and appears to have determined that the best solution to Tocrum is to ignore him altogether and as such, both men will go out of their way to interact as little as possible. In the aftermath of his resignation, Tocrum was thrilled, and was reportedly thinking of inviting Daniel to a ‘retirement party’ which is as petty as you can really get in this situation – even Undien wouldn’t do that.

    Somehow this got out (we suspect through one of Palavola’s Extensions or a Shadow), and Daniel apparently found it hilarious, although Lara was less than amused, however, she didn’t say anything publicly. I do think we did accidentally find the explanation for why Palavola randomly went up to Tocrum a couple days afterwards and had a short conversation which seemed to leave him extremely unsettled – he’s made a point to avoid the woman ever since. Reading the original report, the Temple team tried to come up with for that incident is amusing in hindsight.

    I suppose what we should take away from this is that Tocrum has the intellectual mindset of a small child when it comes to Daniel. We are somewhat baffled as there is no reason we can think of for why Tocrum dislikes him so much, and have not entirely ruled out the possibility that this is an exaggeration on Tocrum’s part to perhaps disarm Daniel or focus on him – and not what his Sphere is actually doing in the shadows.

    Tocrum isn’t stupid. There must be something more here that explains this behavior.

    UNDIEN: If there is a pure rival for Daniel Skywalker, it would be the now-Grand Master Undien. They are opposed in essentially all aspects; Undien wants to continue expanding the political, social, and military reach of the Jedi, Daniel wants to curtail it. Undien believes the Jedi Order is going in the right direction and is only growing stronger, Daniel believes the exact opposite is true. Undien is rigid in his views and considers those who don’t share them to be dangerous, Daniel is more open-minded and is capable of changing his entire mindset based on new information.

    Perhaps the only similarities are that they both want what is best for the Jedi. The only difference is how that is achieved.

    There is a professional respect between the two men, despite this. They can recognize each other’s achievements while at the same time disagreeing entirely with what the other stands for. Undien dislikes Daniel’s ideology, but doesn’t necessarily hate the man himself, even if he considers him ‘misguided.’ For his own part, Daniel believes that Undien’s ultimate motives are based in good, but how he reaches them is a problem.

    While Undien has expressed a desire for the Skywalker line to stop being as influential as it has been, he didn’t seem to necessarily have a personal vendetta against Daniel. Likely because he never considered him a danger or threat to his plans to begin with, as Daniel’s ideology is largely in conflict with all political ideologies in the Order and any political clout he had is limited.

    He was surprised by the resignation, even if he viewed the development positively. He is likely hoping that this is Daniel symbolically ceding defeat to him and he will be free to operate however he wishes without interference. However, it’s very apparent that Daniel is not going this route, and it will be interesting to see if Undien does anything to stop him from meddling further.

    xxx

    PERSONAL ASSETS

    WEALTH: Money has never been a concern for Daniel. As far as we know he technically has very little ‘personal’ wealth, likely no more than 50,000 credits – which is likely kept filled by the Jedi Order itself. However, technically he has little to no limits on what he could buy if he really wanted to. As one of the Masters of the Order and the former Grand Master, in addition to him being a Skywalker, money will never be a concern from him – even if he doesn’t seem to need it most of the time.

    PROPERTY: Daniel owns no personal property, and stays in hotels, rented apartments/houses, or in Jedi housing. Similar to the above, this is not something he has ever needed to worry about, and indeed, most Jedi rarely own property of their own as the Order provides most, if not all of their needs.

    ARMORY: Almost nonexistent. He has his lightsabers, but has never bothered to buy or collect ranged weapons, explosives, or other gadgets of that sort that we know of. Given his past, it wouldn’t be surprising if there were some pieces of equipment he kept and maintained, but if so, we have not found mention of them. There is no armor of any significance he owns either, which isn’t surprising considering his bodily enhancements which supplement light armor, which is the only kind which would be worn in his line of work.

    PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION: He owns a Mark IX X-wing which he uses for all of his personal transportation, especially if the missions are personal or he doesn’t want to be followed. This X-wing is heavily modified to have a more powerful hyperdrive, quad lasers, thicker hull plating and transparisteel, redundant life-support systems, and a cloaking generator. All holdovers of his time as the Eternal Watcher, which he keeps well-maintained.

    In all other instances, he uses group or public transportation.

    ECONOMIC INVESTMENTS/BONDS: Daniel is not an investor, banker, or shown any interest in such. This question does not apply to him.

    xxx

    COMBAT EXAMINATION

    This section should be considered incomplete and a baseline of what to expect in the event that anyone is unfortunate enough to fight Daniel personally. Due to the nature of his position in the Jedi, there is very little information on his fighting style, capabilities, and overall combat strength. There are pieces we have learned, and we can put together a cohesive picture of his likely capabilities and skills, but until in-field data is acquired, this will remain speculation.

    Daniel does not like people to see him fight.

    PHYSICAL CONDITION: Daniel Skywalker is an old man.

    He is not a weak one.

    As mentioned earlier in the report, he has taken to walking around with a cane of all things, possibly to give the impression of someone old and frail for his age. If it were anyone else, this would be completely believable. For Daniel Skywalker, it becomes decidedly less so. To state this clearly once again: it is a ruse. He does not need a cane.

    Part of this can be attributed to his cybernetics which don’t have the same issues as flesh and bone (particularly his left hand and leg which he lost at some point as the Ever-Shrouded). These cybernetics are covered with artificial flesh and most people do not even realize. Furthermore, his entire body was genetically modified and unless he has decided to stop maintenance completely, those modifications don’t go away. They require more investment the older one gets, but if Daniel were actively refusing to do this, the degradation would be a lot more noticeable.

    No, he is still in good shape. He is not at his peak, but the Force is also an augmenting factor here and he is much, much more dangerous than anyone tends to assume. Do not think that Daniel will be an easy or weak opponent unless you want to be sorely mistaken.

    WEAPONS: The weapon Daniel wears on his waist is a fake. Fake in the sense that it is not the primary lightsaber he uses – it is a real lightsaber, the first one he constructed, in fact – but it is not the one he wields in combat. His real weapon is a blue double-bladed saber, which we suspect he actually hides in his cane for safety. Alternatively, it could be hidden in his robes, and we have not determined if it can be split into two separate blades or not.

    There does not appear to be anything special about the lightsaber to take into account, and it is likely that Daniel may use the decoy lightsaber to his advantage if necessary. He does not use blasters or anything else to augment his attacks.

    ARMOR: Currently he wears standard Jedi robes which offer very little in the way of protection. He could theoretically be wearing underweave under his robes, or the robes themselves could contain cortosis or other sturdy metals (we did not detect anything of the sort), but we believe they are standard Jedi robes.

    His body is protected through his modifications which have rendered his skin able to absorb a limited number of direct blaster shots, resistance against physical blades, and quite possibly even resistance against lightsabers. We know that his hand is laced with pure cortosis, as it his leg. Some reports have claimed that when he encountered an enemy who wielded a lightsaber, he grabbed the blade, shutting it down before killing them. It’s unlikely he has forgotten this tactic.

    In short, don’t expect a single shot to take him down, unless you go for the head.

    COMBAT STYLE: He has mastered three of the seven primary forms of the lightsaber combat – that we know of – he could very well have mastered them all. But these forms include Form II (Makashi), Form III (Soresu), and Form IV (Ataru), all standard forms used by the Jedi Shadows.

    It is unlikely that any tactics Daniel uses now will differ significantly from his time as a Shadow – with the exception of him being not as lethal, as he is more likely to knock someone out and wipe their mind or take them captive than kill them. But he is only likely to strike when the opportunity presents itself, and use his Force powers to obscure himself and either strike or escape without the opponent ever really knowing where he is.

    If facing a blaster-wielding opponent he will use Form III, and telekinetics to disrupt any kind of attack in that way. Form II will be used against single opponents, or those wielding lightsabers. Form IV is primarily used against larger groups, and typically combined in ways with the aforementioned forms.

    Daniel does not appear to want to prolong fights more than necessary, and would likely prefer a guerilla-style attack of picking off opponents one at a time, relying on cloaking himself in the Force to achieve this, as well as augmenting his speed and strength. Only those trained in how to negate each of these forms has a chance of beating him.

    This isn’t someone who is going to carelessly walk into a trap. He was the Ever-Shrouded. He will scout the area and penetrate the heart of any ambush long before you even know he stepped on the planet. Don’t underestimate him. This is still one of the most powerful and dangerous Jedi who exists today.

    FORCE ABILITIES: Daniel can and will rely on the cloaking capabilities of the Jedi Shadows – which remain a mystery to all but perhaps the Imperial Knights – the most and prefers to observe before making any tactical decisions. He is also skilled in telekinetics on a limited scale, which he will use to unbalance opponents or temporarily disarm them. We also believe that he is capable of using the Force to manipulate his own body, such as lowering or raising his temperature, slowing heart rate and breathing, and so on.

    Alternatively, he is also skilled in the telepathic aspects of the Force. We should assume that anything short of the Imperial Mandate or Force-sensitives will be able to fully resist or counter him. This applies to the entire Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight, but it is especially the case with Skywalker. We can’t even say that trained Knights would be able to resist if Daniel is capable of subverting their defenses through something they haven’t trained for – a very likely scenario.

    I suppose this highlights the other danger of Daniel Skywalker – he could go anywhere if he really wanted to. It’s fortunate for everyone else he does not have an interest in this.

    One final thing to consider in this category is that Daniel could very well have learned obscure or otherwise shrouded abilities from his visit to the various sects, specifically the aing-tii and the voss. While we are fairly certain that only voss are capable of receiving the visions they do, there have been instances of Jedi learning the aing-tii art of ‘Flow-Walking,’ a controversial subject which is more legend than fact, allowing anything from time travel to teleportation. No Jedi has learned it in centuries, and we should consider the possibility that Daniel could have learned it.

    This is not to say it is the only thing he learned. Assuming he’s been talking to Jedi spirits (assuming they exist as rumored), then he could very likely have learned a few additional tricks. However, this is not confirmed, although he should be treated as if he were capable of everything – short of time nonsense. The Maw may be hesitant, but we have agreed that certain rumors are just that – rumors – and given the seriousness of this situation, they will be given no more validity than they deserve.

    STRONGEST MATCHUP: He is effective against large groups of non-Force-sensitive enemies who he can separate and eliminate. He is effective against single opponents of any type. He is effective against all opponents when he has the advantage of surprise and can destabilize them. In truth, there is very little that he would fare poorly against.

    WEAKEST MATCHUP: Multiple Force-users specializing in swordsmanship attacking at once without the element of surprise. Obviously, ysalamiri-augmented units would fare well against Daniel here, but that also implies that he wouldn’t have a contingency in place if that happened, and he does not strike us as someone who would ignore that inconvenient truth. So, while ysalamiri are effective, they may not necessarily be the most reliable.

    COUNTERMEASURES: The issue with Daniel Skywalker is one of preparation. In almost all scenarios, he will have the advantage and him giving it up for any reason should make one suspicious. Sensors and other equipment like this could be useful, but also could be fooled or manipulated by Daniel – not to mention the operators could be affected by any mind tricks he attempts.

    Two obvious countermeasures exist: a Force-heavy group, and a ysalamiri group. Force-heavy would be composed of Imperial Knights and at least a couple members of the Maw. Inquisitors should be utilized to find his location as they are most similar to him in terms of capabilities. Upon location, a mass convergence of all forces should theoretically overwhelm him so long as his escape can be prevented.

    Alternatively, ysalamiri-based offensives should involve a significant number of units, and be organized in a ring formation to lessen the possibility of escape and gradually close together. Units equipped with lightsaber-resistant equipment, anti-Force tech, and chemical weapons would likely be the most effective.

    But again, the issue is first locating him.

    xxx

    EFFECTIVE EXPLOITATION

    More difficult than we initially assumed.

    Daniel Skywalker retains a large amount of influence among the common man and Jedi, and while that nets him a number of reliable allies to call upon, it does not necessarily translate to usability for us on a larger-scale. Aside from his connections to some members of the Council, there is not much we gain from attempting to manipulate Daniel in some way.

    I would go far as to say that most kinds of manipulation will simply not work.

    Daniel appears to be very good at picking out what is genuine, and what is done to elicit a certain response. How he determines this is unknown, suffice to say that it appears to be largely accurate and if we – or affiliated agents – try to fool our way into his good graces, it’s not going to work because he’ll see through it. A way around this could be locating such a genuine individual – and working through them to get to Daniel.

    Issues persist, of course, and that is the other problem when considering Daniel. He is portrayed as a political novice and someone easily outmaneuvered or tricked. This is not completely accurate. Daniel – much like Shartan if you want to make such a comparison – knows very well the ins and outs of politics, but staunchly refuses to get drawn into them more than necessary. So, it is not so much him being outplayed as it is that he lets it happen.

    Would he be fooled by elaborate operations involving plants, agents, and spies? Would this man – who once ran the Sphere of Vigilance and Farsight – really be as easy to fool as a senator? If you think about it – the answer should be pretty obvious.

    No.

    Let us not forget that this man also has visited every non-Sith Force sect at least once and has knowledge and possibly some abilities that no other Jedi have at this point in time. Who knows just how much he really knows about what is happening now? We have already laid out a case for Daniel setting the stage for Undien walking into a trap, and who is to say that he would not know if someone else tried to take advantage of him?

    Ludicrous odds, some might say, but can we really take such a chance with him?

    Action against Daniel Skywalker is not recommended, and in truth, he is neither an enemy of the Empire nor poses a threat to our interests. He is wholly concerned with the Jedi at this point in time, and in the event he assumes control again, he will remain an ally to the Throne and those under it.

    If anything, we should be ready to offer support should he need assistance retaking control. Between Daniel and Undien, the former is far more sympathetic to the Imperium than the latter.

    xxx

    CONCLUSION

    When news broke of Daniel resigning from the Jedi Council, one of the prevailing opinions was that his time was over, and that we needed to focus on Undien when considering how to approach the Jedi, as Daniel had seemingly little political clout left.

    We now know that this is not completely true.

    Daniel still has allies on the Council, and has powerful individuals working to keep him alive – knowingly and unknowingly. He retains the goodwill of nearly the entire Order and that cannot exactly be understated when you realize that all the backroom politics, shadow plays, and more don’t matter if those cut off from the kingmaking take matters into their own hands.

    It is very clear that Daniel Skywalker should not be considered a non-factor yet. Not with what we’ve learned. A man whose relevance has waned doesn’t warrant Palavola sending her people to ensure his safety, it doesn’t warrant spies from the AIS observing him, it doesn’t warrant the GenoHaradan trying to work out what he saw before he resigned.

    This is simply not what surrounds someone who is defeated, or who is no longer important.

    We don’t know his full capabilities, or even his complete plans. We can model what he may do within certain scenarios, and we can be assured that he will not act unjustly or unnecessarily due to his own moral code – but at the same time, he’s no naïve or inexperienced man anymore. We would do best to keep that in mind, lest we forget where he came from. Lest we forget that in the end, he is a Skywalker.

    We do not know what is going to happen next, not for certain.

    Daniel?

    If he doesn’t know what comes next, he most certainly has an idea of what to look for.

    Watch him closely.
     
  8. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    MANDO’TSAD

    INTELLIGENCE REPORT 00317-ALPHA

    xxx

    COMMISSIONED AND AUTHORIZED BY MAND’ALOR JAVEN’PANLIE ORDO

    EXECUTED BY DALLONX’LARIN FETT

    xxx

    TLON FETT’S MILITARY ORGANIZATION

    xxx

    PRELIMINARY INFORMATION

    Organization Name: Gra’tua be’haar Vemann’mando’ade

    Organization Alias(es): haar Gra’tua; Tlon’s Striile; Vemann’fett; Dar’manda

    Organization Type(s): Militia; Paramilitary; Special Forces; Narcotics ring; Slavery ring; Terrorist

    Organization Founder(s): Tlon Fett

    Organization Age: 22 Years

    Estimated Size: While total numbers were inaccessible, it is known that there are no fewer than twenty thousand personnel within the Gra’tua. However, only a fraction of these are actual soldiers, and an even smaller fraction of those are fully trained Mandalorians. There are likely no more than five thousand Mandalorians of the traitor clans, and no more than ten thousand lesser soldiers. There is a significant amount of personnel devoted to drug trafficking, slavery, and other management positions.

    Estimated Financial Resources: Constantly fluctuating, but extremely healthy for an organization of this size. Their combat capabilities have allowed them to more easily take wealth and resources from others, greater than what is needed for their size. They continue to make additional money off of drugs, weapons, and slaves. Their long-standing agreement with the Zann Consortium is an especially lucrative partnership.

    In total, the Gra’tua likely has no less than thirty million credits to spend at all times. This does not take into account liquid and non-liquid assets, property, or the personal fortunes of Gra’tua personnel. It is not much compared to the larger criminal syndicates such as the Black Sun, or anything close to what the Cartels possess, but it is more than a relatively small organization should be able to hold at once.

    xxx

    FORMATION AND HISTORY

    Due to the intrinsic involvement of Tlon Fett, there will be a slight amount of overlap with this report and the dossier on Tlon himself. This will be kept to a minimum, but major events will be covered, although here it will be from the perspective of Tlon’s Gra’tua, not Tlon Fett himself. For information on the Warlord, please refer to Intelligence Report 00316-Alpha.

    Initial Foundation: After it came to light that Tlon had been responsible for the death of Mand’alor Kal’Panlie Ordo, the leadership made the swift and decisive decision to condemn Tlon to exile. While it could very well have led to Tlon attempting to take control by force, it should also be noted that there was the very high likelihood that Clan Fett itself would have been targeted and eliminated, as Clan Ordo would doubtless begin a Blood Hunt against Clan Fett (Dar’mand’alor Jagi’Panlie Ordo was organizing a hunt prior to Gustav Fett’s renunciation of his brother).

    Tlon instead accepted exile, but at the same time showed how deep his corruptive influence had taken hold of Clan Fett, as three quarters of the Clan departed with him, many of whom were fiercely loyal to Tlon and furious at the leadership for what they saw as a betrayal. In total, nearly eight thousand Clan Fett warriors of departed.

    Outside Mando’Tra, their initial actions are not well-documented and unfortunately, the Gra’tua has few records which can show what they initially did during this period. Tlon notably had not adequately prepared for a situation like this, but nonetheless reacted to it in his typically practical and ruthless way.

    He first formed a leadership council of the most experienced veterans and warriors that had followed him from Clan Fett, and supposedly spent several months working to develop a strategy to both survive and return to claim the mantle of Mand’alor. In the meantime, they had settled on a now-unknown planet and converted it into a makeshift base. This base has long-since been abandoned due to poor strategic location, but it was crucial for the first few months of their foundation.

    Once Tlon and his council had devised their plan, they slowly inoculated the rest of the Mandalorians to it as well. It is important to remember that not all the Mandalorians who follow Tlon are as twisted as he was, at least at first. Just because they had followed him, did not necessarily mean they were ready to accept the measures he was going to take. Tlon made no grand sweeping announcement, but slowly began reorganizing his Mandalorians into his modern Commando units.

    Ultimately, the initial goals of Tlon were simple for his forces – expand, raid, and exterminate. As they were in the Outer Rim, there were no shortage of prime targets to go after – many of which were connected to the wealthy Hutt Cartels. Those were the first targets.

    Expansion: To say that the hutts did not expect swarms of Mandalorian Commandos to descend upon their minor worlds would be an understatement. The mercenary soldiers employed were no match for Mandalorian soldiers who in the first few raids suffered exactly four casualties. They took weapons, starships, drugs, and captives, bringing it all back to their world before the hutts could think about retaliating.

    The hutts attempted to retaliate by first invading what they had mistakenly thought was the headquarters of Tlon’s army – which had been a trap laid by the Warlord to waste their time and in retaliation he struck at multiple planets at once – and demonstrated how far he was willing to go if they continued coming after him.

    When the hutts surveyed the damage, they found thousands dead, their factories and equipment destroyed, thousands of credits and weapons seized, and people living in the cities had completely vanished. Tlon had also left a direct message for the hutt who was overseeing the planets – along the lines of ‘Come after me again, and you will be the next I kill.’

    For now, the hutts backed off as they attempted to analyze this surprise threat. In the meantime, Tlon and his Gra’tua were working to utilize all the resources they had gathered. Their actions had already attracted attention throughout the Outer Rim, and it wasn’t long before mercenaries, aliens, criminals, and loners of all types sought out the Mandalorian outcasts.

    This was a consequence Tlon had anticipated and these individuals were seamlessly integrated into his forces – albeit still under the Mandalorians themselves. At this time, Tlon began actively courting specific individuals to fill niches in his Gra’tua. The dishonored clans of Vizsla, Lone, Senar’tal, Taltora, and Wren were approached directly by Tlon and absorbed into what was now his Mandalorian Gra’tua, creating a twisted mockery of the Mando’Tsad in some aspects.

    While many of the clans provided needed military expertise and experience, Clan Senar’tal gave Tlon significant slaving expertise, he continued to approach and interact with failed or weak Force-users, psychologists, economists, chemists, and those specializing in narcotic development and trade. One of the ways he initially grew his numbers of these individuals was constantly observing the bounties placed on individuals, and if they fit the profile he needed, he would send his Supercommandos after them – but to recruit, not capture or kill.

    As the Gra’tua expanded, Tlon continued to raid and maintain his forces acceptably, while transforming what had been a clan of exiles into an organized and sickening marriage of Mandalorian tradition and criminal enterprise. Prior to his duel with Javen’Panlie, Tlon’s Gra’tua had small but growing business interests in nearly a dozen types of narcotics, slaving, and weapons sales and development, as well as bounty hunting.

    How Tlon would have integrated this with the Mando’Tsad had he won the duel is unknown, and we can all be thankful we don’t have to find out.

    Fallout of the Duel with Javen’Panlie: For those who expected Tlon’s Gra’tua to fall apart if he lost, they were extremely disappointed to learn this was not the case. Based on what I have seen, the only blow from which his Mandalorian Gra’tua could not recover is if Tlon Fett himself were to be killed. As this did not happen, he lost essentially nothing.

    He quite openly and bluntly acknowledged his defeat, while stating that there was, unfortunately, only one way which Mandalorians would be unified, along with comments on the malleability and questionable value of tradition over practicality. For those who do not want to read between the lines, Tlon was essentially saying that the next time he attempted to claim the title of Mand’alor, it would be the last time – and when it happened, it wouldn’t be in a traditional duel, but likely an invasion.

    In addition to this speech, he followed up by raiding and murdering a minor hutt; raping, enslaving, and killing everyone unfortunate enough to be residing on the planet. He also secured nearly a million credits of narcotics and weapons, and, for good measure, fed the hutt to his pit beasts (two twin nexu) while broadcasting it over the HoloNet.

    As the duel with Javen’Panlie was an internal Mandalorian matter, it unfortunately did not affect his reputation in the slightest and in truth, Tlon did not need to do it to show his strength to the Outer Rim which was beginning to take more and more notice, rather, he likely did it to vent, as well as to reassure the Mandalorians who followed him who might have been questioning their loyalty when he returned, defeated.

    In short, all that was damaged in that duel was Tlon Fett’s pride – as well as lowering his arrogance and overconfidence.

    This is unfortunately not a welcome development.

    Alliance with the Zann Consortium: Nearly three years after his duel, Tlon was approached by a representative of the Zann Consortium, Urai Fen. Prior to this, the Zann Consortium and Tlon’s Gra’tua had never crossed paths, due to their different areas of interest and Tlon’s hyperfocus against the Hutt Cartels.

    What is curious is that, knowingly or not, Tlon Fett had likely begun infringing on Consortium operations when he began entering the narcotics and slaving business and began carving out his place. I suspect that given how the Consortium operates, they attempted to subvert Tlon’s Gra’tua itself before realizing that was nearly impossible, and instead decided to approach the potential business threat from another angle.

    I will note here that no one has ever willingly aligned themselves with the Zann Consortium. They are widely considered one of the most terrifying, malicious, and evil organizations to exist in the galaxy. Hutts have higher morals than they do, and doing business with them will taint a person forever. But Tlon is no ordinary individual, and his distinct amorality was likely an attractive quality to the Consortium, and Tlon similarly realized that they could be a business partner who was just as ruthless as he was.

    What exactly the Consortium will potentially get out of Tlon’s dream of a new Mando’Akaan is unknown, but Tlon agreed to what was a closed-door meeting with the Zann Twins as well as Urai Fen, and when he emerged, he unveiled an alliance between the two organizations. His Mandalorian Gra’tua would supply the Consortium with high-quality slaves and narcotics, as well as manpower for certain joint operations that may be conducted, and in return, the Consortium would provide cuts of their slaving and drug operations, discounts on equipment and ships, access to the most exclusive black markets in the galaxy, and access to persons of interest across the galaxy for Tlon’s Gra’tua to poach at will.

    While not stated in the agreement, I suspect that Tlon also agreed to assist in the elimination of the Consortium’s long-standing enemy – the Hutt Cartels. It would explain why Tlon has continued to focus his operations against the Cartels when he could very easily move against other criminal syndicates now.

    Expansion to Alliance and Union Targets: With his forces continuing to grow and finances becoming less of a concern, Tlon has begun expanding the reach and scale of his attacks. Previously, they were restricted to the Outer Rim, and typically planets affiliated with the Cartels specifically. They have more recently included outlying Galactic Alliance worlds, as well as planets within Mando’Tra.

    There appear to be two very different goals for these attacks. The ones against the Alliance appear to be psychological and probing. There have been several dozen attacks, each in mildly to extremely different manners from each other, which indicates that he is looking to see what response each attack precipitates and what is most effective against them. To date, the Alliance has not taken significant military action against him, though his actions have enraged the public and the Jedi Order specifically, and as noted in other documents, it risks tainting ourselves to allow this to be unaddressed by the Mando’Tsad.

    Tlon’s attacks against the Mando’Tsad meanwhile, had been directed as more of a message to us. The Clan Tacynar Massacre was meant solely to send a message to everyone in the Union that he will come and take what he believes is rightfully his. While the attacks have been far fewer compared to the Alliance, they are executed quickly and effectively, where there are no survivors.

    Notably though, only clans who are directly allied with the Mando’Tsad have been targeted. Tlon has seemingly ordered that the independent clans be left alone, perhaps in an ill-guided attempt to influence their decision to join him. Make no mistake – the first independent clan that openly declares Tlon a traitor to our kind will be met with the same fate as Clan Tacynar.

    I suspect that is the reason there was been shockingly little acknowledgement of Tlon Fett. We should also not be ignorant of the possibility that he has, or will, contacted these clans directly. We should not be complacent when it comes to the independent clans, despite a perception that it would be meddling, because Tlon doesn’t care about appearances, and it would only take a few of them to further legitimize him as a choice, and it will quickly deteriorate from there.

    There have been no further major developments.

    xxx

    PERSONNEL COMPOSITION

    We, as members of the Mando’Tsad, have a certain expectation of Tlon and those who follow him. While it would be difficult to fully prove that Tlon himself is a human supremacist, it is no secret that his children – and many others within the Fett Clan – use the (disproven) claim that their blood is the pure Fett bloodline, descendent from Boba Fett himself. Tlon’s sons have been boisterous in this claim, and our observations do not show that to be changed.

    Likewise, what is more provable is that Tlon has certain expectations for Mandalorian women. While he certainly recognizes their capabilities as warriors, he notably believes their roles should be focused more on support, administration, and childbearing and rearing, rather than frontline combat. Despite his apparent belief in more traditional roles for Mandalorian women, there is nothing to indicate that he sees them as inferior per se – and there is a reason for this.

    His own views are not so easy to quantify or dismiss as simple racism or sexism. Tlon is not an idiot. He knows that there are extremely intelligent and talented aliens, just as there are women more skilled and dangerous than men. This is not to say that Tlon does not have his biases – they are notable when you look deeper – but unlike many, they do not severely affect his judgment in the context of his greater plan.

    What many – including ourselves – continue to forget about Tlon is that he is above all else practical.

    He is operating in the Outer Rim. He is not going to turn away anyone he thinks could be beneficial to his cause, be they human or alien, male or female. He will look at any recruit and decide how they can best work for him, because Tlon does not throw away resources or soldiers on the basis of his own personal biases – even if those influence where they end up and what they do.

    For one who looks deep into the complex and methodical organization that is Tlon’s Mandalorian Gra’tua, you will notice two very distinct layers in it. The lower layer is the one he appears to use as his expendable soldiers and his more heinous operations – though no one should get the impression that his Mandalorians are any better than the scum he employs – they are merely more discreet. But the very bottom is composed of the lowest criminals and scum who have found shelter with Tlon and a cause they get paid handsomely for.

    These individuals are typically only in it for personal or selfish reasons. This is fine with Tlon, although he notably still commands their respect whenever he addresses them. Their purpose to him is to serve as pawns against his enemies. They are not Mandalorian, nor does he appear to enjoy associating with them. They are immature, brutish, poorly disciplined (at least before the Commandos whip them into shape), and are ultimately wastes of life in his eyes (and ours, it should be noted).

    Remember that Tlon does not see himself as a criminal, and is only using these people to a greater goal. He has no wish to use them any more than necessary, but right now, he realizes he needs these kind of soldiers, and thus, he will continue to tolerate them. These are mostly aliens and human males who never have any higher ambitions than their next paycheck and choice of victim to rape. Both of which Tlon provides. Criminals they may be, but he is excellent at ensuring their loyalty and making them inherently resistant to corruption.

    Yet it should also be noted that Tlon draws very distinct lines about what is and is not acceptable conduct in his Gra’tua. Most harassment, sexual or otherwise, will be tolerated from these individuals, as if they attempt such to a Mandalorian – male or female – they will likely be executed or reprimanded significantly – Tlon’s Mandalorians see themselves far above scum like this.

    What absolutely will not be tolerated is assault or rape of any individual within the Gra’tua under any circumstances except self-defense. This is grounds for immediate and prolonged execution, and the few initial idiots who tried to rape a young Fett girl (speaking to the quality of Tlon’s non-Mandalorian Gra’tua) were strung up on a stage by Tlon and tortured to death for six hours while it was broadcast over the intercom while the colleagues of the condemned were forced to stand at attention and watch. There have been almost no similar incidents.

    This is, I should note, not because Tlon actually cares about the victims or the sickening desires of those he recruits, but that they were improperly directed. Tlon provides slaves to his people to do with as they wish for this very reason. In his mind, if he gives them an outlet, they won’t try something like that on someone of importance.

    This should show exactly what kind of people Tlon is openly courting and recruiting, regardless of his personal feelings towards them or not. Such justifications do not excuse him in the least.

    Moving forward, there are those that attract the attention of someone higher up. Maybe a Mandalorian Commando, maybe a White Cape, maybe Tlon himself. It could be their intelligence, competence, or attraction to the Mandalorian discipline and honor (whatever passes for it under Tlon’s perversion), but it opens the door for this individual to become not just another hired gun, but a part of Tlon’s cause.

    The culture of the second layer is vastly different from the first. This is where Tlon’s Mandalorians find themselves. They recognize that they are inherently above the scum which make up the cannon fodder, and exercise this authority fairly often. The more delicate operations of the Gra’tua are also run at this level; by professionals that are interested in the cause, or intelligent enough to be a part of it.

    Tlon’s Gra’tua does, for lack of a better word, mask themselves behind these uncouth beings. They are perfectly fine with the galaxy seeing them as a wandering band of unwashed mercenaries and murderers. This sets certain expectations in the minds of his opponents, and for the most part, reduces his threat, as who would fear such a group outside the extremely vulnerable?

    What everyone – aside from those who have repeatedly suffered at his hands – don’t understand, is that behind this veil lies a highly dangerous and efficient machine. One may prepare for a team of well-armed mercenaries to invade your world, but they will be completely caught off-guard when instead they are stormed by Mandalorian Commandos. One may be expecting a poorly disciplined and commanded force intent on short-term gain and profit, only to find a highly methodical operation strip them bare in hours.

    Do not make the mistake of thinking that just because Tlon is a dishonorable traitor, that he or the people he surrounds himself with are idiots. Tlon specifically seeks out people who are smart enough to contribute significantly to his operation; he’s convinced failed Jedi, bounty hunters, assassins, chemists, psychologists, and more to willingly join him.

    In short, do not underestimate what he has put together. Unless you’re defeating his Commandos in combat, assume whatever you are fighting is him testing you to see what will work in the next assault.

    Now, to briefly touch on the demographics, it should not be a surprise that the majority of the Mandalorians in combat roles under his command are male humans. There exist a respectable amount of female humans (primarily from Clans Wren and Senar’tal) and aliens (primarily from Clan Taltora), but they are a notable minority compared to the human-dominated Mandalorian warriors.

    Conversely, there are more women than men who are working in administrative and management roles, especially within drug production, cybernetics and biomedical, and slave management. There are an interestingly even number of males and females who hold training and development roles. Diplomatic roles (this exists and will be elaborated on) are male-dominated. Aliens are more common in these positions overall as well.

    To summarize this section, Tlon’s Gra’tua is more diverse than you think, but still geared towards human male dominance in important roles.
     
  9. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    ORGANIZATION AND UNITS

    Overview: The organization under Tlon is surprisingly organized and structured, which was far more than we expected from someone we assumed to be just surviving. This is not the case, and the organization is large enough to support multiple divisions and a notable hierarchy.

    The structure within this document will be sectioned into non-Mandalorian military, non-combat, Mandalorian military, and strategic command (please note that there will be multiple in each category). Specific hierarchy will be noted as Tier I, Tier II, Tier III, or Tier IV, which is in ascending importance and vitality to the organization as a whole.

    The Striile – Tier I: Tlon’s ‘Striile,’ as they are known, fill the role of non-Mandalorian units trained in asymmetrical warfare. How they are utilized is somewhat different than standard hit-and-run tactics. Given that the Striile are primarily aliens and criminals, it provides him a unique opportunity to seed planets with these operatives several days or weeks before an assault.

    They are generally instructed to keep a low profile and then strike when Tlon executes his attack. They don’t wear their combat gear out in public during this incognito period, but will don it during the attack, so that they are not accidentally targeted in the crossfire. There is no communication between Strategic Command and the Striile deployed during this time, as Tlon wants whatever they do to be a surprise. The most they will know is the type of operation, which is necessary so as to avoid accidentally damaging potentially valuable loot.

    During their period of deployment they will be provided enough credits to buy residence, food, and drink. Or they can use it however they wish. Tlon only cares to provide enough for them to survive until they are needed. With their operation in mind, they will constantly keep an eye out for potential targets and vulnerabilities.

    When the attack begins, the Striile strike, usually on their own or in groups of two from all across the targeted city or planet. Their operations could be as simple as capturing civilians as slaves, looting drugs and weapons, or picking off enemy guards and causing general mayhem. As these are not Mandalorians, you will likely believe that there is a not-insignificant chance that they would take the loot and run. Some have, from what I have discovered, but Tlon keeps a list of every member of his army, and if they are unaccounted for and not dead, he will assume they have betrayed his Gra’tua. One of the Supercommandos will be tasked with tracking them down and killing them for their unannounced departure.

    Striile are typically deployed in teams with as few as twenty, to as many as forty, all of them usually instructed to not interact significantly with each other. Their armaments are difficult to predict, as while all of them start out with blaster rifles and pistols, they will typically find better or improvised weapons during the chaos (which they are allowed to keep), and unfortunately, there is not exactly a good way to predict if you will be fighting a Guerilla armed with a slugthrower, blaster rifle, or disruptor (which have become more common since the Zann Consortium became involved).

    Their armor is plain and lightly armored. Beskar is not used in its creation, and it does little more than provide some protection and help identify the Striile to Gra’tua soldiers. The breastplate also has the emblem of Clan Fett emblazoned on the front. Helmets are optional, and there is no uniform choice for the Striile.

    Piracy Units – Tier I: The naval forces of Tlon’s Gra’tua are, for the most part, less developed than his ground forces. This is understandable due to the lightning strike-tactics of his forces, as well as the fact that there is little to no significant orbital or system defenses in the locations he targets. As a result, his naval forces usually consist of fighters, bombers, boarding craft, corvettes, and some light-frigates and carriers. Larger ships do exist, but they are utilized more as movable bases or stations than combat vessels.

    There is no uniform ship design that is used throughout his fleet. It is whatever has been captured, repaired, or retrofitted. There is everything from old X-wings, starvipers, TIE fighters, Corellian corvettes, Tartan-class patrol craft, and other ship designs which are, at times, hundreds of years out of date. In this respect, it is the more vulnerable aspect of the organization. However, since they are fighting forces which are similarly equipped, it evens out.

    He is also in possession of approximately thirty-four Dragoon-class destroyers (three of which were previously lost in the failed attempt to attack Mand’alor by Vriol Fett) which make up a sturdy backbone of his fleet. He usually does not deploy them unless they are absolutely necessary to ensure victory, and tends to have them operate as a protection fleet around critical flagships and infrastructure. As far as we know, he has not acquired or produced any more beyond this number.

    When possible, Tlon prefers to capture larger enemy craft instead of outright destroying them. This will be elaborated on shortly.

    Gra’tua Soldiers – Tier I: The bulk of the fighters within the Gra’tua are the Gra’tua Soldiers, who operate as a more traditional unit organized into squads of eight, each under a commanding officer. Twelve of these squads are managed by one Mandalorian Commando, who, in turn, work to have their units execute their orders in pursuit of the directives Tlon Fett has ordered.

    No one becomes a Gra’tua Soldier without undergoing training and competency tests, and while it doesn’t somehow turn these lowlifes and selfish shabuire into a respectable fighting force, it ensures that the Gra’tua Soldiers won’t break ranks in combat, betray their comrades, or compromise the mission in any significant way.

    It also ensures they will not disobey a Mandalorian under any circumstances.

    They are used as the first wave of any kind of attack. Most of the time, this will be the only force sent, as most defenses are not sufficient enough to require sending in the Commandos. Casualties are fairly high in the Gra’tua, but they are expendable in the view of Tlon. The job pays well, and will continue to attract the worst of the galaxy to fight for him. He will not run out of Gra’tua Soldiers anytime soon, and while they are moderately well-outfitted (being equipped primarily with cheap blaster rifles and explosives), they would not pose any significant problem to any professional army.

    Their numbers are their danger. Not their skills.

    Slave Command and Management – Tier II: Among the most abhorrent aspects of Tlon’s operations are the dedicated and expansive resources to the slave trade. While relatively small compared to the slaving rings of the hutts or the vast market and quality of the Consortium, Tlon has made a successful business out of the practice of selling living individuals.

    Prior to the assimilation of Clan Senar’tal, slaving was not something Tlon did. However, he soon adopted it into his missions, and has turned his slaving operations (under the direction of Lara Senar’tal) into something resembling a slave brokerage, as opposed to selling them on the open markets (the vast majority are controlled by the hutts).

    I was unable to acquire a list of the clients, but the majority are singular individuals or small-time dealers. It isn’t uncommon for doctors and scientists to purchase one or two, sometimes with very specific requests of what they are looking for – identical twins are particularly valuable. Others buy just to sell them back on the slave markets for a profit. Some don’t have an ulterior motive beyond participating in the practice.

    All slaves are kept in good health (by force, if necessary) and ranked depending on skills and appearance. All of them are implanted with basic control chips and spinal shock collars (an expense Lara has justified as extra marketability – a guarantee that their ‘product’ will not disobey or be able to escape). That all slaving operations are run solely out of the Forced Evolution make the prospect of escape impossible to fathom in the unlikely event the contingencies fail.

    Slaves are segregated by species, gender, and age range. From there, they are further placed into categories such as: ‘Labor,’ ‘Specialized Skill,’ ‘Force-sensitive,’ ‘Prostitution,’ ‘Unique,’ ‘Preserve,’ and ‘Undesirable.’ Note that this last one typically refers to extremely malnourished slaves or those in otherwise poor health. These are generally kept until they have reached a threshold that makes them desirable for sale. Those marked ‘Preserve’ are ones who have been selected to be utilized within the Gra’tua, either for operations, or to give to his soldiers.

    Once these have been categorized, Slave Command will inform their clients – should they have previously expressed interest – and all transactions will take place on the Forced Evolution, of which, tours are also provided. It should be noted that their largest client is the Zann Consortium, who pays extremely well for slaves in good condition. They pay extra for children and those in excellent physical condition. If one even knows the basics about the Zann Consortium, the reasons should be very apparent.

    This is almost entirely managed by Clan Senar’tal, who has developed a close enough relationship with the Consortium that there is a permanent liaison to the organization, who has helped continue to refine their slaving operations and development. The ship is maintained and protected exclusively by the Mandalorians of Clan Senar’tal.

    Training and Development – Tier III: There is a notably surprising amount of security surrounding the Training and Development division of Tlon’s Gra’tua. Unfortunately, I was unable to actually set foot on the planet where the training takes place, though was nonetheless able to gather some additional information as to what this division does and how it is organized.

    From what can be discerned, every single recruit spends some time on Zlatek, a planet devoted to refinement and training of Gra’tua and Guerilla soldiers. Tlon’s Mandalorians use the planet Danitza for training themselves and other Mandalorians, though this is separate from entry-level training. Both planets are run exclusively by Mandalorians who work to instill some basic discipline in the insubordinate and reckless mercenaries and criminals they recruit.

    Danitza also has a separate division for Mandalorian children, or so we believe. While it technically did not specify only Mandalorian children, it would make sense that some kind of equivalent would exist even within Tlon’s Mandalorians. That being said, it was reported that there are reports that child soldiers are being used by Tlon, so this particular division could also be responsible for producing them. Unfortunately, this has not been confirmed, but knowing Tlon, once the test runs are finished, he will not bother to hide it from us or the galaxy.

    Cybernetics and Biomodification Division – Tier II: This is a combination medical, modification, and science division. All major medical operations and surgeries are handled by the doctors who work within, and they are responsible for the purchase and distribution of kolto and bacta. They are also responsible for any cybernetic modifications (physical and cerebral), though this is rare and only reserved for individuals who cannot function without them.

    Where this particular division makes it mark is in the more experimental aspects of it. They are continually testing out new procedures, drugs, and other dangerous experimental technology on expendable slaves, and using the data to refine their own developments. Tlon is no stranger to taking risks on experimental tech if he believes it will give him an edge, and this appears to be largely what Tlon is focusing on as of late, as there have been a notable number of scientists and technicians which have been quietly moved to an unknown location. It is likely that Tlon is working on one or more black projects that not even his own soldiers would be comfortable with.

    I suggest we make it a priority to learn exactly what he is doing there.

    Narcotics and Drug Development and Distribution – Tier II: Much like his slaving operations, Tlon’s drug operations are a fairly small but growing aspect of his organization, as well as being extremely lucrative. Unlike his slaving rings though, the purpose of this division is more tied to operations for the Gra’tua itself, and not solely for profit.

    It was mildly surprising to learn that the drugs and narcotics that Tlon introduces on worlds are not the same ones that are acquired in the raids. All drug contraband is close to untouched, and only repackaged in different quantities and sold to third parties such as gangs, minor criminal factions, and the Zann Consortium with significant markups (the Consortium is given a deal, though what they use the products for is unknown).

    Tlon is far more interested in the developmental side-effects of drugs, and has an entire wing devoted to deconstructing various (and new) popular drugs and working to refine and increase their purity. Tlon’s understanding of addiction is a dangerous weapon, and the hutts, in their cheap ways, always go for the cheapest drug to keep their people happy. Tlon has his small group of chemists and scientists create a purer version of the same drug, produce it, and then introduce it onto the throne worlds of the hutts.

    These operations are largely distractions, as drug wars are started on a small-scale throughout the planet, which causes chaos and damage to the hutts in question. It is a relatively low-risk operation for Tlon, as they normally find a dealer and make a singular transaction, and the dealer spreads the product across the planet. In the event they aren’t murdered, they can request additional product to sell. In most cases, the Gra’tua loses money on this.

    However, they gain all of it back by having an exclusive deal with the Zann Consortium to produce high-quality drugs and narcotics for them. We suspect the Consortium is, like Tlon, utilizing this less as a product and more as a tool to achieve their agenda, whatever that may be. Regardless, this is one of the most important financial aspects of Tlon’s organization.

    Finance Management – Tier II: For an organization as large as Tlon has developed, a financial wing is a necessity. This is the sole purpose of the Finance Management division. They monitor all credit payments, transfers, and sales. They also track non-monetary payments and are among the few to have access to a complete inventory of what Tlon has at his disposal.

    Interestingly, it appears to have very few personnel devoted to it, which, admittedly, may not be surprising due to it likely being managed by a high-functioning droid or two. But Tlon would normally not trust a machine with such important and sensitive information. The reason for this low number of personnel will be understood when the individual managing it is shown.

    This will be elaborated on shortly.

    Holding and Interrogation – Tier II: Believe it or not, sometimes Tlon takes prisoners. The life-span of these unfortunate captives is usually not long, but there are enough of them for a dedicated wing to holding them. The primary purpose of this division, however, is interrogation.

    All captives are stored on a retrofitted Imperial prison ship, which has been modified to include tools such as carbon freezing and cybernetic deconstruction labs. Bounties are usually returned to this division to be interrogated before killing or delivering them to the recipient, and higher-ranking operatives (from the Cartels, Alliance, or Jedi) are also stored here for interrogation. What exactly is acquired from them is unknown, but we can be sure that Tlon is storing away everything he’s learned to potentially use it in the future.

    The White Capes – Tier III: Tlon Fett does not seem the type to have a dedicated diplomatic arm, and in some respects, he still doesn’t. Not a traditional one, anyway. The White Capes are what passes for diplomats of the Mandalorian Gra’tua. As their name suggests, they are distinguished by the pure white shoulder capes they bear over stark black beskar’gam.

    When they wear their white capes, they also do not carry weapons. As you are aware, this does not make them less dangerous, but it shows a willingness to talk and negotiate that Tlon normally does not provide. The White Capes are the Mandalorians Tlon sends to recruit specific individuals, or establish clients for one or more of his products.

    They are also the ones dispatched to give rare warnings or demands to individuals or organizations. They can act as extorters in this role as well, and many times it is successful. With his reputation growing, Tlon has, at times, found it more convenient to send a White Cape down to a remote colony and demand some kind of tribute in exchange for not attacking them.

    If you are under the impression that the White Capes are easy targets, it would be excellent to dispense with this suicidal notion, as almost all of the White Capes are former Supercommandos, trained by Tlon himself.

    Another note about the White Capes is that should they be denied for one reason or another, their final interaction with whatever entity they were dealing with will be done with their white capes replaced with red ones. When they wear red capes instead of white, it is a signal that Tlon is coming and there is nothing you can do. For civilians or travelers, if you see a Mandalorian wearing a red cape, it would be prudent to leave as fast as you can.

    The final thing to know about them is that they also act as something akin to the Ge’tal’aran for Tlon Fett. He is always accompanied by no fewer than four White Capes at all times, and they operate just as they do normally. White capes mean Tlon wants to talk. Red only promises blood.

    The Mandalorian Commandos – Tier III: The second main military force of the Mandalorian Gra’tua, Tlon’s Mandalorian Commandos are likely going to be the most dangerous soldiers most would face in open combat. They are trained as Mandalorians, though unlike those of us who are taught within the Union, they are not restrained by considerations such as morality and collateral damage.

    Tlon has largely elected to keep the same ranking as is reflected in the Union. They are well-trained, organized, and very dangerous. All of them are outfitted with high-end weapons and gear, all of them have jetpacks for quick mobility, and like us, each is outfitted slightly differently.

    It should be no surprise that many dishonored clans have been drawn to Tlon, and they are distinguishable in combat sometimes due to their equipment, but mostly the color of their armor. Most of the Fett Clan have elected to wear silver armor, not wanting to purely imitate the man who they view with absolute loyalty and respect.

    Clan Senar’tal is distinguished by their deep red armor, and they have a tendency to carry debilitating weapons and equipment in combat, such as stun grenades, shock prods, and clingwire – traditional slaver kits. Clans Vizsla and Lone have blue and white, respectively. Clan Vizsla also have a tendency to engage in more aerial attacks. Clan Wren is a mixture of orange and purple, usually in unique shapes and patterns. Clan Taltora is a deep green, and they prefer using heavier weapons and rarely engage in aerial combat.

    Out of all of them, Clan Fett is unquestionably the most dangerous, while Clan Wren is the least. That said, underestimating any of them is not advised.

    The Supercommandos of Tlon Fett – Tier III: Tlon’s Supercommandos are slightly different to the clan equivalents in the Mando’Tsad. There is only one team of Supercommandos, and they answer directly to Tlon. However, they are not solely composed of Fett Mandalorians, and those of the assimilated clans are also permitted entrance, provided they prove themselves.

    The Supercommandos are used in a variety of ways. Most traditional is their usage as a special forces equivalent, which has been done dozens of times against multiple targets and individuals. However, Supercommandos are quite commonly given solo assignments that place them in the roles of assassins and bounty hunters. Their training and skill often make these tasks trivial, and Tlon appears to have successfully convinced a good number of criminal entities that he has a secret assassination unit, as none of them have connected the dots to realize that this phantom assassination unit and the Supercommandos are the same thing.

    These are, by far, the most dangerous Mandalorians under Tlon. Each and every one of them has been personally trained by him and are outfitted with the best and most diverse equipment that can be afforded. Their armor is painted stark black, same as his, and there are no identifying emblems. Supercommandos are not difficult to spot if you see one.

    Unfortunately, they will likely be equal to our own Supercommandos, if not superior. Our singular advantage here is our numbers.

    Haar Ka’ra – Strategic Command – Tier IV: This is where Tlon manages the Mandalorian Gra’tua and calls upon his own war council (haar Ka’ra) of veteran soldiers and individuals within the Gra’tua. It also consists of strategists and analysts who assist in planning out the operations Tlon authorizes, as well as their projected impact and response.

    Tlon spends a significant amount of time here, as of recent months, although it still hasn’t stopped him from participating in raids and attacks. From what I was able to learn, he appears to be working to mentor and experiment with giving some of his subordinates more freedom. Perhaps he is realizing just how heavily everything would be lost should he die.

    Whatever the reason, this is the nerve center of the military operations of the Gra’tua. Should this be damaged or disrupted, it is safe to say his operations would be nearly irreversibly crippled.

    xxx

    PERSONS OF NOTE

    Lara Senar’tal – Director of Slave Command and Management: It is unsurprising that the leader of Clan Senar’tal would be placed in charge of all of Tlon’s slaving operations. She was among the first to seek Tlon out after he began his raids in the Outer Rim, and ever since, has essentially brought over the entire clan for assimilation. There are a few holdouts who have refused, but in response, she has exiled them, for all the good it did.

    She is a warrior, but unlike others in her position, her interest was not in martial strength, but in defeating an enemy psychologically. Something she picked up from being surrounded by slaves her entire life and toying with them for her own entertainment. This psychological approach to warfare is likely what made Tlon listen to what she had to say, and allowed her to run his slaving operations – provided they got results.

    Lara has sought to justify Tlon’s faith in her, and at this point, she had more than proven her worth. While small, she has turned the slaving operations into a legitimate aspect of his organization and has an integral understanding of the psychology of almost all Outer Rim aliens, as well as breaking them.

    Her talents have led to her being a consultant to Holding and Interrogation, and she is a good friend of Thisma, who calls her in for advice at times. As she also knows the entirety of the slave inventory and has an eye for how best to use them, Tlon also includes her in haar Ka’ra and strategies for major raids. She is also a participant in all slaving operations.

    Dr. Nevan Fisk – Lead Surgeon: While his title is technically ‘Lead Surgeon,’ Nevan Fisk’s actual specialty is in advanced cybernetics. He claims to have acquired a doctorate from the Umbaran College of Cybernetics, and if true, would make him extremely qualified, but so far, no such proof has been acquired.

    His story is an interesting one, as he was – along with his sister – an indentured servant to Roda the Hutt, a minor crime lord that was suffering from Tlon’s raids. When Tlon finally attacked the hutt directly, Nevan positioned himself where Tlon would be more likely to talk to him, instead of killing him. He thanked Tlon for ‘freeing him,’ professed to be someone who respected his work, and managed to convince Tlon that he – along with his sister – were worth more alive than dead.

    Tlon agreed, and Nevan was put to work. Over the years, he worked his way upwards, which was certainly not the easiest of achievements for a rattataki, but regardless of the origins of his degree – or lack thereof – he has proven to be an expert on major cybernetic systems and has an interest in new and unstable technology, with a significant lack of morality.

    He has not been seen in several months, leading to speculation that he has been moved to Tlon’s unknown black site to work on unknown projects. That he has traveled several times to the Migrant Fleet in recent months raises additional questions of what he is, or could be, working on.

    Dr. Neva Fisk – Lead Narcotics Developer: The sister of Nevan, Dr. Neva Fisk had a significantly different experience working for Roda the Hutt. As she held dual degrees in chemistry and pharmaceuticals, she was immediately worth more to him than her brother, and she was placed in charge of researching and developing narcotics to sell – a job she ironically found quite enjoyable.

    However, she ran into problems when she proposed increasing the purity of the drugs, which Roda was against due to the cost and lack of incentive to change a working business model. Whether they would have resolved this dispute is unknown, as Tlon attacked and it was Nevan who managed to ensure her safety.

    She proposed applying her experience to the Mandalorian Gra’tua, mostly just wanting to return to her work. She initially kept the same plan to produce cheap and destructive drugs, but was pleasantly surprised when Tlon instead demanded that she work to produce products of far higher quality. Thrilled at the opportunity, she immediate got to work and was soon running drug research and development.

    Neva is no warrior, nor particularly knowledgeable of anything outside her work, but she is an extremely intelligent and amoral individual who likely knows how to create every single major drug in the Outer Rim, and how each species reacts to differing levels of purity.

    Thisma Fett – Lead Interrogator: One of the few Force-sensitives to work for Tlon, she is also one of the few who have been personally adopted into his clan as an outsider. Her past involved her working as an interrogator for a hutt, though how she ended up in that position to begin with is unknown, as she was reportedly a Jedi in training.

    How Tlon learned about her is also unknown, but it intrigued him enough to take a direct interest in radicalizing her to his cause. She is skilled and knowledgeable enough to be considered a xenopsychologist, though if this is through experience or traditional education is unknown. What is known is that she has an uncanny ability to pinpoint psychological vulnerabilities and weak points in nearly any individual, Force-assisted or not.

    The true extent of her abilities is unknown, but at minimum, she is capable of mindreading and controlling weak-minded individuals, and this has been enough for Tlon to assign her as Lead Interrogator. As far as we know, she has utilized or is at least familiar with all types of interrogation, and typically chooses the most effective one. She is not a sadist, but like many of those who surround Tlon, is defined by her amorality.

    When she is not interrogating, she is working to train Tlon’s Commandos and Supercommandos to resist the Force, or testing their resistance. How useful this actually is is unknown, since we do not know how skilled or powerful she is. Whatever the answer, Thisma continues to refine her own skills, and goes through slaves at a moderate rate. What she does with them is unknown, but it’s unlikely to be pleasant for the victims.

    ‘Voltron’ – Lead Financial Manager: To elaborate on the lack of personnel within Financial Management, there is indeed a droid behind the organization and audit of Tlon’s finances.

    To my alarm, it is perhaps one of the most dangerous models to ever exist.

    Prior to an accidental slip of the tongue from one of the auditors, all that was known about the mysterious entity was that it was called ‘Voltron.’ None of the workers had ever seen him, though he did communicate through holograms and messages. Out of interest, I played one of these messages and the hologram showed a dark-skinned older human male, probably mid-sixties, in Mandalorian armor.

    What stood out was that for more sensitive communications, he would send a droid to deliver his messages instead of coming in-person. I am unsure why, but it reminded me of our own history where there seemed to be some entity that acted in a similar way. Further research confirmed this, and I am concerned to report that there is a very high likelihood that there is a G0-T0 droid working for – or with – Tlon Fett.

    No further details are known beyond circumstance, but the description of the droid, the sole communication through text or hologram, and the lack of personnel for such an important aspect of the Gra’tua makes this deduction justified. Whether it was reprogrammed, is working to subvert Tlon, or if there are other defects in its personality, are unknown.

    G0-T0 units in particular were built to serve and protect the Old Republic through any means necessary. It is possible – albeit unlikely – that this is not one of the original models, and instead a replica. However, since the model was completely banned, this seems unlikely.

    If this is a G0-T0 unit, it is extremely old, which may be discrediting as a possible candidate for this droid, but considering that HK-47 continues to function exceptionally well despite its advanced age (of similar, if not greater length), the idea that a droid of this purported intelligence being able to similarly maintain itself is not an impossibility. The question of what one is doing working with Tlon Fett of all men is one that needs to be answered.

    I will also note that Voltron is on haar Ka’ra. Make of that what you will.

    Vasek Lone – Commander of the White Capes: Vasek is an older, grizzled soldier of Clan Lone, who has had a relatively uneventful life up until joining Tlon. His marksmanship and leadership allowed him to move up quickly through the Commando ranks, and soon he was allowed to undertake the trials to become one of the Supercommandos. He succeeded, and was one for seven years.

    More recently, he was transferred to the White Capes and takes more of an administrative role in the division. Instead of meeting the targets for recruitment personally, he reviews the intelligence and information gathered, and sends the White Capes to targets he deems important enough to recruit or threaten.

    He has, interestingly, a near perfect memory of everything he has seen and heard. He has not utilized this skill as often as one would expect, but he has turned that into a security measure, where the most important targets on his list are usually not stored anywhere physical or digital, but only in his head. In his spare time, he has also begun taking more of an interest in strategy, with the intent of being more useful to Tlon during strategy sessions.

    He also keeps up-to-date on all political developments within the Alliance and Empire, as well as sources scattered throughout the Outer Rim.

    Dirn Fett – Commander of the Supercommandos: While all the children of Tlon Fett are varying levels of dangerous, Dirn stands above them all as one of the most dangerous people in the Gra’tua, not just among the siblings. While he is not his father, and few could ever come close, he is nonetheless one of the prominent figures of the Gra’tua and one of their greatest assets.

    He’s served as a Supercommando for a decade and a half, and has a kill-count of just under a thousand. This alone should indicate how often and frequently Dirn participates in combat. For those who would decry his accomplishments as mere civilian casualties, Dirn specifically does not include collateral damage or non-combatants in his logs. Otherwise, the number would at least triple.

    Granted, he’s largely stuck to killing cheap and weakly outfitted mercenaries, but the numbers themselves continue to be impressive. He is also an accomplished bounty hunter and tracker, having been one of the Supercommandos selected for such assignment – the rare times he didn’t volunteer for them, anyway.

    Again, he is not his father, but he has the loyalty and dedication of the Supercommandos under him, and has led them personally to dozens of victories. Tlon, if not trusting of him, relies on him enough to supposedly share information vital to the Gra’tua. Dirn supposedly is aware of all operations in the Gra’tua, which is something most on haar Ka’ra do not have access to.

    Further indicating this is the fact that Dirn has been missing for months, and while he could be on a long-term assignment, it’s possible that he is part of whatever secret operations Tlon is doing at his unknown black site.

    Adomick Vizsla – Chief of Strategic Command: One of the elders of Clan Vizsla, he was among the first of the dishonored clans to openly join Tlon and ever since then has been instrumental in having what remains of Clan Vizsla absorbed into the Gra’tua. While fairly old – fifty-two – he is nonetheless still a dangerous warrior, though he has transitioned to a more strategic role as of late.

    He holds a place on haar Ka’ra and has slowly been groomed by Tlon to be his second-in-command. He, like Dirn, is aware of every major aspect of the Gra’tua, and knows Tlon’s long-term plans beyond a Mando’Akaan. He has begun taking more and more of a command role the past year, with over a third of all operations planned and overseen.

    For the most part, there is not a significant difference in execution compared to Tlon, but this could change as he begins to experiment with alternative tactics and methods. This increased involvement and authority has freed Tlon to pursue other matters he deems important, personally. What those could involve is unknown.

    Outside of Tlon himself, Adomick may be among the most valuable individuals within the Gra’tua, not necessarily because of his skills, but because of how much he knows, both about Tlon and about the Gra’tua.

    Kensin Ullo, the Butcher of Nar Shaddaa and Chief Executive Officer of Tlon Fett: Kensin Ullo is an experiment gone horribly wrong. It is well-known that Nar Shaddaa is home to black sites run by governments, criminal organizations, and the truly depraved. The most experimental, dangerous, and unethical experiments are conducted there daily.

    Among them was an experiment to produce a genetic strain of the twi’lek species stronger, smarter, and more aggressive than their natural brethren. It’s unknown who was originally funded and established such a project – perhaps it was a wealthy twi’lek, perhaps it was a hutt, perhaps it was a terrorist organization.

    The most likely candidates were the ‘Colored Brigade,’ a twi’lek supremacist and independence terrorist group which has been a thorn in the side of the Republic, then Empire, then Alliance, whose demands include the full sovereignty of Ryloth and its accompanying system. To date, the twi’leks don’t turn them in because they provide protection from slavers and make it a priority to free twi’lek slaves. Others aren’t so lucky, and they quite earn their designation as terrorists.

    All this to say that they have the means, resources, and motive to undertake a project like this. Unfortunately for them, it backfired spectacularly. We only have rumors to go on, but supposedly, the modified twi’leks – all of whom have purple skin and stand a full head taller than average twi’leks while outmatching them in almost all metrics – were awoken successfully.

    Then one of them suddenly snapped, rallied his brethren, and slaughtered every single individual in the facility. This individual would later call himself ‘Kensin Ullo.’ The reason he chose his name is unknown. He could have picked it himself, or it could have been the clan name of the twi’lek who awoke him. We will never know, and it is unlikely he would share.

    What matters is that Kensin and his new clan quickly armed themselves, and with the equipment in hand, determined the nearest path to a hangar to find a starship, and left. The twi’leks slaughtered everyone who was in their way. Cartel guard, Consortium soldier, refugee, civilian, drug addict… every man, woman, and child they saw was mercilessly executed and Kensin carved a bloody path Nar Shaddaa has never forgotten.

    It is heavily suspected that there was some flash-training utilized in Kensin’s creation, as he was utilizing advanced military tactics and somehow knew how to handle professional and improvised weapons.

    Negotiation was attempted and failed. Streets turned into shootouts as the unorganized hordes were annihilated by Kensin and his clan. The fighting lasted for nearly one week, and over four thousand were estimated killed, and it only ended because the hutts pulled everyone back in hopes the twi’leks would take a ship and leave – which was exactly what they did.

    Everyone hoped that would be the last of the self-declared Ullo Clan, but soon, purple-skinned twi’leks were reported attacking hutt and criminal strongholds – as well as targeting the Colored Brigade, further evidence that there is some vendetta against them and they were involved in some way with their creation.

    Only several hundred twi’leks strong, the Ullo Clan was not large, and Kensin is adamant that no ‘inferior’ individuals be permitted to join. There is a near-equal amount of male and female specimens, meaning whoever did make them intended them to reproduce, and they are able to do the same with others of their species.

    We know this because the Ullo Clan has a large number of female twi’lek slaves they keep for breeding purposes. Though not all children born of these slave mothers are kept, as if they are determined to not meet a ‘purity’ threshold, they are sold off to slavers or the Consortium – part of the ‘purity’ appears to be based on skin color, as only purple-skinned infants are kept. These slave mothers were what initially led them to Tlon Fett. Seemingly intrigued by the twi’lek marauders, Tlon spoke with Kensin and eventually the two of them agreed to work together for several operations.

    This was highly successful, and this relationship eventually turned into Tlon officially declaring the Ullo Clan as Mandalorian, and they exist as the one and only alien-majority clan which follows Tlon Fett. Kensin continues to lead this clan, and under his control, he has continued his pseudo-eugenics program, now with Tlon providing him with as many twi’lek slaves as needed – and the relationship to the Zann Consortium has opened up additional opportunities.

    As he and Tlon have worked closer together, he has gained the trust and respect of him to the point where he was formally appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Gra'tua, and currently provides strategic, tactical, and field support for the organization. It is a grave mistake to underestimate this twi’lek.

    He is genetically enhanced to be stronger and faster than anything outside of perhaps a wookiee, he is believed to have a perfect memory, and was likely grown with the express purpose of being a military commander. In combat, he wears heavy armor and utilizes a modified starfighter cannon, and favors equipment used by slavers such as electro-whips and shock grenades.

    Kensin Ullo earned his spot on haar Ka’ra through a trail of blood and death. We’d do best to respect this.

    Urai Fen – Enforcer to the Lord and Lady Zann: I would be remiss if I didn’t include one of the most prominent guests to the Gra’tua from the Zann Consortium. Urai Fen is a fascinating individual, and one of the oldest beings that exists in the galaxy. He was alive during the foundation of the Zann Consortium over four hundred years ago, and was personal friends with Tyber Zann himself.

    He has continued his position as an enforcer to the descendants of Zann, and, if the rumors are to be believed, actively ran it for almost a century after some nearly disastrous management by one of the Zann descendants. With the Consortium in a comfortable position of influence, he has returned to his role of enforcer and advisor to the Zann Twins, Tyrell and Tora.

    To date, he is the only major figure of the Consortium to spend any length of time in Gra’tua territory, and it is unlikely his involvement is an accident. Tlon respects the ancient alien as a dangerous warrior, and Fen returns the mutual respect. It is likely Urai continues this strange mix between friendship and wariness because he is the one figure Tlon will treat – if not as an equal – something close to it. He doesn’t trust Tyrell at all, and not even Urai treats Tora with any kind of seriousness.

    Urai has actually earned the respect of the Mandalorians when he sparred with some of the Supercommandos, and there are rumors that Tlon and Urai have sparred against each other, but this is unknown. Whatever the case may be, Urai is one of the few who have unrestricted access to anywhere within Gra’tua territory – including Tlon’s flagship.

    Also of note is that this offer does not extend to any other member of the Zann Consortium.

    Perhaps Tlon will attempt to lure him away from the Consortium. Which I honestly doubt even Tlon thinks that is possible. Urai Fen, for whatever reason, is determined to continue on the legacy of Tyber Zann, even if it seems he isn’t satisfied there.

    Tlon Fett – Leader of the Mandalorian Gra’tua: Please refer to Intelligence Report 00316-Alpha for a comprehensive report on Tlon Fett.
     
  10. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    ALLIES

    The Zann Consortium: If one imagined that the closest ally – if one wants to apply so generous a term – to Tlon Fett would be the most heinous criminal organization in the galaxy, I suspect that they would have been called delusional. Both that anyone would wish to be allies with such a man in the first place, and that Tlon would accept allies.

    However, the utter amorality and practicality of both parties led to them deciding they were more effective if they worked together. For the most part, their realms of interest are completely different and they rarely overlap, which additionally helps since they operate in different parts of the galaxy – and even if they didn’t, they would take measures to ensure little overlap.

    It would be difficult to accurately judge just what the limits of their alliance is. On the surface they appear to be largely monetary, as the Zann Consortium is a notable client of the Mandalorian Gra’tua in regards to drugs, slaves, and contraband. But it appears to be slightly more complex. Tlon has assisted Lord Tyrell Zann multiple times by sending his Supercommandos on unspecified missions, though the reason for this was unknown.

    For the most part, the actual interaction the Consortium has with the Gra’tua is kept to the highest levels or purely at points of transactions. Not even the Consortium Defilers interact with the Mandalorian Commandos, or the Yellow Vests with the Gra’tua soldiers. It would not be accurate to say that there is ‘trust’ between the two entities, but there is definitely a mutual respect and reliability that will likely not be broken anytime soon.

    The Migrant Fleet of Dac: While it might be debatable to call them an ‘ally,’ the fact that the Migrant Fleet and Tlon Fett have conducted business multiple times indicates that if they do not outright support him, they are more than happy to do business with him. We know that Tlon has, on no fewer than three instances, gone to visit the Fleet personally. What was conducted there was not uncovered, though it is likely he is looking for Migrant Fleet support when he attacks us again.

    Unfortunately, from what we know of the Fleet, it would not be difficult to convince them to back him. They hate the Force, and anything and anyone to do with it, and the fact that Mand’alor is one of its most powerful practitioners has no doubt been something used by Tlon to sway them, which is to say nothing of Master Tokare or the Jetiib’tsad who bolster our ranks. I would also not put it past Tlon to hint that it might provide them an opportunity to damage or kill the Jedi Order, who would no doubt become involved in some capacity in the event of a war.

    If it isn’t clear, he is openly manipulating the Fleet while obviously failing to inform them of the fact that he has Force-users in his own ranks. Although, given the practicality of the Migrant Fleet, perhaps he has convinced them that any Force-users under his command are the equivalent of the Nameless Legion of Dac.

    It’s unlikely that they bothered to check up on if this was actually true or not. Normally, I would suggest we pass along this detail to the High Admiralty, but unfortunately, they would never listen to someone who answers to a Mand’alor who uses the Force.

    Diplomatic manipulation and secrecy aside, the interactions between the Gra’tua and Migrant Fleet are purely business. Interestingly, the Migrant Fleet pays extremely good money for any Force-users – as well as quarren and mon calamari slaves. We don’t know what they do with these slaves afterwards, but in their warped sense of community, it’s not unreasonable that they are freed and indoctrinated in the ways of the Fleet. A commissioned report on the Fleet would be needed to determine for sure.

    On the other side, the Gra’tua buys a notable amount of anti-Force technology or invests in ventures which have been revealed to them by the Fleet. We don’t know the specifics of these weapons or tech, but many of them appear to be vong-based (unsurprising) or ysalamiri-based (more surprising) to non-organic pieces of tech (highly surprising).

    This tells us two things:

    One, that the Migrant Fleet is making breakthroughs in their pursuit of anti-Force tech and weapons, far more so then we should feel comfortable with.

    Two, that Tlon’s Gra’tua is buying these prototypes and products. Which is something to note. Many of them are experimental (if promising) prototypes, which have not finished iteration and testing. While it ultimately may not be the game changer he hopes it is, the fact remains that he’s going to do everything possible to mitigate our advantages.

    The relationship between Tlon’s Gra’tua and the Migrant Fleet should be watched closely. We cannot afford for them to become significantly involved. Our fleet could hold against the Alliance, and potentially against the Empire. It could not hold against the Migrant Fleet.

    xxx

    ENEMIES

    The Mando’Tsad (Mandalorian Union): The prime and ultimate focus of everything Tlon has built is to destroy the Mando’Tsad and replace it with his own perverted understanding of manda. As mentioned elsewhere, we are everything Tlon Fett and his criminal organization are not. His armies of criminals and dishonored Mandalorians will inevitably march to our borders, and the future of our people will be decided. I do not think further elaboration is necessary. It is clear at this point that Tlon’s Mandalorian Gra’tua is our enemy, as we are theirs.

    The Hutt Cartels: This is an enemy more of circumstance than any moral disgust at the Cartels, as Tlon runs and promotes practices and methods as bad as or worse than the Cartels. I am inclined to think that Tlon sees the Cartels as more of a resource than an actual threat. He is in a beneficial position, as the Cartels don’t want to expend the effort necessary to eliminate him, but at the same time are furious at how often he continues to attack their planets.

    At some point it may reach a point where the Cartels will work to take Tlon down, whatever the cost. A deepening involvement of the Consortium may push them over the edge, but at the same time it could make the Cartels back off as they do not want to move against Tyrell without knowing how to successfully counter whatever he is planning.

    Ultimately though, Tlon is only hurting the Cartels in terms of resources, money, and manpower. He is usually not taking planets or land, and technically the Cartel has lost very little in the way of actual territory during their feud. All of what is listed, the hutts can fairly easily replace, but what is pocket change for the hutts is enough to sustain Tlon’s Gra’tua for years to come.

    I doubt the conflict between the two will end anytime soon. The Cartels are too big, and they represent to Tlon a reliable source of money and resources. It will be interesting to observe their reaction if he continues to escalate.

    The Jedi Order: This more refers to the more drastic condemnation the Order has begun to take against Tlon’s Gra’tua. Tlon does not usually go directly after any established Force-user order, though is more than willing to go after those who wander into the Outer Rim that he can radicalize. However, it appears that the Order is directly responding to his attacks on Alliance worlds.

    This condemnation may be something Tlon is continuing to gauge, but it has not apparently deterred him enough to cease operations against the Alliance entirely. Perhaps he believes the Order will not follow through, perhaps he wants to provoke them, or, more worryingly, he may be trying to instigate a war by the Jedi against us, while turning the ignorance of the Jedi against the Mando’Tsad.

    I doubt this would be successful, but the Jedi are paying more attention to Tlon and his actions, and justified or not, they are going to associate their actions with those of the Mandalorians as a whole. Remaining silent is not ideal at this juncture.

    xxx

    OPERATIONS AND TACTICS

    Overview: The following is a list of operations which have been conducted at the command of Tlon, or other ranking members of the Gra’tua. The vast majority of operations will, in all likelihood, be one of the following. It should also be noted that all of these missions are sometimes used following and concurrent to each other. Executing one type of operation does not necessarily exclude others:

    Piracy Operations: These are operations undertaken to increase the size of Tlon’s navy. They involve the direct targeting, boarding, and capturing of enemy and independent vessels. These operations tend to involve the Mandalorian Commandos, as well as the Supercommandos who are deployed close to the ship in question, and who cut their way inside. Once the exterior is penetrated, the outcome is essentially decided.

    It is through this that Tlon has been able to acquire the majority of his fleet, as they do not target large groups of ships, or ones which are disproportionately armed and armored. In some cases, these operations fail, but for the most part they are careful with how they choose their targets, and rarely strike unless they have a distinct advantage.

    It should be noted that larger vessels have not been acquired in this way, as those tend to have sizable escorts and would require a greater investment than Tlon seems willing to produce at this juncture. However, I would expect these operations to begin targeting larger ships over the course of the next three years, because Tlon knows he has to have a sizable fleet if he hopes to accomplish his plans.

    Naval Elimination: As opposed to strictly capturing enemy naval vessels, Elimination operations are ordered solely to cripple enemy fleets and orbital defenses. The numbers are usually overwhelming, and the operation is launched when it is judged that the defenders will be at their weakest. Even still, they employ highly asymmetrical tactics to maximize every advantage possible.

    Hit-and-run attacks, flanks, unexpected angles of attack, Tlon’s navy can become surprisingly creative when given the opportunity. The lack of tangible direction in space is difficult to adjust to for many aliens, but it is something that Tlon and his fleet thrive on. Anyone expecting a head-to-head ship engagement by his fleet will be sorely disappointed.

    Naval Elimination missions are usually in conjunction with a ground assault, which will clear the way for their ground forces to operate freely until that operation is completed. It will also be employed to destroy pursuing enemy fleets or ones which are lured into traps.

    Resource Capture: These are ground operations where the objective is the capture of physical assets (excluding slaves) including but not limited to: equipment, weapons, raw resources, tools, drugs, credits, and spacecraft. Sometimes there is a designated goal in mind, and others, it is whatever they see that can be grabbed and loaded onto their transport ships.

    These kinds of operations typically pay for themselves easily, and Tlon has worked the execution down to a science. The world will be usually seeded with a team of Striile, and a short time later, invaded by the Gra’tua Soldiers or Commandos for particularly challenging or vital missions. In total, the operations will usually be concluded between six to eight hours, although there have been times where they have gone over this.

    During this time the soldiers are ordered to be hyper-focused on acquiring as many resources as possible and getting out of there. Failure to adhere to this in a reasonable manner is subject to punishment, this applies to taking slaves or causing unnecessary collateral damage as well. There are separate operations for those, and if Tlon has specifically not ordered these, there is likely a reason. For particularly valuable locations, it’s worth more to him to take all the resources every so often and keep the people alive so they can continue producing them for him to steal again.

    Resource Denial: A rarer type of operation – sometimes following resource capture missions – which involves the complete destruction of infrastructure or equipment that is used to acquire or produce a specific resource. This typically includes overkill, such as damaging delicate machinery with thermal detonators or collapsing an entire production plant by causing the power core to explode, or some equivalent.

    These kinds of operations are applied with some strategy; generally for drug productions, and almost always in undisputed hutt territory. By denying a resource to the hutts, it allows Tlon to potentially supplement their loss with his own product – hence why drug manufacturing and distribution is usually a target – or he intends to use this operation merely to soften it up for a more damaging attack in the future.

    Like the previous operation, sometimes there are distinct targets they have to destroy, and other times it is whatever they can find. Survival equipment is also a favored target, as well as droids and management systems. The time it usually takes can be as little as two hours, or as long as five for particularly challenging operations.

    Terror Raids: Some of the most infamous and destructive of operations that Tlon has ordered, the purpose of these is self-explanatory. It is to cause nothing less than pure and unadulterated terror to whoever learns, witnesses, and watches it. Who participates depends on who Tlon is directing the attack to. For most, he will simply use Striile and Gra’tua soldiers, as that is who he wants the hutts to see. As we saw with the Clan Tacynar Massacre… Mandalorians will also be used if it is directed at us.

    Every opportunity to increase the carnage is taken. Blaster rifles will be substituted with slugthrowers and physical rounds. Sometimes they will be forgone altogether in favor of vibroblades and other bladed weapons such as tremor swords. Carbonite or sonic grenades are substituted for thermal or frag grenades; the list can go on, but I suspect you get the idea.

    To further increase the impact of this mission, Tlon usually instructs the participants not to aim to kill, but instead wound to kill. The medical centers are among the first targets of these operations, and ultimately, the majority of victims die from fairly treatable wounds. Most have died due to blood loss caused from amputations, cuts, and more. Particularly sadistic soldiers will sever tendons and other muscles and leave the bodies to starve and rot.

    A message is no good if no one can see it, which is why Tlon also employs small camera teams to record the entirety of the assaults. The camera droids – usually three or four – will follow and record the carnage, sometimes also broadcasting it to the HoloNet. After saving the memory of these droids, they will typically be left behind for someone to find. Tlon has no interest in pretending he is innocent in these assaults. He wants someone to know what he is doing, though his actual reasons for it can be nebulous.

    Tlon is a cold shabuir, and I would not say it is out of the question that he sanctions these attacks only to see what the reactions will be – or to provoke us or others into doing something. The vast majority of individuals have emotional responses to these attacks, and I cannot help but think that is something Tlon is not only aware of – but actively courting.

    Our response should these continue happening to our people should not be based out of emotion, as difficult as it may be. This is what Tlon is counting on.

    Slaving Raids: A self-explanatory operation where the only goal is the capture and enslavement of the civilian population. For reasons unknown, Tlon usually orders that all soldiers or security personnel are to simply be executed. It is likely that this is to prevent revolts or headaches, as these types of individuals would be more prone to causing problems for them and potential clients.

    Carried out primarily by Gra’tua soldiers, they are usually given a priority list of which kinds of individuals to target. Women and children are always high on this list, aliens are secondary, and males are usually the last to be prioritized. They are also given orders to not cause unnecessary harm, as well as not to use or abuse them in any unsanctioned way.

    Such operations are among the longest, between twelve and twenty-four hours to fully complete, as Tlon does not order these missions unless he intends to take everyone in the area of operation. Sometimes they are forced to cut it short, but to date, there has not been a completely failed slaving operation. These are conducted on a semi-regular basis, and expand sometimes to unfortunate naval vessels and transport ships.

    Planetary Conquest: This is an extremely rare operation which has only actually happened once, and it was against a rogue pirate band of had set up their own base of operations on Zlatek. Tlon ordered the invasion of the planet, taking some care not to damage the existing infrastructure and housing. All of the pirates were killed, and their bases captured through raids by the Supercommandos. I do not think we can read too much into the tactics Tlon employed, as it was against an extremely weak opponent. But be appraised of the fact that this is an operation he is capable of conducting.

    Bounty Hunts: As a way of earning additional revenue, or simply honing their skills, many of the Supercommandos – as well as some Mandalorian Commandos – participate in bounty hunts, usually of a lower-profile nature. Most of the time the client merely assumes they are Boba Fett knockoffs and doesn’t ask questions, nor do they share their identities.

    You may be wondering how this works with the hutts, since they post the vast majority of bounties. For Tlon, it works somewhat differently. While the hutts do not have a monopoly on posting bounties, they do post the most, and usually, enemies of the hutts are individuals Tlon can use. In this case, they are instead tracked down and made an offer. Other times they are killed – not to collect the bounty – but to deny someone else from collecting.

    This has admittedly made Tlon and his Gra’tua no friends in the Bounty Hunters’ Guild, nor many other independent hunters. Many times, Tlon will send the bodies of targets to the hutt who posted the bounty with a snide request for payment. To their credit, some of the hutts have paid up. Most have not.

    Assassination: The final operations of note are the Assassination missions. These are, quite simply, operations where a Supercommando is sent to eliminate one or more individuals – and only those individuals. The reasons for this vary; they could be officers or administrators; it could be a distraction; it could be to send a message. Unlike many other operations, these don’t follow a clear pattern as to what Tlon gets out of them, nor why he chooses some targets in the first place.

    Some targets have never interacted with himself or his Gra’tua. Some are only loosely connected to the Cartels. Some are random civilians or business administrators. It could be Tlon is testing to see the reactions to various deaths, or maybe they are requests by the Consortium to carry out for their purposes.

    Regardless, they are highly effective and have almost always succeeded.

    xxx

    BASES AND LOCATIONS OF NOTE

    Multiple Recruitment Vectors: The means by which Tlon recruits for his military are largely proactive for individuals or groups he wants, but for those who actively seek him out, it is slightly more complicated. Tlon does not maintain any recruitment centers or outposts, mostly because he lacks the means to hold dedicated territory and attempting to set one up on a world would be inviting the Cartels to attack.

    However, those that work for him – particularly his Mandalorian Commandos and White Capes — serve as recruitment vectors. They can be approached about the possibility of joining, provided one does not make any sudden movements. White Capes in particular will make planned trips throughout the Outer Rim and visit cantinas and cities with known mercenary and criminal populations. These worlds are fairly deep in Cartel territory, but as the hutts have learned, attempting to take out a White Cape will likely end up with majority of the cantina patrons dead or dying.

    Alternatively, interested individuals can also approach Gra’tua territory directly. While this is more of a risk, these individuals are likely to be taken more seriously than others due to the proactive measures needed to make contact. Provided one correctly and clearly hails Tlon’s Gra’tua, the less likely they’ll assume you are a threat and open fire.

    Zlatek: A small forest planet in the Outer Rim, Zlatek is the primary training planet where all Striile and Gra’tua soldiers receive some level of training. The planet is blockaded by his fleet, and no one can enter or leave without proper authorization. The world itself is extremely warm, humid, and overall, very miserable – not unlike Dxun. There are only two seasons of note: rainy and dry.

    The Gra’tua has not come even close to utilizing the planet fully, but they really do not need to. There are four major barrack-cities which solely house trainees and contain practice ranges, training fields, and dueling rings. These cities also have intermittent defenses placed around the perimeter, almost evenly divided between anti-infantry, and ground-to-space weapons. Tlon clearly believes that the greater threat will come from space than from the ground.

    There are also several mockup cities or operation zones that the trainees practice in. These are designed to emulate some of the more common aspects of settlements and cities that may be encountered. To further enhance their authenticity, they are usually ‘populated’ with slaves who act in a variety of roles, from citizens, to soldiers, to merchants and so on.

    All exercises are live-fire, and the slaves are given weapons if their role requires it. The slaves are also promised that if they manage to kill a trainee and subsequently survive, they will be set free. This has happened nine times, and ironically, around half of them managed to end up working for the Gra’tua.

    There are also different trainers, regimes, and tests for Gra’tua soldiers and Striile. All trainees are required to complete one terror operation mockup to show that they are capable of carrying these missions out. As you might expect, this planet goes through a large number of slaves on a weekly basis, and it is where the majority of low-quality slaves are sent to die.

    Danitza: If there is a ‘homeworld’ for Tlon’s Mandalorians, the world of Danitza would be it. All of the clans allied to him have a presence on it, and it is the primary training grounds of the Commandos and Supercommandos. It is a frigid planet, which undergoes several seasons that consist of fairly cold, cold, and very cold. It is home to blizzards and snowstorms that ravage the landscape, especially to the north.

    This just so happens to be the training grounds of the Supercommandos. Training grounds for the Commandos and Mandalorian children are located in the slightly warmer part of the planet. It is populated by a small settlement for each clan who protect and maintain it on their own, as well as a ‘major’ city which serves as the primary social hub for Tlon’s Mandalorians.

    Despite the heavy Mandalorian involvement, this is not Tlon’s actual planetary headquarters, though he does spend a notable amount of time here, especially at the beginnings of each year. There is still a significant amount of slaves utilized on the planet, but far fewer than those expended on Zlatek.

    The Forced Evolution: This is by far the largest ship within the Gra’tua. A gift from the Zann Consortium that was sold at a heavily reduced price, the Forced Evolution is a Lucrehulk-class battleship in excellent condition, though completely demilitarized at sale. This was no issue to Tlon, who turned it over to Lara who established it as the sole hub for Slaving Command and Management.

    All of Tlon’s slaving operations take place on this vessel. It has been completely retrofitted to house tens of thousands of slaves at a time, hold multiple surgical facilities to implant control chips and collars, and have enough room for the living quarters of the staff. While it is an ancient vessel and model, it nonetheless has proven to be an extremely effective base of operations – as well as demoralizing to the slaves who have no chance of escape.

    None of the spacecraft on the Forced Evolution are capable of hyperspace travel outside the vessel itself. Escape pods are guarded by Senar’tal Commandos, and all guards have the ability to enter a slave ID into their gauntlets and take them down throughout the station. It has been designed in such a way as to make escape not only impossible, but unfathomable.

    Since its acquisition, it has had some defenses reinstalled, though there has apparently been some difficulty in adapting the extremely out-of-date architecture with even semi-modern weapons. Its greatest advantage is that it’s extremely difficult to destroy, and is a mobile base of operations. Only a few within the Gra’tua know its location at all times, and it supposedly jumps to a new system after every transaction that takes place on it.

    With this said, it is a vulnerability of the Gra’tua. Should the Forced Evolution be destroyed or otherwise taken out of commission, this would irreversibly cripple his entire slaving operations.

    Unknown Black Site: There is enough evidence, both circumstantial and otherwise, to confirm that Tlon has a black site where he is conducting experiments, operations, or other things which are likely heinous, even for him. Unfortunately, we know nothing about the details of this site or if there is more than one. It could be a planet, spacecraft, or space station – perhaps one hidden inside a large asteroid. High-profile personnel disappear from time to time and we believe they are moved to the black site to oversee operations or provide their expertise.

    It may be worth investigating this further.

    The Widening Void: A Fel-era Imperial Prison Ship acquired in one of the largest piracy operations undertaken, the Widening Void is the primary base of operations for Holding and Interrogation. Very little has been done to change it, as it already serves extremely well for holding prisoners and storing them.

    Much like the Forced Evolution, it has taken measures to make escape near impossible.

    It is moderately defended, but holds a very small fighter complement, and due to the nature of its work, is often alone and undetected, with Tlon and a select few others knowing where it is at all times. I assume that it makes random hyperspace jumps after an arbitrary amount of time, and at least once after every visit from an outside source.

    While I do not think that the Widening Void is the sole location that their captives are housed, its destruction or negation would render their ability to capture, hold, and interrogate individuals would be significantly reduced.

    Unknown Headquarters: Much like the unknown black site, we know that a headquarters for Tlon’s Gra’tua exists, but unfortunately, no details beyond it. It could, just like the black site, be a planet, moon, space station, or starship. There is, unfortunately, no way to confirm without acquiring the information from Tlon or one of haar Ka’ra.

    However, one thing which could be considered is the possibility that it is a diversion or false flag for anyone investigating. It could very well be that Tlon’s headquarters is somewhere in plain sight – by which I mean, his flagship.

    The Trattok’or Dar’manda: Translates roughly to ‘Collapse/Fall of the False Mandalorians,’ depending on context, and it is, by far, the most dangerous ship in Tlon’s entire fleet. A Palpatine-era Acclamator-class assault/transport ship, he has taken it as his flagship and personally participates in raids with it. It has the unique advantage of being large enough to nearly house his entire army should it be required, as well as dozens of transport ships to transfer the resources to-and-fro planetside.

    The ship was originally the flagship of Quinan the Hutt, who used it to run his criminal businesses, fighting pits, and housed his many mercenaries. Tlon and fifty of his Supercommandos managed to infiltrate the flagship and killed everyone aboard. Tlon then took it for himself, changed the name, and began refitting it to serve as his flagship.

    Unfortunately, the exact modifications he has made are unknown, as only those authorized are allowed to board. But considering its significant age, it is likely it has run into similar problems as the Forced Evolution in that significant modifications are either difficult or impossible to pull off. All of the weaponry still appears to be functional, though it is entirely possible that there are additional surprises he’s added.

    It is also likely that the interior has been modified and protected, as Tlon has used his flagship as bait to attract investigators or enemies in the past. He will allow the ship to drift in space along a trade route or near the borders of the Empire or Alliance, and give the appearance of a derelict. This is usually with the goal of capturing the vessel in question, and this has been how he has acquired some of the larger vessels in his fleet.

    We do know that the interior defenses must be extensive, as at one point, an entire team of Imperial Knights were sent to investigate, and none returned. We don’t know the composition, but losing an entire team of Imperial Knights (assuming Tlon did not participate) serves as a warning to not assume that taking over his flagship will be easy, or even feasible.

    xxx

    CONCLUSION

    If there is one thing to impress upon the reader of this report, it is that Tlon’s Mandalorian Gra’tua is not something to be underestimated or dismissed. They are more dangerous and skilled than we want to give credit for, and despite their reprehensible tactics, they are only getting stronger. Tlon is not taking chances with his revenge against us, and we cannot afford to dismiss him or his soldiers as deranged or mad. To us, they may be, but that doesn’t make them less effective or dangerous.

    How long he intends to keep growing and recruiting is unknown, but he will likely slow or cease recruitment before he becomes a large enough threat to warrant a concerted effort by the Cartels – or the Alliance – to remove him. Tlon knows he cannot fight an enemy like that and still destroy the Mando’Tsad. So, he will likely reach a point just before that – and then move against us.

    Will he succeed? Unlikely from an objective standpoint. We have more Mandalorians than his entire army, and he has largely survived by picking off easy targets and performing raids. Entrenched targets will be more difficult for him to succeed against. His only legitimate advantage is his depravity – which will only incentivize us further to defend our worlds.

    It is also worth considering that the Zann Consortium – and possibly the Migrant Fleet – has an interest in keeping Tlon and his Gra’tua intact, and it is likely also going to work against us when Tlon makes his move. Gathering additional information on the Zann Consortium and the Migrant Fleet should be a priority to prevent their non-traditional methods from being effective.

    Even if we win this conflict eventually, underestimating him will leave us bloody and weakened. Preparation is key, and necessary, when considering his Gra’tua. Tlon Fett is no fool. He has likely judged a way to defeat us, and I fear that if we continue ignoring him, he has the potential to, if not destroy us, weaken us to the point that we are ineffective.

    We cannot afford to take that chance. Not when tensions are so high with the Alliance. Without an obvious target like Tlon to rally against, they will instead choose a much closer and presumably weaker target.

    Us.

    xxx​

    SLotH4’s Note: Mando’a word key:

    Beskar – Mandalorian iron

    Beskar’gam – armor

    Dar’mand’alor – acting-Mandalore

    Dar’manda – a state of not being Mandalorian – not an outsider, but one who has lost his heritage, and so his identity and his soul – regarded with absolute dread by most traditional-minded Mando’ade

    Ge’tal’aran – Crimson Guard – personal honor guard to Mandalore and his/her immediate family

    Gra’tua be’haar Vemann’mando’ade – Vengeance of the True Mandalorians

    haar Ka’ra – Tlon Fett’s War Council; the name is a reference to a ruling council of fallen kings from Mandalorian myth

    haar Vemann’mand’alor – the True Mandalore

    Jetiib’tsad – Mandalorian Jedi

    Mand’alor – Mandalore

    Manda –the state of being Mandalorian in mind, body, and spirit

    Mando/Mando’ade – Mandalorian/Mandalorians

    Mando’a – Mandalorian language

    Mando’Akaan(e) – Mandalorian War(s) – intragalactic war between the Mandalorian Clans and the Old Republic, circa 3960s BBY

    Mando’Tra – Mandalorian Space

    Mando’Tsad – Mandalorian Union

    Shabuir(e) – bastard(s)

    Striil(e) – highly intelligent, carnivorous mammals native to Planet Mandalore; basically, a Mandalorian war hound

    Trattok’or Dar’manda – Collapse/Fall of the False Mandalorians

    Vemann’fett – Tlon Fett’s faction; roughly translates to the ‘true Clan Fett’
     
  11. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    And this wraps up all of the completed posted Addenda! There are a few parts that are works in progress and still being written/posted (Voss and Migrant Fleet currently), and those will also be posted here when they're complete. No ETA on when that will be, but when it's done, it will be here. Hope that anyone reading has enjoyed this and/or found it interesting! If you want to read everything as posted, Sloth's profile is linked in the first post, and that has everything.
     
  12. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    Xabiar's Note: It's been...wow, four months since this thread was updated, so some explanation is in order. The first is that, as I mentioned, I'm uploading them as I completely finish pieces. So due to a number of groups in various stages of completion, progress is being made, but slower overall, and the Voss were something I finally finished and am posting here. Now! This doesn't mean this is all I've done, but the last months were more focused on the Daniel Skywalker short story I've written (will be posted here when complete as well), and less on the Addenda. That said - I expect there to be more things being uploaded in the future. I've still got the Migrant Fleet to finish, and no shortage of smaller organizations that shouldn't take 50K words to write on.

    So apologies for the delay. Rest assured that this project is very much alive.

    xxx

    THE FELLAN IMPERIUM


    IMPERIAL INTELLIGENCE | IMPERIAL KNIGHTS

    COMMISSIONED BY SOVEREIGN PELLAEON

    AUTHORIZATION COLOR: BLUE-5

    ORGANIZATIONAL REPORT: F-O-VM-0012

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS

    xxx​

    DOCUMENTATION INFORMATION

    REPORT ID: F-O-VM-0012

    REPORT AUTHOR(S):

    - Intelligence Compiler Harsa Rawat

    - Intelligence Compiler Shamsher

    - Technical Reviewer Kavi Malakar

    - Knight-Captain Litavis

    - Viola Lorentzen, the Emperor’s Wrath

    - Maw Archaeologist Talavica Namu

    - Aegoth Osoad, Keeper of the Maw

    - Inquisitor Illomarus [Deceased]

    - Grand Inquisitor Losr’avaria’nathas

    DOCUMENT TYPE(S):

    - Historical

    - Organization Overview

    - Threat Analysis

    DOCUMENT SUBJECT: The Voss Mystics

    DETAIL LEVEL: Comprehensive

    SUPPLEMENTARY ATTACHMENTS:

    - F-O-VM-0012M [Methodology Document]

    - F-C-VM-0092 [Compiled visions and interpretations of various Mystics]

    - F-C-VM-0031 [Compiled dossiers on the Three]

    - F-H-VM-0010 [Voss History]

    - I-O-MFD-0010 [Migrant Fleet of Dac]

    - F-O-EEZ-0112 [The Eternal Empire of Zakuul Historical Document]

    - F-O-QB-0134 [Quabular]

    - F-O-QB-0005 [Unidentified Quabular Leader]

    EXECUTED BY IMPERIAL INSTITUTIONS:

    - Imperial Intelligence

    - The Imperial Knights (Inquisitor Division)

    - The Imperial Knights (The Maw)

    - The Imperial Knights (The Royal Guard)

    - The Imperial Knights (Imperial Knight Division)

    ITERATION NUMBER: 147

    METHODOLOGY DOCUMENT ID: F-O-VM-0012M

    APPROVED FOR SUBMISSION:

    - Fabian Dromund, Director of Imperial Intelligence [APPROVED]

    - Knight-Commander Iyamad Flovan [APPROVED]

    - Viola Lorentzen, the Emperor’s Wrath [APPROVED]

    - Aegoth Osoad, Keeper of the Maw [APPROVED]

    - Grand Inquisitor Losr’avaria’nathas [APPROVED]

    RECEIVED BY SOVEREIGN PELLAEON: RECEIVED AND READ

    xxx​

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : OVERVIEW

    Historically, Planet Voss has been ignored by the galaxy at large, interspersed with brief flashes of conflict. A lone planet in the Outer Rim; each time it has entered into the galactic consciousness has been by accident, and follows a distinct pattern. It is a lesson the galaxy does not seem to want to learn. Voss holds power, and where there is power, people want to exploit it.

    This is not uncommon in the galaxy. Many times have powers and governments stumbled upon planets of indigenous lifeforms and unique resources and immediately sought to exploit them. Myrkr, Ilum, Dathomir, Kashyyyk, and thousands more. Sometimes this is done through agreement and diplomacy, other times it is done by force.

    In almost all instances, those who have the greatest stake or claim in the world lose to the more powerful, wealthy, and numerous. Sometimes there is rebellion; during the age of the First Galactic Empire, the Rebellion grew and found many allies as millions of species were exploited by the brutish ways of the Imperials. This later benefitted the nascent New Republic and was a significant reason why the galactic economy didn’t completely crumble as the Empire splintered.

    This is not to say that the New Republic, and later the Galactic Alliance were forever benevolent and respectful. It may not be carried out by their government, but they enable corporations and businesses by looking the other way when they find labor and resources. Anything so long as the economy is stable, and the Alliance is supported.

    This is not touching on the lawless Outer Rim dominated by the Hutt Cartels, the Zann Consortium, the Migrant Fleet, and many more. All such territory and those within it converted to numbers to be exploited, be they slaves, money, or goods. There is no chance of resistance for those unfortunate enough to live there, they can only hope they are beneath the notice of those more powerful.

    This has become apparent to us, and there is a new appreciation for the limits the Imperium once chafed at. We were forced to change who we were to a hostile galaxy. We were reformed by our great Sovereigns, and we have, as a result, become effective in a way the Alliance never discovered. We retain control through firm grip and clear vision tempered by logic.

    Ultimately, this is to illustrate a singular point – much of the galaxy is at the mercy of those with power.

    Voss is an exception.

    Empires, Republics, Jedi, Sith, and many, many more have found Voss and sought to exploit it. The voss have something that every single galactic power desires control over – that of seeing the future.

    Or that is what many believe they possess.

    I cannot say for certain what prompted His Imperial Majesty to commission this report, but it is easily understood that such power is desirable in the right hands. Those who control the voss will control the galaxy. This belief is a dangerous trap, one many have fallen into over the millennia.

    The voss cannot be controlled.

    I must stress this now – we cannot believe that we could be the exception, else we will suffer the same fate as many others. The voss must be approached with caution and understanding. Do not make assumptions with these people, as they do not do the same to us.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : HISTORY

    EARLY HISTORY: The voss keep remarkably thorough records compared to other species of a similar age, but unfortunately, there has been a significant portion of their history that remains shrouded and uncertain due to Voss only transitioning to digital information storage shortly before discovery by the Sith Empire of Vitiate. Prior to this, they utilized stone tablets and paper – though to this day they use both in addition to modern information storage.

    However, there appears to be strong evidence of Voss undergoing significant events during this earlier period. Both the Jedi and Sith are believed to have once meddled on the planet, leading to the split of the voss into two species and the eventual departure of both parties. It’s uncertain if the Jedi and Sith were forced off of Voss, or left of their own accord.

    Speaking with voss scholars and Mystics, the most common belief is that the Mystics of the time realized that they were being utilized as pawns in the Jedi and Sith’s eternal war, and rebelled; killing the Jedi. The oldest gormak tablets portray figures in robes in chains placed on what appear to be sacrificial altars. It’s widely believed that when the voss rebelled against the Jedi, the Sith were executed by the gormak for similar reasons. Regardless, the galaxy gradually forgot about them, and Voss entered centuries of civil war.

    Gormak history is – ironically – more cohesive due to their skill with electronics, allowing them to develop basic information storage centuries before the voss themselves did, though much of these early texts and logs are lost, and they were not as reliant on physical media as the voss were. It appears that the gormak never violently split, but wandered the planet and eventually separated into tribes which dotted the planet.

    There was no civil war that can be found, which was shocking to the first voss scholars who investigated the gormak in detail. Even the King the gormak followed was elected from each of the tribes, each tribe specializing in something related to their area of residence. All the tribes kept in contact through primitive communications networks, which proved instrumental in later invasions.

    The voss meanwhile, were in a near-constant state of civil war for nearly a century as factions of voss rose around Mystics, all of whom insisted their path was the only way to voss unity. The resemblance to cults is not unfair, but what is unnerving about the entire civil war is that each Mystic stuck with a clear and consistent theme: follow me and the voss will emerge stronger than ever.

    They failed to mention that a majority of their followers – and usually themselves – wouldn’t live to see it.

    Viewed out of context, some of the acts recorded look nonsensical or mad. Mystics regularly led large groups of followers into ritual suicides and missions of terror. They led them on lethal pilgrimages. Decrees such as every child born into a certain city was to be executed, or all females of a certain age were to be relinquished to another Mystic were given and followed without question.

    The Mystics state firmly that if the civil war had not played out exactly as it had, then the voss as a people would not exist. Without knowing more beyond generalities, it’s impossible to say for certain if it was justified, though using an excuse which can never be proven one way or another is generally in poor form – but for the voss, it has more weight.

    Eventually, the conflict came to a close and the voss people were so indoctrinated to follow any command the Mystics gave that it eventually gave rise to the modern voss dictatorship: ‘the Three.’ Three of the most powerful and far-seeing Mystics to exist on Voss. Within days of formally joining, a working government structure was established and within a month, voss culture and society became nearly identical to today.

    With the Three in command, and the formation of the Voss Commandos, they sought to eliminate the gormak – who they were convinced were beasts born of the Nightmare Lands and posed a threat to all voss. It’s unclear just how much the Three had known about the gormak before building their government, but they certainly wasted no time in beginning another conflict the voss willingly joined.

    It did not go as planned.

    The Gormak-Voss War has incomplete records, but what’s fascinating is that while the voss were slowly but surely making headway, they were being sabotaged and outpaced technologically and logistically by the gormak – significantly. The technical disparity between the two factions is a testament to the power of the voss, and the ingenuity of the gormak. Texts describe Commandos wielding swords against gormak who used primitive plasma weapons. It took nearly a century for the voss to achieve technical parity – and by then, the gormak were discovering fission and nuclear technology which drove the voss to push harder against the scourge, as the Mystics were beset with visions showing cities obliterated in nuclear fire.

    It’s surprising the voss never considered the real reason why they were having trouble with defeating the gormak, but considering their fervent belief in their superiority and visions, perhaps it is not surprising. How the war could have gone will never be known, as Voss was rediscovered, and thrust into a larger conflict they had no stake in.

    INVASION BY THE SITH EMPIRE OF VITIATE: Unsurprisingly, the first thing the Sith Empire did when they discovered Voss was invade it.

    They were met with Voss Commandos who massacred the landing parties while the Mystics drove many of the Sith mad with visions of their deaths. The invasion fleets were besieged by telepathic attacks from the Three themselves, resulting in the ships turning on each other and the minds of the crew reduced to madness.

    The Sith Empire hastily retreated to figure out what exactly had happened, and soon the Republic SIS learned about the planet, and the Republic, eager to acquire such a powerful ally, immediately sent representatives to open negotiations. Not wanting to be outdone, the Empire sent its own representatives, apparently hoping that the voss would forget that they had just tried to conquer their planet.

    As it turned out, the voss did not seem to care that much, and only requested that all outsiders follow the will of the Three.

    What followed soon after is not something acknowledged as much by (primarily Republic) historians – specifically what the Republic attempted to do after they learned of the gormak and the voss’s war with them. Eager to assist the voss and showcase their worth as an ally, the Republic launched a full-scale invasion against the gormak territories throughout the planet.

    The Mystics had directly warned against unsanctioned military actions by either party, foreseeing only destruction, and ironically, it was the Sith who paid attention, not wanting to lose any more forces on the planet. The Republic, like the voss, believed the gormak little more than numerous beasts with some limited intelligence, and continued with the military operation.

    This went as poorly as when the Sith had tried to attack the voss.

    Republic landing parties were ambushed by the gormak Tech-Masters who quickly figured out how to crack Republic frequencies, stripped them of technology, and adapted it into their own weapons and culture. Jedi were affected by severe visions drawing them to the Nightmare Lands – a region of the planet tainted by the dark side of the Force – where the Gormak King waited and slew them all and returned the bodies without the lightsabers.

    Again, the voss did not seem to care about what the Republic had done, but they were notably displeased at the Republic unintentionally enhancing the gormak war machine. Both factions were far from gaining an ally, though both were now more motivated than ever to see the voss side with them.

    REVELATION OF BARSEN’THOR AILON TOLGAN: Both the Republic and Empire sent two very specific individuals to turn the voss to their side – the nameless Imperial Intelligence agent we only know as ‘Cipher Nine,’ and Ailon Tolgan, Barsen’thor of the Jedi Order. Given that at the time Tolgan was building the Rift Alliance, it was a reasonable choice to bring her to secure a voss alliance.

    Why Emperor Jadus sent Cipher Nine was a mystery at the time, although we now suspect that it was a front to allow Cipher Nine to disrupt the operations of the enigmatic Star Cabal on the planet. What ended up happening is unknown, but it is confirmed that Cipher Nine and the Three spoke at least once.

    Tolgan was soon identified as an individual the Mystics had seen who would ‘end the gormak threat,’ something even the voss were skeptical of. The Barsen’thor later proved her worth, as she passed the Mystic Trials, led multiple successful military operations, and faced the Gormak King before capturing him and bringing him to the voss – after the revelation that he was experiencing visions – something the voss considered heresy of the highest order.

    She followed the path of the Gormak King to the Nightmare lands, and eventually found a tomb which held the avatar of an entity the voss only knew as ‘Sel-Makor,’ who is suspected to be a lingering spirit of one of the original Sith to visit Voss. After defeating it, Tolgan spoke with the spirit of the avatar, who revealed the origins of the voss and gormak –how both of them were of one species.

    She took this information back and presented it to the Three who reacted in shock. In response, she took them to the tomb where the spirit confirmed what she had said. The Three took the information in stride and immediately ceased all military operations, much to the surprise of the gormak. They took the captured Gormak King and informed him of the truth, before releasing him back to his people.

    Afterwards, they officially ceased all diplomatic talks with both the Republic and the Empire, though allowed both to keep representatives on the planet while they charted their future based on the visions of the Mystics and the Three – one which they now knew would include their previous enemy.

    To say both sides were displeased with the outcome was an understatement. The Dark Council briefly appeared to consider invading again or forging an alliance with gormak if the voss were uncooperative. Darth Nox was the one who supposedly cast the deciding vote in declining to invade again, though it was largely symbolic, as Emperor Jadus had made it clear that no action was to be taken against the voss.

    The Republic came very close to outright arresting Tolgan, and pushed for her expulsion from the Jedi Order for killing the hopes of an alliance; all rejected by the Jedi Order, especially since she still commanded the Rift Alliance. It should be noted that after the Battle of Corellia, where much of the Rift Alliance was destroyed, she was personally invited back to Voss by the Three to assist in mending relations between the voss and gormak.

    It was due to this that she survived the invasion of the Eternal Empire, and spent the remainder of her life on Voss – one of the only outsiders the voss ever fully recognized as their own, and the only outsider to have a tomb within the Shrine of Healing.

    The Three never made it explicit, but in retrospect, it’s clear that they had seen her death if she chose to fight against the Eternal Empire, and acted to prevent it in thanks for what she had done.

    ATTACK OF THE ETERNAL EMPIRE OF ZAKUUL: During the years until the invasion of the Eternal Empire, the voss were successfully working towards unification. Together with the gormak, they were cleansing the Nightmare Lands, modernizing the cities of Voss, and unifying the planet permanently.

    New institutions and organizations were created; gormak were permitted to undergo the Mystic Trials, and ever since the Complete Unification, at least one member of the Three has been a gormak. For most governments, this would signal a very worrying possibility of a united Voss that could very well be unstoppable if it started to expand.

    But for anyone who knew how both the voss and gormak thought, this should never have been a worry. The voss had absolutely zero interest in anything beyond Voss, and the gormak were only interested in technological advancement and unifying their people. They had only fought in self-defense, and are not aggressive, contrary to some sources.

    It should be noted that it was shortly after this period that both the voss and gormak all recognized themselves as ‘voss’ – one people – and recategorized themselves as two different races – voss proper and gormak – of one species.

    All of this is to illustrate the point that the voss were reaching a new evolution of their power, one which was capable of fending off even the most dangerous of opponents. The Eternal Empire launched their attack on the galaxy, and Voss had been identified as one of the primary targets to capture – or eradicate.

    The Mystics had clearly seen the invasion approaching, and they were prepared.

    Like every single invasion thus far, it was a disaster of unmitigated proportions. The armies that had quite easily decimated the Jedi and Sith were utterly annihilated by the combined power of the voss and gormak; a species united at last. Unlike the Sith, the Eternal Empire committed significant amounts of manpower to conquering Voss, and each time was defeated.

    The Mystics later learned how to effectively manipulate the Scions, and sent them nightmares and visions showing their Empire in flames and the Eternal Emperor dead. In some cases, it’s rumored that the Mystics were forging visions the Scions believed were real, terrifying them to a degree where it is rumored that they begged Valkorian to abandon the invasion.

    It is unknown if this is actually what caused the Eternal Empire to withdraw, or if it was something else, but they eventually retreated in a humiliating defeat, and never went near Voss again. When Darth Nox emerged as the leader of the Alliance against the Eternal Empire, she sought the voss out and was immediately rebuffed.

    The Three stated that they had no intention in continuing to be involved in affairs that didn’t concern the voss, and ordered her to depart. She tried to appeal to the Barsen’thor who resided there now, and was similarly rebuffed. This, for some reason, ended up incising one of Nox’s companions – Koth – who attempted to abduct Tolgan’s adopted son in a desperate bid to force her cooperation.

    He never got close to succeeding and was arrested by the Commandos and brought to Nox and executed in front of her, followed by an order to leave. She did so, and was never heard from again. No outsider would approach Voss for many centuries after that.

    THE DARK AGE AND COMPLETE UNIFICATION: The galactic dark age that resulted after the rampage of the Eternal Fleet did not affect the voss significantly. Already confined to their planet by choice, the destruction of the galactic economy did not hinder them in the slightest. It’s not entirely clear what they did during this point, but it’s also extremely possible that they didn’t do anything but live peacefully and under the direction of the Three.

    Over the later centuries both races fully integrated, and while there are still significant differences between them, they work together in complete harmony and unity. Each complements the other and both are content for it to remain that way. It does appear that technological advancement reached a limit during this period, and the voss simply decided to stop pursuing it with any degree of fervor, and instead, focused on refining everything they had.

    Preparing for the future.

    By the time they were discovered again, they were ready for anything.

    REDISCOVERY AND INVASION: By the time the Republic had reestablished itself as the dominant galactic power, it had completely forgotten about Voss. The defeat of the Sith at Ruusan – seemingly permanently – gave the Republic a significant confidence boost, and they believed there was nothing that would be able to stop them.

    Though they promoted peace, it was decades until the point where they reduced their military output and the Ruusan Reformations took full effect. A fact that is covered up by the Republic was that one reason it took so long to demilitarize was because shortly after Ruusan, they stumbled upon Voss. Again.

    The realization that there was another group of powerful Force-users did not sit well with the Republic or Jedi. They sent a limited diplomatic team down there with a series of demands as they were now ‘a valued member of the Galactic Republic’ and they were looking forward to ‘successfully integrating them into galactic society.’

    This went over as well as you would expect.

    The Three declined the ‘offer’ of the Republic and Jedi, and told them to depart. The Republic refused, and the Jedi were concerned at the power the Mystics held, as well as the fact that they did not view the Force in a binary light. Fearing that they could become Sith, the Jedi instead proposed the establishment of a Jedi Temple on the planet to ‘properly’ train them.

    The Three said they would allow Jedi to reside on the planet and learn, but they would not tolerate a Jedi Temple or have the Jedi teach voss youth. They also would allow an embassy in the Alien Enclave. But they would not recognize the Republic’s authority, laws, treaties, or be forced into joining them.

    The Republic found it rather arrogant from a single planet, and the Jedi were not satisfied with the proposed compromise at all, and gave a final warning to cooperate before they would be ‘forced to take action.’ In response, the voss captured all Republic personnel on the planet, killed the majority of the Jedi, drove the rest insane with visions, and sent them back to the Republic.

    The Republic responded by sending several thousand teams of special forces to cripple the voss, every single one of which was captured without casualties and sent back to the Republic with a final warning to leave them alone. The Jedi who assisted these missions were not treated with the same ‘delicacy,’ and were instead executed. Due to their diminished numbers, the Jedi stated they couldn’t support further action.

    The Republic was not dissuaded so easily, and spent several months planning another operation against the voss, trying to utilize what they knew, and sent their best – smaller teams which landed in remote locations far from voss cities. Their only goals were the assassination of the Three and the Mystics. Republic High Command heard nothing for several weeks, and then each operative who had been deployed returned, mission successful.

    They were welcomed back in triumph and the Republic prepared to move down and secure the planet again. Then the returned operatives pulled out their weapons and terminated every single individual of Republic High Command before vanishing to hunt down senators and other government officials.

    No one knows how the voss turned these operatives, but there were over one thousand total executions connected to them before they were finally stopped.

    Everything related to Voss was classified above top secret and the Old Republic never went near the planet again.

    THE CLONE WARS: The voss were content to stay on their planet, but when the Clone Wars broke out, they did something unprecedented – they left the planet. Both the Republic and Separatists were aware of Voss, but the Republic avoided it for obvious reasons, as did the Separatists.

    It’s rumored that Count Dooku went to the Mystics before war broke out, and when he returned he made it clear that the voss were not to be approached or interfered with in any way. No one knows what happened, nor were the voss forthcoming, but it seemingly affected him greatly.

    But to the surprise of everyone, about halfway through the war, voss emissaries approached the Jedi and Sith – and notably, no one else. They were tentatively allowed before the Jedi Council, and gave a warning about a ‘false call which will lead to uncontrollable powers unleashed,’ and that when this call happened, it was to be ignored.

    The Jedi took the warning, and the emissary left. The one sent before Darth Maul and General Grievous was not given so generous a welcome, and after giving the warning, was arrested and placed into an interrogation room where Grievous demanded more specific answers. This resulted in teams of Voss Commandos and Avatars of the Three storming the stronghold the emissary was held in, resulting in a significant blow to the Separatists, and the near-death of Grievous.

    As it turns out, it’s clear in retrospect the voss were attempting to warn the galaxy about the events preceding the ‘Mortis Incident,’ and appeared to only partially succeed as both parties investigated the event. Though the entities within the Monolith were slain, there was significant cost to both sides.

    This entire event did attract the attention of Chancellor Palpatine, and brought Voss to his attention. A fact which will be important soon.

    VISITATION OF EMPEROR PALPATINE: Upon the establishment of the First Galactic Empire, Palpatine turned his attention to the voss nearly a decade later when the war machine of the Empire was fully developed. He, Darth Vader, and a number of Inquisitors and Acolytes made the journey to Voss, and were welcomed in relative peace.

    Palpatine appeared to inquire as to the source of their power, which the voss presumably gave an unsatisfactory answer to. Palpatine spoke to the Three directly, an honor rarely bestowed upon outsiders, and the voss say that he first offered them an opportunity to assist him in the Empire, and when they refused, he threatened to take their power by force.

    The voss were hesitant to share details as to what exactly happened, but it ended with Palpatine and Vader fighting their way out of the Shrine of Healing, killing dozens of voss, while losing his most powerful Inquisitors and Acolytes, along with nearly dying himself. What is curious is that as the voss tell it, both Vader and Palpatine were allowed to escape.

    Implying they could have killed both of them, but didn’t.

    Either way, after that, the Empire adopted a similar stance to the Old Republic and gave Voss a wide berth.

    THE YUUZHAN VONG WAR: The voss remained neutral and kept to themselves during the rise of the New Republic, but like everyone else, when the yuuzhan vong invaded, they had no choice but to defend themselves. But unlike previous invasions, this was one which was almost successful.

    The voss found out very quickly that the Force and visions were less reliable when their enemy existed outside the Force itself. Visions still manifested and provided insight, but initially, it was so different the Interpreters had little idea as to what it meant. This led to the loss of multiple cities on Voss and hundreds of thousands dead.

    For perhaps the first time, the voss were in danger. Fighting an enemy outside of the Force was not something they could have prepared for. Ultimately, they were not saved by the Mystics, but by the skill and tenacity of the Army of the Voss as well as the gormak Tech-Savants and Beastmasters who captured and turned the creatures the vong unleashed against them.

    The vong abandoned the assault on the planet after nearly a year of fighting, which had severely reduced voss numbers, though extracted a heavy toll from the vong at the same time. By the end, the Mystics had adapted to the previously confusing visions, and had regained their former effectiveness, which likely led to the vong deciding to withdraw permanently.

    After that, the voss set about rebuilding – and cleansing the planet of several attempts at vongforming.

    DIPLOMATIC EXPANSION: Several decades after the Yuuzhan Vong War, the voss again did something unexpected. They sent emissaries to governments and organizations across the galaxy, and merely announced that they would be permitting embassies on Voss and were interested in potential cooperation.

    The vast majority of people had no idea who the voss were or why they should care, but a few decided to take the voss up on their offer. Most of the interest died when they saw how restrictive and rigid the voss were, and the Galactic Alliance refused to deal with them at all due to their reputation, a stance also adopted by the Imperium until recently.

    At the same time, there have been several businesses who have trade agreements with the voss; providing them with some raw materials in exchange for resources only available on Voss. It’s of arguably limited worth, but the voss treat their partners very well, and every single business associated with the Mystics has found themselves extremely successful.

    In addition to this outreach, it became not uncommon to hear of a Voss Mystic traveling the galaxy, occasionally providing wisdom and advice to those who listen. No one knows what path these voss take, but they are watched closely by anyone who even has a faint idea of what they are.

    THE ASSAULT OF THE MIGRANT FLEET: As we reach near the end, we would be remiss to not mention the extremely ill-thought-out attempt by the Migrant Fleet to attack Voss and render them the first victims of their pointless crusade against the Force. At a certain point, it should become apparent that one does not simply attack the voss unless they’re looking for a beating.

    The Migrant Fleet did not understand this, it seems.

    What follows is a similar story of everyone else who was idiotic enough to attack the voss. They invaded, they got slaughtered, and after wasting thousands of lives and resources, they pulled back and realized it was a bad idea. Please refer to document I-O-MFD-0010 for more details on the attempted attack on the voss.

    CURRENT STATUS: The voss are in a curious position of being marginally known to the galaxy, but still significantly isolated. They receive a notable number of immigrants thanks to their increased presence in the galaxy, enough to the point where the ‘Alien Army’ was established, and there are no shortage of pilgrims and Jedi who come to seek something, be it knowledge or visions.

    No major power has made any attempt to approach them due to their reputation, and they are viewed with suspicion by many. It also should be noted that the majority of the galaxy still doesn’t know they exist, or what their significance is. The voss seem to not want to make any more efforts at outreach than they have already done.

    But it begs the question of why they are allowing this at all. They have clearly developed some interest in the wider galaxy, else they would be confined to their planet, and no one who knows what they are is just accepting that there just so happen to be Mystics wandering the galaxy. The voss are moving toward something – or at least taking a more proactive stance on observation.

    It is important to state that they are not a malicious people – and that I firmly believe some kind of agreement can be reached – but to do that, we have to understand them.

    And never, ever make them angry.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : RACES AND BIOLOGY

    There are two races on Voss, the voss proper, and the gormak. This tends to cause confusion to outsiders as the voss proper refer to themselves as ‘voss,’ while gormak will acknowledge they are gormak, and both races consider themselves voss. Generally, a rule to follow is that if a non-voss refers to the voss, they are likely referring to the voss proper, and if either of the races refers to the voss, it could refer to either a voss proper or gormak, depending on context.

    Regardless, it is understandably difficult to see how the two races could be related at all. Both the voss and gormak say they are the same species, but to date, they have not allowed any third party to confirm this one way or another, leading to voss bodies being worth significant amounts on medical black markets – though notably, not one has actually appeared to be sold, as those that handle voss corpses (usually acquired from violent means) tend to disappear or meet violent ends.

    As far as the voss are concerned, this is settled and no one will convince them otherwise. It would be unreasonable to assume that they didn’t do any kind of confirmation, but given that genetics are not their forte, we question the thoroughness of an examination. This isn’t a situation where it would be solved through a voss being curious, because voss aren’t curious. Not in the same way most others are.

    Perhaps ‘curious’ is the wrong word. Voss do not question.

    If the Three or a Mystic says it, it is final. End of story. Doing so would imply that the Three or Mystics are wrong, which is one of the most insulting things one can do on Voss. The only ones who can get away with that are Interpreters, and they never question either of those groups publicly – or make any public statements at all for that matter.

    As a gesture of goodwill, we did carefully request if we could assist them with official confirmation, framing it in the context of diplomatic relational improvement and positive recognition, and not actively questioning the words of the Three. The offer was rejected. Politely, but firmly. As such, do not consider the actual classification of the voss proper and gormak as one species as completely settled or proven. For the sake of this report we will continue to make that assumption, but keep this other fact in mind.

    Both races are very different. Specifics are below.

    xxx

    THE VOSS PROPER

    The voss proper are unnerving to aliens of all types. Eventually this uneasiness fades as they interact more with the race, but it is a phenomenon that each and every individual experiences to some degree. According to the Institute of Xenopsychology, there is a prevailing theory as to why this is the case.

    It is based on the fact that the voss look and sound similar to droids.

    Voss are humanoids, and are assumed to be some kind of near-human species, as they share an uncanny number of similarities including two arms, legs, five digits on each hand and foot, and an overall anatomy that could be placed over a human or near-human without much difficulty. This is another reason it is difficult to reconcile the voss proper and gormak being the same species, as something simply does not add up.

    The voss firmly believe that they are not related to aliens, and the question of which race of voss came ‘first’ is one that has not been answered, and the voss do not care enough to answer. Barsen’thor Tolgan, when she described the spirit that spoke to her, implied that it looked much closer to a gormak than a voss proper.

    The implications only add to the confusion. Were it not for the well-documented spirit confirming a voss-gormak heritage, it would be reasonable to assume that the voss proper are not native to the planet, and were perhaps brought in by another party. What isn’t up for debate is that the voss proper are definitely not natural, even if they don’t want to admit it.

    All voss proper are tall for traditional humanoids, each easily over two meters, with males standing a full head taller than females – without exception. Their heights do not change either. Each voss proper will grow to exactly the same height – without exception. The disparity between genders is also notably pronounced.

    Males have blue skin with white and orange accents arranged in patterns and small ridges that line their jaws and the center of their heads. Females have red skin with blue and black accents, and whose facial patterns are less complex than males. The facial patterns are one of the few ways voss proper differ in appearance, and portions of their skin appear to be metallic, and are usually colored darker than the rest of their face. Aliens notably find female voss proper easier to be around than males, and this is because males have more portions of their skin that appear to be metallic.

    Males have orange eyes that glow, reminiscent of the chiss, though if one looks closely, the eyes themselves appear to be in a honeycomb pattern, creating an optical illusion that there is a mesh of some kind placed over the glowing eyeball. Female eye anatomy is the same, though the eyes glow blue instead of orange. Again, individuals prefer females, as the glow of their eyes is slightly softer, and the orange light of males is seen as more intense and intimidating.

    Their voices are accompanied by an artificial-sounding tinge, something that one would expect to come out of a droid, and not a presumed organic. There are many xenobiologists who would dream about performing an autopsy to see how the voss proper work, though unfortunately, the mysteries of voss biology will likely remain so indefinitely.

    Voss females have a pregnancy cycle of six months, and voss adolescence appears to last exactly twenty years before they fully develop physically and cognitively. The exact voss proper lifespan is difficult to confirm, as there are instances of voss living millennia, while others have died of old age after only a few centuries.

    The voss proper are not what one would describe as sexually active either, though they take mating and love very seriously. At the same time, they are extremely exclusive about who they will take. There has never been an instance of a voss proper not taking a voss proper mate of the opposite sex. Even after the unification, there have not been any recorded voss proper and gormak relationships. When asked on the topic, they seemed mildly confused at best, and seem to regard the idea of interspecies relationships as an odd aberration, though they likely don’t have strong feelings on it either way so long as it does not affect them.

    Physically, voss proper are very athletic and fast, though due to their physical conformity, each one has a hard limit on what they can and cannot do. They are not especially strong, and they appear to be on-par with athletic humans with perhaps an advantage in endurance. Despite the metallic appearance, the skin of voss proper does not appear to be much harder than that of a human.

    In terms of their Force capabilities, this is difficult to say without acquiring samples – which the voss would not provide. There does appear to be some variation in the strength of each voss, as every single one of them is Force-sensitive to some degree, but there isn’t the same conformity the rest of the race has in terms of physicality.

    The voss proper are generally seen as the more reserved and aloof of the races, and for good reason. Voss proper are not outwardly emotional, and they can’t be goaded or forced into an emotional reaction. This is likely more due to their unshakable belief in the Three than an outright suppression of emotions, though again, like with much of the voss proper, this will remain a mystery until the voss decide to answer it.

    xxx

    THE GORMAK

    The second race of Voss, the gormak are oddly enough perceived as more ‘normal’ by outsiders, as they are clearly alien. They do not look, act, and sound like something that was designed, but appear to be like many other species that dominate the galaxy. They maintain a few similarities with their other brethren, but in most aspects, differ drastically.

    Gormak do not have the same genetic conformity that exists in the voss proper. They are of varying heights, weights, and other physical characteristics. On average, males are taller and stronger than females, but the disparity is not overly significant. The same applies to children who mature at different times, though typically they complete development between eighteen and twenty-three years.

    Their anatomy is bipedal like the voss proper, but that is where many of the similarities end. Their hands and feet possess three clawed digits, their skin is thick and has patterns of even stronger skin running throughout their bodies. Their skin is varying shades of green, with females tending to have lighter shades than males.

    Their faces also do not resemble the voss proper in most ways. They lack noses and breathe through four orifices on their face. Their mouths are lipless and arranged in such a way as they look to be perpetually frowning. Frills frame the side of their heads, with those of males being larger and more pronounced – color-wise – than females. The skin of males also appears rougher than females.

    Unlike the voss proper, their eye colors are not determined by gender, and orange, blue, and red are all colors which have been observed. These eyes do not glow, though are a singular solid color and have a dull sheen to them. Gormak can also presumably see better in the dark than voss proper, according to several voss we spoke to. They did not explain why this was the case.

    The gormak as a whole are more expressive, emotional, and passionate compared to the voss proper. They still adhere to the Three and Mystics as much as any voss, but they are more willing to confront those they disagree with (unless it happens to be against the Three or a Mystic) or make an effort to be friendly to others compared to the voss proper. It should be noted that this does not apply to gormak Mystics, who adopt attitudes identical to the voss proper, and it is not known why this is the case.

    Gormak families also differ significantly to the voss proper. Instead of only having and raising one child at a time, the gormak usually raise no fewer than three younglings at once, one reason why the gormak outnumber the voss proper almost five-to-one. Families are also not permanent, as it isn’t uncommon for parents to separate after raising kids and move on to someone else. Long-term relationships are rare within the gormak, and this is not necessarily seen as a negative.

    Also unlike the voss proper, the gormak are seemingly more open to relationships outside their own species. It is difficult to understand how widespread this is, given their isolation, but there have been several descriptions on the HoloNet describing sexual interactions with the species. We could only confirm several of these, one of which was Tolgan who famously took a gormak as her mate (though notably his name is hidden by the voss, likely because his descendants still live). It is something of an interesting, and oddly chivalrous tale, but that is outside the scope of this current report.

    It would be questionable if we also didn’t include the affinity gormak have with technology. They have an innate curiosity in things they do not understand, and their brains seem to be wired towards grounded and logical patterns, making them very good at math, computation, and engineering. The voss proper once made the mistake of assuming that the gormak were savages, and it would be prudent if we could avoid making the same mistakes.

    The one notable disadvantage the gormak have is that they are not inherently Force-sensitive, and only around twenty percent of their race ever manifests some kind of sensitivity. The upside to this is that every gormak Force-user is among the most powerful of the voss. Most usually become Mystics and as noted before, ever since the Complete Unification, a gormak has been among the Three.

    With all these differences, it is again difficult to believe that both races are the same species, but perhaps biology doesn’t matter at this point. Regardless of the truth one way or another, both species consider themselves voss, and until the Three say otherwise, they will continue to believe this.

    We might as well play along until that happens, and covertly try and figure this out for ourselves.
     
  13. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : STRUCTURE – ALIEN OBSERVATION

    Voss are suspicious of outsiders.

    With their history, it is not surprising. At nearly every interval outside powers have only expressed interest in using, controlling, or manipulating their species and what they can do. As a result, the voss go to significant lengths to similarly control outsiders who come to their planet.

    The Three make very few distinctions between powers. Every single interested party is treated the same, and a similar lack of distinction is made for aliens. They even fail to acknowledge different species of aliens. To the voss, you are either voss, or you are an alien. There is no in-between, and details are irrelevant.

    Aliens have no power on Voss which is not permitted by the Three. Every single aspect of their lives is controlled and monitored on the planet. If the voss see that their culture is shifting as the result of alien intervention, they will immediately expel all travelers and diplomats. If an alien is being particularly disruptive, they will expel or execute them.

    The voss do not recognize such a thing as ‘diplomatic immunity.’ Every alien on voss is permitted to exist on their whim, which can be withdrawn the moment one crosses an invisible line. There’s a reason being assigned as an Alliance diplomat to the voss is considered a punishment by some. You’re dealing with a government that has power, is wildly unpredictable, and has few qualms about the life of anything that is not voss.

    With all of this said, these fears are somewhat exaggerated. So long as you do not intentionally make life difficult for the voss, or introduce radical changes, you will, at worst, just be stonewalled. It’s one of the more taxing diplomatic assignments, but not what should be considered one of the most dangerous.

    Those can be saved for the rest of the Outer Rim.

    xxx

    THE ALIEN HANDLERS

    These voss are most accurately described as the ‘diplomats’ of the Three. Each individual who comes to Voss representing an individual or party is assigned an ‘Alien Handler.’ Their purpose is extremely simple – negotiate with interested parties, leverage what they offer for the voss, and convey the will of the Three.

    Fairly simple.

    What makes this more complicated is that the Alien Handlers are not an organized body. This organization, like a notable number of voss institutions, isn’t something any voss can apply for. Each and every single Alien Handler is someone the Mystics and Interpreters choose based upon visions they see.

    The Alien Handler could be a soldier, a trader, a healer, a Mystic, and yes, even one of the Three. The appointee will quickly and willingly drop their entire lives if the Mystics insist upon it. Whatever position they held is gone, and they will be replaced with someone else. This is their life now, and they need to do the best they possibly can.

    This also includes alien immigrants residing on Voss. There are multiple times where they too will be assigned to be Alien Handlers, despite being aliens themselves. No one on Voss is exempt from this, and in the rare instance of one of the Three being chosen, there will be no disruption at all. A new member of the Three will be appointed and everyone will continue on with their day.

    As a result, you have an entire organization of supposed diplomats which usually have no formal diplomatic experience or training. Which is not necessarily that important when you are largely doing this as a courtesy, but it makes it difficult for any serious negotiations to take place because the voss are staunch on their demands.

    A typical diplomatic exchange between a representative and an Alien Handler will involve the representative proposing something. The Handler may reject it outright, or if they are unsure, they will go before a Mystic and ask. Then they will return with a ‘yes’ or ‘no’ answer and no other details. If they refuse an offer, you will not learn why it was refused.

    It’s an experience which is tedious, time-consuming, frustrating, and involves an absurd amount of trial and error to figure out just what the voss want. Many professional diplomats assigned to voss have learned to phrase their requests in such a way so as to narrow down possible reasons for refusal, as well as relying on droids and VIs to analyze the potential reasons for refusal by looking through previous history.

    To make matters worse, this is your only path to negotiating with the voss. You cannot go before a Mystic or the Three unless explicitly offered (though you can request it). You cannot go directly to a voss manufacturer or producer unless you want to be expelled. You cannot go to a superior because the Alien Handlers do not have superiors in the traditional sense.

    The only path through the voss is through the Alien Handlers. End of story. You cannot subvert this, and we have tried several times before we realized the futility of it.

    This is not to say the Alien Handlers are intentionally trying to be like this. They do not seem to comprehend the issues we have simply because of how strong their faith in the Mystics is. This elongated exchange is to them completely natural and fine. When actual aliens are assigned as Alien Handlers, they understand more and are generally far more helpful. But these are few and far between.

    From the outside, they are a highly fascinating and interesting group. Having to deal with them daily will paint them in a far more negative light.

    We have also not been able to determine how someone is assigned to be an Alien Handler other than a Mystic saw it in a vision, and asking for details on that is something we know will not be satisfactorily answered.

    xxx

    ALIEN INFLUENCE MONITORS

    One would think that the Alien Handlers would also serve as a kind of watcher for aliens on Voss, but that isn’t the case. Instead, there is a separate group devoted solely to observing aliens -- their habits, actions, words, and business. Unlike the Alien Handlers, these individuals are not specifically chosen, but can apply at will.

    To make their position slightly more confusing, they are not a police or peacekeeping force for the voss, but a wholly independent observation arm which has a significant amount of authority over alien visitors and new immigrants. The actual criteria for them to intervene is not something that is explicit, but it is heavily tied to how much impact an individual or organization is making on Voss.

    People who cause waves and draw undue attention to themselves or their cause will attract the attention of the Alien Influence Monitors.

    Voss do not like disruptions. They do not like causes. They do not like activism. They don’t like anything that has the potential to disrupt their heavily controlled lives. They will intervene over what appears to be benign things, from something as simple as introducing a new line of clothing which is becoming popular to trying to introduce recreational drugs.

    The Three are paranoid of any amount of alien influence and custom spreading to the voss.

    It doesn’t matter what it is; clothing, music, food, technology, medicine, anything that has not been made or adapted by voss is not something which will be permitted. Aliens are expected to keep to themselves, and are covertly and openly monitored to make sure they’re doing so. Failure to do so could result in confiscation of electronic devices or disruptive products, expulsion from the planet, or, in rare cases, execution.

    It scales depending on the level of severity. If someone is selling a product a lot of voss are liking, the Alien Influence Monitors will find every single piece of it and return it, before warning the seller to cease sale of it on Voss. Doing something like trying to set up a local HoloNet chatroom will lead to your devices being taken.

    More serious issues involve introducing experimental medicine, drugs, or other substances which may be legal elsewhere, but are absolutely not on Voss. There have been several groups who’ve tried to create a black market in Voss-Ka, their capital, and it ended with all of them being expelled. The only reason they weren’t executed was because they’d been stopped before any sales had taken place.

    But the most egregious action of all is saying anything negative or questioning of the Mystics or the Three. Trying to convince voss that they’re being manipulated, or are under a tyrannical state, or other activism (which has happened in some observed cases) will result in your disappearance. This is not an exaggeration. People will disappear and none of the voss will speak of it. They will either refuse to answer or pretend the individuals never existed.

    There is no legal recourse on Voss. No alien has power here. Your words and actions need to be watched carefully. Voss do not care about alien perceptions, biases, or laws. Do not expect them to respect our norms. We are on their planet; it is prudent to respect that.

    xxx

    CULTURAL STABILITY OVERSIGHT

    The name of this group is not actually the one previously discussed. In fact, it has nothing to do with aliens at all, and instead, is entirely focused on internal stability between the voss proper and the gormak. Despite the unification of the two races, it’s naïve to think that any potential issues and racial differences would vanish forever.

    There is more both races have in common with each other than what separates them, but at the same time that does not preclude small issues arising between the two races. Cultural Stability Oversight exists to make sure these small, and mostly petty disagreements don’t boil over into an inter-planetary situation.

    There are groups of voss who are part of the CSO in every major and minor city and settlement who continually observe the population. Alien immigrants also fall under their jurisdiction, though their main focus is between the voss proper and gormak. They usually act as mediators between offended parties and can usually reach a resolution.

    They, like much of the voss, appear largely benign. Problems like that on Voss are a thing of the past, or that is the common consensus.

    To the extent the Three seem to fear? Yes, but the questionable portion of the CSO is how they maintain this supposed peace and stability. Before involving themselves in any dispute, they consult with a Mystic who will advise them on what to do. Most of the time the Mystic will supposedly say that ‘they have nothing to offer,’ and the CSO can resolve the dispute as they see fit.

    But sometimes the Mystic will give instructions. Their visions presumably show an improper handling of the situation could escalate further, and as a result, they give the CSO specific directions as to what to do to prevent the future from happening – or to ensure said vision comes to pass.

    This can involve forced relocation of voss to other parts of the planet, it could involve one of the parties being taken away and executed, or it could involve both of them being dealt with, or it could be something entirely different. Voss report on these incidents, and it’s highly unsettling to read about how the CSO removed over two hundred voss and none of them were seen again, and no one thought that was odd in the slightest.

    If this does not showcase the control the Mystics have over the voss, I am unsure what will. Not even their own people are safe from the visions, and there is no way to question one. I suspect that each and every voss accepted their fate willingly. Regardless of the cause of the incident, they would not dream of going against the command of a Mystic.

    Not even if it meant their own death.

    xxx

    ENFORCERS OF THE THREE

    The final organization of the voss Alien Observation is the ‘Enforcers of the Three,’ who act as the actual law enforcement for the voss. They are geared more heavily than Voss Commandos, though are distinctive due to their white and silver-colored armor, with shoulder capes bearing the emblem of one of the Three.

    When the Alien Handlers, Influence Monitors, and the CSO need to enforce their directives, it is these soldiers who carry it out without question. They are odd in that they theoretically wield a significant amount of power, but rarely use it without direction from other voss bodies. There are laws on Voss, of course, but traditional crime isn’t something prevalent there.

    It is certainly not what the voss consider dangerous.

    At the same time, the Enforcers also have their own agenda – namely serving the Three in whatever capacity they see fit. They do not accept orders from Mystics, surprisingly enough, but that is because they can only be directed (outside of the named organizations) by one of the Three personally. They only need to say the word, and the Enforcers act.

    Their title isn’t for nothing, after all.

    Through the Enforcers, the Three impose their own will on the voss. People vanish, others are moved, entire populations are relocated, voss are appointed or arrested – trying to predict what the Three will command is nearly impossible. They are guided by visions and what the Mystics share with them.

    Their will is absolute, and it is not unheard of for Mystics to also be targets of the Three. It is unknown by what criteria this is, but the Enforcers are the only group which handles Mystic and Interpreter arrests and executions. Even the Enforcers are not immune from this level of control. Nearly two decades ago one of the Enforcers received a letter from the Three with a list of names and told him that they were to be terminated.

    All of them were veteran Enforcers whose loyalty was seemingly unquestioned. None of that mattered. The command had come from the Three and it would be carried out without question. All of those executed were replaced by the Three personally, and everyone moved on.

    Another aspect of note is that the Enforcers do not have an organizational hierarchy, or at least not a traditional one. The Three are in charge, and everyone is under them. Some Enforcers will emerge as leaders and will be followed, but one reason they are mostly rankless is because they may have to be specifically chosen for missions, as one or more individuals may be needed for a vision to play out – or prevent it from happening.

    Every Enforcer is treated the same way – with complete subservience and cooperation. Most of the time they are only seen as guards in cities and patrolling the streets. They will usually not bother citizens and visitors. But if you are unfortunate enough to attract their attention, your only hope is to cooperate fully.

    They also act as bodyguards and escorts for the Three and Mystics. They also train with the Voss Commandos, and many Enforcers are in fact former Commandos. Assume them to be as dangerous as any special forces team. Tread carefully around them.
     
  14. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : STRUCTURE – VOSS MILITARY

    Considering they have been one of the reasons Voss has never fallen to invaders, it is worth a comprehensive breakdown on what comprises voss military forces. They are highly sophisticated and organized for a single planet, with notably few parallels to existing military organizations in terms of training, structure, and tactics.

    To begin with, the voss military is highly individualized. There is little to no indoctrination training (potentially because that has occurred through their entire lives), almost no active recruitment incentives and outreach, an extremely limited command structure, and almost the entire voss military – with the exception of the Voss Commandos – also hold civilian positions.

    It is important to understand that almost every part of voss military forces are completely voluntary and without enforced time served or contracts. Voss can join, receive training, and leave when they feel like it. As a result, nearly every voss who holds a civilian position is also a trained soldier.

    This is not to say voss military is a nonexistent and toothless rancor. But the size of the military divisions ebbs and flows depending on the mood of the population. Sometimes voss will simply decide they want to serve full-time in the military, and they’ll join for a period of time, until they get tired of that and return to another job.

    It should also be mentioned that for weekly training exercises, any voss who’s had military training can attend, and many ‘reserve’ voss do so. Training exercises have thus been turned into some kind of pseudo-social event where thousands of voss get together, shoot at each other for a time, and then socialize afterwards.

    There is a nonchalance to voss military and it’s unnerving, especially when you consider that they have not changed in millennia, and have been able to defeat some of the most powerful armies in the galaxy. This kind of military should not work. Imperial High Command was flabbergasted when we explained it to them, and with good reason.

    This tells us several things – first, the voss have the ability to quite literally mobilize their entire species for war if desired, and they would be trained and ready to fight without question. Second, the voss are an extremely versatile species who likely are skilled in more than one talent. Moving between military and civilian positions implies that the average voss has more individual skills on average, and is at least decent in all of them.

    Another potential reason for why they are able to endure beyond the visions of the Mystics.

    xxx

    THE ALIEN ARMY

    OVERVIEW: Normally, a military force would be composed of anyone who resides in a government’s sphere of influence and is willing to fight. Not for the voss. If one of their immigrants wishes to participate in military service, they do not have access to the majority of the voss military forces, and almost always instead are placed into the ‘Alien Army.’

    As the name implies, the Alien Army is composed solely of aliens. To their credit, the voss maintain a hands-off approach to this division and it is managed, commanded, and organized entirely by aliens. They have free reign to conduct and train themselves as they see fit, so long as they remain under the constant will of the Three and Planet Voss itself.

    Given their unique standing and outlook, even as much as the voss make them conform, there are a few ways in which the Alien Army is not like the rest of the voss military. First is that those who join the Alien Army stay there for a long period of service (for voss) at around four to five years even though they are technically free to leave and join as they see fit.

    Alien immigrants usually bring a commitment that the voss are not used to, and those in the Alien Army are among the most committed of the alien immigrants who come to the planet. They additionally take their service more seriously than the average voss, and have in fact been responsible for introducing more modern training and wargames to the voss, who have taken the ideas and adapted them under the direction of the Three.

    While initially it could be assumed that the Alien Army is a division of lesser standing than the others, upon closer inspection, this does not seem to entirely be the case. It is treated just like every other division, the leadership of the Alien Army has just as much of a say as the leadership of the Army of the Voss, and there is a respect voss hold for alien immigrants who are so committed.

    But at the same time, the segregation is questionable and it’s not entirely clear why it exists at all. It likely comes down to the voss maintaining a clear separation between themselves and the aliens. Even aliens who do everything they can to conform will always be aliens, like it or not, and while they aren’t necessarily inferior, they are not voss.

    It’s a complicated concept, and while a clear case of xenophobia and voss supremacy, it is unlikely meant maliciously. It’s debatable if this is actually better or worse than the alternative.

    TRAINING: The Alien Army has worked to carry over at least some traditions and methods of modern militaries. New recruits are put through a boot camp that instills discipline, basic formations, combat training, and other important battlefield skills. It isn’t nearly as harsh as what our Stormtroopers are put through, but is comparable to Galactic Alliance training.

    The difference being that this boot camp will continue until each individual has reached the required standards before moving on. There are always a few stragglers, but instead of expelling them, the Alien Army continues to whip them into shape instead. The longer it persists, the more extreme methods they employ. Mystics will be brought in for ‘correctional therapy’ and other brainwashing, and by the end, the new unit of the Alien Army will be a combat-ready force without any weak links.

    Following the completion of their training, each individual prepares to undergo an adaption of a voss military ritual where they craft their own weapons and armor. Each recruit is taught basic metalworking and weaponsmithing, and when they feel they are ready, they go to one of the various forges throughout Voss, some in the wilds, and some in cities like the Shrine of Healing.

    [Eyes only: Emperor Pellaeon: You will be interested to know that each forge is built on or near a Force nexus of varying strength. The forges themselves don’t appear to draw upon the Force, but it certainly explains how each and every description in these rituals involves the individual falling into a trance. There are clear parallels between this ritual and how the Jedi construct their lightsabers. I wonder if that is intentional. -Maw Archaeologist Talavica Namu]

    When they go to these forges, they are instructed to create their arms and armor as they see fit. The voss do not care about uniformity, but their military tends to bear a number of similarities aesthetically. In contrast, the Alien Army stands as a high-quality mishmash of styles, weapons, and armor types.

    Some of this is expected, due to the number of species involved, but the degree of individuality within the Alien Army is rather absurd. It looks more akin to a mercenary force than a trained unit. Colors, symbols, and other traits of species and governments are present. Many aliens appear to honor their pasts in this way, basing their color scheme off of their old affiliations, or even bearing their emblem on the armor alongside that of the Three.

    It’s fascinating to see Chiss Ascendency, Galactic Alliance, Black Sun, Zann Consortium, Corellian, and Jedi markings from those within the same military organization. The true diversity of the Alien Army isn’t in the aliens, but just how many different types of individuals are represented and who work in near-harmony.

    After this, the Alien Army conducts multiple training exercises with each other, and wargames with the Army of the Voss, which keeps both divisions well-trained and sharp for any potential conflict.

    COMPOSITION: The Alien Army is composed of aliens.

    A more thorough breakdown is warranted, but that is the most important point. No voss holds a position within the Alien Army, and never will. The actual demographics of the Alien Army are quite curious, as there is a majority of human and near-human species -- primarily humans, twi’leks, chiss, and mirialans. The rest are a mixture of wookiees, ortolans, givin, besalisks, and more. It is a fairly diverse group of aliens, with there also being a single hutt of all creatures involved as well.

    Over sixty percent of the Alien Army is male, and primarily of pure alien species, while the remaining females comprise a majority of human and near-human species. The latter appears to come from the Core Worlds, while the former have migrated from the Outer Rim from a whole host of backgrounds, criminal organizations, and enterprises.

    No former Imperials were noted, which was reassuring, but not surprising given our travel advisories to avoid the planet and region. A final interesting piece of information is that a surprising number display some degree of Force-sensitivity – nearly twenty percent.

    They receive training for it as well. Something to be aware of.

    RANKS: The hierarchy of the Alien Army is simple and straightforward:

    Soldier: The lowest rank, which composes the vast majority of the Alien Army. These are simply soldiers of various specialties and training. Expecting them to be broken down further is impossible because the Alien Army doesn’t do so. There are snipers, explosive experts, infantry, and medics all mixed in. At times, it just seems like they expect it to work, and surprisingly, many times it does.

    Captain: Captains are far fewer, and are responsible for managing large groups of soldiers. How many soldiers do they oversee? However many they need to. There is no set number they command, and they don’t even need to oversee the same soldiers. They will just grab however many are needed and will be followed without question. Their role is mostly to coordinate, and are not any more specially trained than other soldiers.

    General: These are veteran soldiers who’ve been with the Alien Army for years, who serve on an advisory council to the ‘Commander of the Alien Army,’ as well as vote on a new one when the time comes. They also are responsible for promotions to captain, planning operations, coordinating with other divisions of the voss military, and other administrative responsibilities.

    Commander: Oversees and manages the Alien Army. Elected by the generals, the Commander can technically be any member of the Alien Army, but most often is a general. Sometimes a captain, but as of now has never been a soldier. Answers directly to the Three, and is among the few aliens who are permitted unrestricted access to them, as well as the Mystics. Of note is that the Commander is almost always a Force-user, and we were unable to find out if this is a hidden requirement, or if it is a coincidence. None of the voss were forthcoming about that.

    xxx

    THE ARMY OF THE VOSS

    OVERVIEW: Composed completely of native voss (voss proper and gormak), the Army of the Voss is the primary military power of the planet and the Three. Despite paling in comparison to almost every other military force in the galaxy, confined solely to one planet, the Army of the Voss should be (and is) recognized as one of the most dangerous in the galaxy.

    Unlike most militaries, this division is primarily focused on defense, and to date, no soldier of the army has ever been utilized away from Voss. It is unknown if the Three consider them purely a defense force or an equivalent contingency, but there exists no evidence to suggest that the Three would utilize the army offensively.

    As a result, the army is heavily entrenched in Voss. Every single city has a garrison of soldiers who know the city inside and out, and this extends to the planet itself. The Army of the Voss does not maintain traditional military bases like we or the Alliance do. A dedicated military base is not something the voss bother with.

    But there are cases where the voss decide to found a city in an inhospitable or barren region for no particular reason. Thousands of voss will move there, and they will ensure that the city is fully supplied and linked to the rest of Voss. And of course, there is a sizable garrison that follows any new city.

    Observing the number of cities on Voss in the context of the big picture, there exists an effective net around the entirety of the planet. The voss control every single region of their planet, no exceptions, and more importantly, have technological and military parity as a universal constant. Even if regions are dominated by more voss proper or gormak, the army will have access to the same equipment.

    Here is a more interesting note about the army – the amount of mobile artillery, ground vehicles, aircraft, and advanced warfare technology is surprisingly small.

    The voss are not a significant industrial power, but the fact is that they very easily could be. As a result, they have fewer modern military staples, and the ones they do have are made exclusively by the gormak, who are responsible for most of the city defenses. The voss do have significant defensive emplacements which are built into each city now from the beginning.

    But for the sake of the overall picture, the Army of the Voss remains primarily an infantry force with limited armored and air support. Their advantages come from the Mystics and their unconventional training and knowledge of the planet.

    TRAINING: Training within the Army of the Voss is not comparable to any modern military. It’s questionable if it can be called standard training at all, given what it entails. Voss recruits do not undergo a boot camp or any kind of ‘standardized’ training. Instead, each new recruit is paired with a more veteran soldier who is responsible for training them for however long they feel is necessary.

    How this is chosen occurs one of three ways. One is that a soldier can make a suggestion themselves on who to train, the second is that pairings are assigned based on aptitude and compatibility. The third is being selected by the Mystics themselves. This is more common than you think, and this often comes from Battle-Mystics and both soldier and recruit accept it without question.

    This leads to wildly different training standards which are not set, because the voss apparently don’t think it important enough to codify in some way, but by the end it seems to inexplicably work. Voss soldiers manage to always integrate seamlessly into the larger army, despite sometimes the soldiers having no training experience.

    The only consistent event is the final trial is always the forging of weapons and armor at the forges, just like the Alien Army. Unlike their alien brethren, voss tend to adopt a more standardized template. The armor is usually a dull and unassuming color – grays and silvers mostly – with brighter patterns and symbols etched on to provide the personalization. Weapon specifics can also vary, but the weapon types change very little. Though the result is that it’s very difficult to predict a range on the capabilities of voss weapons, since that is entirely determined by the skill of the crafter. We should assume that they are equivalent to our own weapons, if not slightly superior.

    When they are reintegrated into the larger Army of the Voss, they begin drills surrounding asymmetrical warfare and military strikes. The army does not operate like the Stormtroopers. They act more like terrorists or strike forces. Except instead of a small group, it could be up to a thousand that all move in unison and strike when the invader isn’t looking.

    This is possible because the voss know their planet well enough to pull this off, and because they use the Force to assist in obscuring themselves. The army prides itself on individuality and its range of capabilities, and many soldiers will work to develop their Force abilities in unique ways, such as mimicking or creating sounds to cause distractions, cloaking themselves or others completely, or creating illusions to throw enemies off.

    We cannot fully predict how to handle a standard garrison of this Army because there is no standard garrison. They will create, dismantle, and recreate forces however large they need even if there is no consistent logic. This division is unnaturally fluid, much like the voss themselves. The most reasonable approach would be assuming the worst, and working from there.

    The wargames the army conducts are perhaps the most interesting because this is one of the few areas voss demonstrate some kind of requirement beyond willingness. Two or more teams are instructed to fight each other, with the only one requirement – no kills. The objective is to incapacitate all opposing groups completely.

    Healers are continually waiting on the outskirts, and if you watch them, they will be moving throughout the battlefield, healing wounded soldiers and removing them from the battlefield. The wargames can become extremely chaotic, but there are remarkably few deaths that occur because of the number of healers, and because killing will result in immediate expulsion from the army and a stigma that will follow the voss (or alien) forever.

    We can only presume this is not to train the army not to kill, but rather to emphasize control and precision. Which might be less important than exposing the army to the chaos and pain of combat. Remember the only requirement is that there can be no deaths; this means that all manner of injuries can be suffered, and the use of drones to observe the whole battle (along with Mystics) ensures that all accidental deaths can be traced back to a source. As a result, explosives are used very sparingly, if at all.

    Regardless of the methods, they appear to work when put into practice. The Army of the Voss has more than proven themselves at this point, and while a military organization like this should not work, the fact remains that it does. This could be attributed to the Mystics, the smaller size of the army, or freakish luck, but it works, and not taking them seriously is something one does at their own risk.

    COMPOSITION: Exclusively voss proper and gormak. Demographics can be further broken down into an almost event split of voss proper and gormak, with a slightly larger female majority than male (theorized due to males having a slight majority in the Commandos, Tech-Savants, and Battle-Mystics).

    Due to these fairly even demographics, just over half of the Army of the Voss is Force-sensitive to some degree, though the voss unfortunately do not keep public records of such breakdowns. Each soldier has notable physicality, although it is unknown how they would fare in prolonged engagements.

    Again, it should be noted that this number can fluctuate rapidly since voss can join and leave whenever they want, and in the past there are instances where it was heavily dominated by one race or gender, but taking into account records over the past century, these are the averages and the current iteration of the Army of the Voss currently reflects this. We have no information on why these shifts have occurred.

    RANKS: The Army of the Voss doesn’t have ‘ranks’ so much as ‘positions’ that soldiers accompany. There is technically a superior, but their importance seems to be limited to a singular mission. It doesn’t help that voss can move between these positions at will, making it difficult to pinpoint what each soldier will actually do. The ranks are as follows:

    Seeker of the Voss: These operatives appear to act as a mixture of scouts and assassins for the Army of the Voss. They are usually sent out alone or in pairs, either to perform recon or harassment. Sometimes it is left up to the operatives to do what they believe they should. They often know the planet exceptionally well, and act as guides for larger forces. Usually composed of veteran soldiers, they tend to be a voss proper majority.

    Soldier of the Voss: This is the ‘standard’ soldier of the Army of the Voss, and the most numerous of the positions. There is nothing exceptionally unique about this position, aside from the variance in capabilities. Their function remains the same – to provide the primary military force in the Army of the Voss.

    Flame of the Voss: This title refers to what passes for explosive specialists in the Army of the Voss. These are fairly few, but they are – from what we have observed – among the most intelligent of the voss beyond military context. Flames aren’t just using explosives and rocket launchers in battle, in their ‘off-time,’ they’re also involved in testing missiles, air defenses, the voss nuclear programs, and other projects that require a high level of education. These aren’t cannon fodder, and in fact, it is surprising that they are allowed to participate in combat at all.

    In combat, these are priority targets, whose loss ultimately hurt the voss harder than any regular soldier.

    Battle-Healer: As the name implies, these are healers that work within the Army of the Voss. Every single one of them is a moderately gifted Force-user (estimated to be a 5 minimum on the Gndda Scale) trained extensively in Force-healing. They also double as mental health specialists and counselors when they aren’t treating battlefield injuries, in the event such is needed. They rotate regularly in and out of the army, but there is always a consistent number. Something to keep in mind.

    Tech-Pilot: This position is for any voss who pilots a non-aircraft vehicle. The voss don’t break this down into specific sub-positions, and as a result, Tech-Pilots usually train themselves to operate all voss heavy military equipment. This, like how most of division operations, is done on their own time and everyone appears to know who is good at what, and everything just works. This is a position that is heavily dominated by gormak, not surprising given their technological aptitude.

    Sky-Pilot: The counterpart of the above position, this one refers to the usage of all air and spacecraft. Also the same, it doesn’t make distinctions between different types of aircraft despite the voss having multiple models. Unlike Tech-Pilots, Sky-Pilots do appear to primarily specialize in one kind of aircraft and do not cross-train as often. Gormak also dominate this position, though voss proper have begun to express more of an aptitude for inexplicable reasons.

    Force-Commander: Opposed to what the name implies, the Force-Commander is not a position that refers to the usage of the Force, but instead refers to the leader of a voss strike team of any size. This is the voss which oversees planning, coordination, and execution of a particular mission. This is also not something that a voss receives, as it’s not a promotion. It’s somehow a volunteer position which any voss in the army can request.

    They appear to be given an objective and given near-absolute freedom to plan and execute it. Most of the time, they build a team of advisors, craft a custom force specifically for the mission, and then lead it personally. Afterwards, the team dissolves and the Force-Commander goes back to whatever position they had before.

    Yes, this does mean that there is essentially no actual officer system in place. Literally any voss can do this, which leads to an oddly decentralized chain of command, and why targeting Force-Commanders won’t exactly lead to a breakdown. New ones will just be appointed later. We cannot stress enough how absurd it is to see this work in practice, and appear to remain effective.

    The Force-Commanders are perhaps the example that best shows the absurdity of the Army of the Voss, as well as the inherent danger they pose.

    Battle-Master: This is a permanent ‘command’ position, and the only one within the Army of the Voss. There is no singular leader, but a group of voss who hold the position of Battle-Master. They add, remove, or otherwise adapt this group as they see fit, and with absolutely no infighting or argument whatsoever.

    They are the ones responsible for communicating between other military branches, the Three, and selecting training pairs. They also are the ones who consult with Mystics on a regular basis, and always assist in planning long-term strategy for the voss, assigning Force-Commanders, and reviewing all operations.

    It should be noted that Battle-Masters also personally participate in combat in most major operations, although despite their name, they are not always better than even the average soldier. An argument can be made that they do it as a form of entertainment or personal satisfaction. That explanation is unfortunately one of the more plausible.

    xxx

    THE VOSS COMMANDOS

    OVERVIEW: While the capabilities and overall threat of divisions like the Alien Army and Army of the Voss are not fully determined by the majority of the galaxy, the Voss Commandos are and have been recognized as one of the most dangerous special forces units in operation today. The Commandos are – by accident or misunderstanding – a group that has been subject to significant disinformation.

    The most egregious is that the Commandos are the standard military force of Voss. This is highly incorrect, and has had the effect of entities and individuals both overestimating and underestimating the voss due to the reputation – and size – of the Commandos. This has led to wild rumors about how the voss military is only composed of a few thousand soldiers and that the voss are not adequately protected.

    No professional organization which takes time to confirm this will fall for this disinformation (it is unknown if it emerged from voss sources or not), but the reputation of the Voss Commandos is one that has been exaggerated and warped on the fringes of the HoloNet where such is discussed. This is ultimately rather harmless as it only affects civilian perception.

    What is more dangerous is the belief that the Voss Commandos do not operate beyond Voss.

    This is false.

    One of the most unnerving beliefs is that the voss do not have reach beyond their planet. History has already shown us that the voss can and will act if it serves their interests. This is rare, but we have found significant evidence that the Voss Commandos are acting far beyond Voss. They are being used proactively; part of this is training, the other is fulfilling an unknown agenda of the Three.

    The caveat to this – and the reason why it has not been mentioned by anyone else – is that they seem to be operating exclusively in the far Outer Rim and there is speculation that they are also in the Unknown Regions and the dark side of the galaxy. They have not touched Imperial, Alliance, Hapes Consortium, or Ascendency Space. Not even the hutts seem to have suffered attacks.

    The question is what the Voss Commandos are doing out there.

    The Three and the Commandos were not forthcoming as to explanations, but it can be assumed that they are following a vision – or working to prevent one. If the Commandos have a target, it is unlikely they will be able to properly stand against the Commandos. They have most often been compared to an elite special forces unit, but we do not believe this is accurate. They may be used in that way, but there are similarities to other organizations that fit better.

    The closest comparisons we have found is our own Imperial Knights, and the Sphere of the Militant Order. This is the voss equivalent of a Jedi Order -- all of their soldiers are powerful and trained Force-users with a variety of different skills. Like the rest of the voss military, it is highly individualistic, with the Commandos choosing their own weapons, armor, equipment, tools, and more. Fighting each Commando is like fighting a Jedi. Each one is a dangerous challenge, and underestimating them is death.

    TRAINING: Unlike the majority of the voss military, the Voss Commandos have an extremely thorough and intensive training regime that we were unfortunately unable to fully learn of. Part of this will be well-founded speculation as a result. Suffice to say, not just anyone can choose to become a Commando.

    Any voss or alien can apply, and one of the more impressive aspects to the recruitment process is that each application will guarantee a meeting with a Battle-Mystic who will determine suitability. If they give the tentative go-ahead, the individual will be selected for the first round of training. Literally all that is needed for this first stage is a Battle-Mystic’s approval (or any Mystic’s for that matter).

    This first stage, however, is extremely brutal by voss standards.

    While the voss did not give us statistics, there is nearly a ninety-five percent washout rate from our own numbers and data we were able to compile. The Commandos demand complete and utter perfection. Voss are trained to the point of collapse in endurance exercises which are designed to be impossible to complete without sustaining themselves through the Force.

    Candidates are blinded with drugs and forced to survive for several weeks, relying completely on the Force for survival and navigation. This isn’t difficult at first, but it becomes far more dangerous when they’re given weapons and placed into wargames where they must defend themselves from snipers and training Commandos.

    Once these are completed, the trainees are drilled to perfection on their Force abilities, paired up with a similarly skilled Commando to push them beyond their limits. The end result is that the vast majority of applicants wash out or are dismissed from consideration, and what is left is a voss that can fight while blind and deaf, incapable of exhaustion, and utterly lethal in the Force and their chosen weapon.

    Once this is completed, they undertake the trial to construct their own weapons and armor, and are far less standardized than their army brethren. Some choose full plate armor, others adopt robes similar to Jedi, some choose something in-between. No Commando looks the same, and this is also reflected in their weapons. Some don’t even make a weapon at all, but a support tool like a deflector shield or melee gauntlets. A number of voss construct melee weapons, which include lightsabers, vibroblades, and stun batons.

    What is of note is that all of this is off-world. We assume that they travel to places strong in the Force, and do not rely on forges like on Voss. They take their own equipment and have to make do on their own. We’ve not ever received information on this before, which tells us that Commando initiates avoid more common planets, or are adept at hiding themselves.

    This is not the end yet. With their training completed, their gear forged, the Commandos return to Voss and undertake a mysterious trial within the Shrine of Healing and are tested by one of the Three themselves. It should be noted that we do not know what this ritual entails. All that we know is that to become a full Commando, they have to have the blessing of the Three.

    Almost all of them are approved at that stage, but there are instances where they are rejected and have to join the Army of the Voss or another division of the voss military. It should also be noted that a Mystic can stop the training of a Commando at any point, and it will be obeyed without question. Sometimes these ‘rejected’ Commandos become Mystics or Avatars of the Three.

    In fact, looking at the record of all ‘rejected’ Commandos we could find, all of them were placed into a position of equal or greater impact. Curious.

    COMPOSITION: While in theory aliens can become Voss Commandos, the reality is that an alien has never passed the basic training to become a Commando, let alone approval by the Three, and likely never will. As a result, the Commandos are composed exclusively of voss proper and gormak.

    Internal demographics have a clear voss proper majority, at close to sixty percent, while the gormak compose the remaining. Several other notable observations are that there are twice as many gormak females as males in the Commandos (legitimizing the theory that gormak females are more powerful Force-users than males) while the inverse is true for the voss proper, where males are more numerous than females.

    Every single Commando is a strong Force-user, estimated to be a minimum of a 7 on the Gndda Scale, and while there are no minimum requirements officially stated, the training requires a certain degree of Force-sensitivity, and without it, completion is legitimately impossible. Only a Force-user can become a Commando, and that cannot be disputed.

    GROUPS: If the Commandos have an internal ranking, we were unable to determine it. It is most likely similar to the previous military divisions which have a very fluid command structure. However, we were able to learn that there are different groups of Commandos that appear to prioritize different objectives, it should be noted that Commandos can and do move throughout these groups. They are as follows:

    Commando Group Yellow: This Commando group appears to be responsible for the entirety of Commando training and overall doctrine, requirements, and any other aspects required to become a Commando. This appears to be one of the smaller groups, and one that is largely stagnant in terms of incoming and outgoing Commandos. This group also appears to have very close ties with the Three – in that there is always at least one Avatar attached to them.

    Commando Group Blue: These Commandos are responsible for the defense of Planet Voss. They are, in essence, the dedicated group responsible for conducting all operations on the planet, communicating with other divisions, and preparing contingency plans and operations. The size never fluctuates significantly, though there is a significant amount of rotation, especially from Commando Groups Red and Black, so that there isn’t a singular group of Commandos stuck on the planet.

    Commando Group Red: At this moment, this particular group appears to be functionally defunct, but given the context by which we know it exists, this appears to be the Commando group responsible for offensive operations against individuals or entities who pose a threat to Voss. It is likely that the Three keep this group in operation only when war is officially declared, and the rest of the time they keep it defunct. Considering that the only thing that defines a group is objective, it only takes a single command to bring Commando Group Red back into full operational status.

    Commando Group White: If there is a ‘command’ team of Commandos, this is the group they appear to be assigned to. This group is extremely small, composed exclusively of veterans, and the Three are regularly included in meetings and discussions. While it is not confirmed that Commando Group White are the ones who lead the Commandos and dictate overall strategy and operations, it seems very likely that is the case.

    Commando Group Black: This appears to be a catch-all designation for Commando operations that happen beyond Voss. These are not inherently malicious or aggressive, but they have the potential to be and no one outside the Commandos and the Three know exactly what they entail. But what we know is that those in Commando Group Black operate exclusively away from Voss in the areas mentioned earlier, and they are receiving their orders directly from the Three themselves. They rotate frequently to Commando Group Blue, and we have not quite dismissed the idea that Commando Groups Red and Black are not actually two separate groups, but a singular one which changes designation depending on wartime status. If there is a Commando group to watch, it is this one.

    xxx

    THE TECH-SAVANTS

    OVERVIEW: Technology is something the voss proper have often lagged behind in; and to this day, they tend to utilize a minimum of technology in their everyday lives, preferring simpler methods and natural interaction. Part of this certainly has to do with their lack of aptitude for technological development (of which their connection to the Force is suspected to play a large part in), but another is that they do not consider it as important when technology has been unable to trump the visions of the Mystics.

    The gormak on the other hand hold the exact opposite view. Technological aptitude has been their greatest advantage, and allowed them to survive against the voss proper, and made them into a credible threat. Most modern militaries have significant technology behind them, and the gormak know that relying solely on the Force and the Mystics could be less than ideal.

    To this end, they channeled their talents to form the Tech-Savants, who serve as the mechanics, engineers, electricians, communications specialists, and hackers of the entire voss military. They are responsible for modernizing voss communications and raising standards of living significantly, as well as making significant strides in weaponsmithing and metalworking that is still practiced today.

    These voss have an understanding of technology on par with any of our own specialists, and while they are few, they are elite. No Tech-Savant has ever left Voss for education, but through centuries of trial and error and refinement, they have invented their own devices which can only be understood by other voss, such as programs which use custom languages and operating systems, unique firewalls and localized holonets, and other technology which is completely alien by our standards.

    It would be incorrect to say that voss systems are superior, but we have little to no understanding of how they actually work internally. It is unlikely that they are based in something completely unique, but it would take time to properly decode. Ultimately, the Tech-Savants are yet another component of the greater voss war machine.

    TRAINING: Training for the Tech-Savants has changed rather radically over the years. Originally, it followed something of a classroom format, with a voss specialist teaching a group of recruits in systems, coding, and other subjects as the recruits gradually become more skilled. This is preserved to an extent, but the training now includes the exploitation of the HoloNet.

    It’s become standard practice for Tech-Savants in training to consume the latest technological developments through journals, entertainment, and educators. This has provided them a wealth of information into the insight of other governments and modern technological trends. We learned that the Tech-Savants regularly join hacking groups and participate in them for practice -- some have been connected to cyberattacks on major corporations, political parties, and HoloNet sites.

    While it certainly cannot be proven that the Tech-Savants were involved, it would not be surprising if they are using the HoloNet as a testing ground. It should be noted that they do not appear to be targeting government sites, but it is only a matter of time until they run into an AIS or Imperial Intelligence proxy.

    COMPOSITION: While the Tech-Savants are open to all voss and alien immigrants, the division is heavily dominated by gormak, with aliens only composing roughly seven percent, while voss proper only compose around four percent – a rare instance where aliens outnumber a race of the voss in an institution.

    Very few are Force-sensitive, though this is not a requirement in the first place. Due to the Tech-Savants also performing a number of civilian tasks, this division maintains a modest size and rarely loses manpower.

    DIVISIONS: There are a number of different divisions in the Tech-Savants, and like the rest of the voss, they have a highly fluid command structure which we could not completely determine. However, it should be assumed that it follows what has already been established. The divisions of the Tech-Savants are below:

    Tech-Instructors: These Tech-Savants are, as one should expect, the individuals who are responsible for the training of those who enter the respective division. They appear to manage classroom instruction, holonet research, monitor HoloNet tests and hacking groups, and also monitor political and technological developments across the galaxy. If the voss have a group that operates through the HoloNet, it would likely be this team.

    Tech-Specialists: This division is essentially responsible for maintaining all voss equipment and communications and ensuring it is all in working order. This applies for civilian and military equipment, and as a result, they are the largest division within the Tech-Savants. Many voss here specialize in multiple disciplines, and every member of the Tech-Savants at least completes a few years in the Tech-Specialists.

    Tech-Defense: This name refers to voss systems and networks, as well as offensive hacking operations. All cyberwarfare is conducted in this division, with an unknown percentage of the division devoted to maintaining the integrity of their networks and systems, and another percentage devoted to offensive hacking against targets. There is likely at least one team working on developing software for both civilian and military use, though specifics are not something we were able to determine.

    Tech-Slavers: The name is more sinister than the reality. These gormak were previously called ‘Beastmasters,’ as they used technology to slave wildlife of Voss to use in combat. This has been carried over to today, and the Tech-Slavers not only use machines, prosthetics, and programs to slave animals under their control, but also enhance them significantly through cybernetic enhancement and prosthetics. The beasts under the control of the Tech-Slavers are faster, stronger, and smarter than they could be naturally. Animal imports are one of the few products the voss are willing to trade in, and they are currently working to successfully integrate rancors, ackleys, wampas, and other dangerous animals into the environment to varying degrees of success – while a healthy portion of those are being given to the Tech-Slavers to convert and grow their numbers.

    Tech-Command: This is obviously the division that is responsible for coordinating the division and the rest of the voss military. It is made up of senior operatives from each underling division, who work together to draft directives and strategies for the future. What exactly goes on within Tech-Command is not fully known, but it is notable for being one of the divisions where the Mystics have far less interest in meddling in than usual.

    xxx

    AVATARS OF THE THREE

    OVERVIEW: The Avatars of the Three are an extremely small group of individuals who act as the emissaries, weapons, and will of the Three. The Avatars are among the most influential voss because the only ones who have greater authority than them are potentially other Mystics, and the Three themselves.

    Though in a way, they have very little personal power as they are little more than extensions of the will of the Three. Many times, the Three will use them to effectively be in more places than one at a time, though even this has limits. There are exactly three Avatars per member of the Three. No more, no less, leading to a total of nine Avatars.

    Most of the time, the Avatars do not deal with ordinary citizens, and instead are communicating with Mystics, division leadership, and foreign officials. Attracting the attention of the Three can be a great honor – or it could be a death sentence. The Avatars do absolutely nothing without the approval of their patron, and do not take initiative even if it could be justified.

    While the Avatars can function as bodyguards for the Three in addition to their other tasks, they very rarely do, and only assume this position when the Three travel beyond Voss (an unfathomably rare event) or speak to a high-profile alien or foreign official (this includes individuals like Grand Master Daniel Skywalker or the Emperor’s Wrath). Most of the time, they are scattered throughout Voss, and rarely stay in the same place for more than a few days at a time.

    They are tireless, and work endlessly to fulfill the ultimate agenda of the Three. There is little more to them than that.

    TRAINING: While there is likely some training each Avatar undergoes, the actual process which should be examined is how each Avatar is chosen. Each is selected directly by the Three through an unknown criterion. Mystics cannot choose them, though they can advise the Three on who to pick. By this same token, Avatars can be dismissed just as easily and without warning.

    As a result, being chosen as an Avatar is less of a position one strives for, and something one may find themselves selected for, and later be released when they are no longer needed. The Three choose individuals all across Voss, irrespective of position. Or at least so they claim. There are a few traits which exist in all Avatars.

    Each and every one of them is a powerful Force-user. They are not necessarily skilled, but they are powerful, and after they are selected, they are trained to reach their full potential. They are also always the same race as the member of the Three who selects them. There have been no exceptions to this. While not as guaranteed, the Avatars are usually the same gender as well, though there have been a few exceptions.

    Because of these unofficial standards, the Avatars are almost always drawn from the Army of the Voss, the Voss Commandos, the Mystics, or the Battle-Mystics. Sometimes there are exceptions, but not enough to mention in greater detail. When they are eventually dismissed by their patron, they return to whatever position they held before. While it is possible in theory for them to be chosen as an Avatar again, it has never happened.

    COMPOSITION: Every single Avatar has either been a voss proper or gormak. While in theory aliens could be chosen to be Avatars (as there is no written rule stating otherwise), based on previous Avatars, it would only happen when an alien becomes one of the Three – and the chances of that happening are close to zero.

    However, given how driven voss are by visions, it is entirely possible they may undergo a societal shift in the future as aliens become more prominent in their society. It would not be the first time, as there was a time where the idea of a gormak being one of the Three would be considered heretical. Perhaps there will be a similar revelation one day.

    If it happens though, it will likely not be for many years.

    ROLES: The Avatars do not have ‘ranks’ so much as ‘roles’ they hold. While in theory an Avatar can perform anything the patron wishes, each Avatar does fall into a certain role they maintain, even if they can switch to another if need be. These roles are not official, but chosen based on what we have observed. They are as follows:

    The Voice: An Avatar holding this position is the ‘chief diplomat,’ so to speak. They are responsible for handling important individuals and foreign governments, as well as communicating important announcements and decrees to the voss as a whole. They are the Avatar most likely to travel off-world, as well as one who travels the most frequently.

    The Wrath: While they are rarely used in such a way, this role involves the Avatar being used in a military capacity. If the patron has enemies, it is this Avatar who would be sent to eliminate them. They are also permanent fixtures within the voss military and inform their patron of all developments – and convey orders from the Three if given to them. They also handle foreign military relations, though rarely leave the planet itself. Due to their role, they are almost always the most powerful of the Avatars.

    The Will: This role is the most enigmatic, and the one we are making the most assumptions on. We know that Avatars with this role are considered the closest to their patron, so to speak, as they travel the least out of all Avatars, and spend the most time with their patrons. They are also the only ones used when the Three make major decisions or selections; orders which should not be countermanded under any circumstances. They are not the most powerful of the Avatars, but out of all of them, they perhaps are considered the most influential.

    xxx

    THE BATTLE-MYSTICS

    OVERVIEW: If there are any sovereign commanders of voss military forces, they would be the Battle-Mystics. No matter what plans, strategies, or ideas are being put forward by various divisions, a Battle-Mystic has the authority to countermand anything and propose another plan, as well as the ability to take whatever military forces they wish for operations of their own.

    Most of the time, they act as advisors and strategists to the voss military, whose input is gathered well before committing to anything. Battle-Mystics are a vital part of the process, and very rarely are decisions in the voss military made unilaterally without consultation. It has happened, but it is very rare.

    The question is if there is a difference between a Battle-Mystic and a proper Mystic.

    There isn’t one.

    Battle-Mystics are Mystics that decide to assist the voss military. Aside from that, there is absolutely no difference. They are full Mystics, and many individuals (some within our own department) are under the impression that Battle-Mystics are ‘lesser’ or ‘failed’ Mystics compared to their standard brethren.

    The exact opposite can be argued, since one could very easily say that the Battle-Mystics are more specialized. They are the ones who are responsible for orchestrating the many victories of the voss military. They travel all across the planet to the sites of wars and battles to experience visions and echoes of the past.

    These are some of the most dangerous opponents anyone can face, because there is a high probability that whatever you are planning, it has been predicted by them and there is a plan in place to stop you. Their danger is not in their Force abilities (which are notably extensive), but their precognition which is a staple of all Mystics.

    They are the greatest asset of the voss military. Treat them that way.

    TRAINING: Battle-Mystics undergo the same Mystic Trials as standard Mystics, which will be covered in an upcoming section; but aside from that, they undertake a few additional steps if they decide to become Battle-Mystics. The first is that they become living weapons of the Force. While not all Mystics train to use their power in that way, each and every Battle-Mystic is a force to be reckoned with.

    What sets them apart, even among Mystics, is that they will then leave Voss and travel the galaxy, visiting the sites of great battles and wars. The Maw suspects that they travel there to see visions and Force echoes, though this is not confirmed. They are extremely clandestine when they undertake these pilgrimages, and likely go to some lengths to hide their identities.

    They are avid consumers of military history, and collect information spanning millennia all the way back to the Mandalorian Wars and before, and presumably read it at their leisure. They also actively track ongoing major and minor conflicts, as well as being rumored to covertly manipulate skirmishes in the Outer Rim.

    Of more interest is that there are rumors – and I should stress rumors – that some Battle-Mystics have reached out to the Alliance and Imperium to provide their assistance in return for full control over operations. His Imperial Majesty would know the answer to this, but I would like to add that it would not be out of the question for them to offer this – for a time, anyway.

    This is an opportunity that almost any military would jump at. While it is somewhat odd to consider this as a potential arms race, that is not an inaccurate comparison. We stress again that this is a rumor, and a follow-up investigation will be needed to confirm or deny it.

    However, eventually all Battle-Mystics return to Voss and take up advisory or command positions. Though they do continue to travel off-world intermittently, so understand that there are very likely a number of them beyond Voss.

    COMPOSITION: Mystics are already composed exclusively of voss, and the same applies to the Battle-Mystics. Further breakdowns show that, interestingly, the majority of Battle-Mystics are gormak, and subverting expectations further, there are more male gormak than female, giving a male majority to the Battle-Mystics overall.

    There is no discernible reason for why this is the case.

    RANKS: This section of the outline does not especially apply to the Battle-Mystics. They outrank everything and everyone outside of potentially another Mystic, and the Three.
     
  15. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : STRUCTURE – VOSS GOVERNMENT

    Due to conventional definitions of the word ‘government,’ the voss model must be put into proper context.

    It should be very apparent by this point that there is no proper ‘government,’ and everything of importance is controlled by the Mystics and the Three. They are the entirety of what functions as voss administration and governance, though there are admittedly some additional divisions which fall more under traditional governmental functions.

    These are few and far between, and this section will primarily serve to cover the Mystics themselves, the Interpreters, and the Three. Some smaller divisions will be covered due to not appropriately fitting elsewhere, but the truth is that the voss government is straightforward and uncomplicated, much like the rest of their society.

    There have been comparisons to voss leadership being more akin to a cult or dictatorship than an actual functioning body, and this is not completely incorrect. Regardless, the voss do not care one way or the other. The Mystics are their guides, and the Three are their leaders. If they make a decision, they believe without a doubt it is the right one.

    History is on their side to a degree, after all.

    xxx

    THE HEALERS

    Voss consider medicine an ineffective waste of time.

    Voss proper have never developed any sort of medicine – primitive or otherwise. The gormak did concoct some primitive pharmaceuticals from the vegetation of the planet, but their medical technology never truly progressed, as chemistry and medicine were not a strength compared to their engineering prowess.

    Neither race developed a reliance or desire for more advanced medical technology or pharmaceuticals. There are several reasons, the first of which being that both races heal quickly, with the gormak even able to regrow limbs and missing organs with time, while the voss proper, though not having the same capability, heal superficial wounds unnaturally quickly.

    However, the true reason the voss never advanced in this area is solely due to their usage of the Force. The Healers have been a part of voss culture ever since the establishment of the Three. The gormak had their own – if rarer – equivalents to heal wounds of the body and mind. Interestingly, the gormak were notably better when treating mental illness and similar ailments, which is suspected to be due to their proximity to the Nightmare Lands, while the voss proper excelled in more traditional aspects of Force healing.

    It should be clarified that the voss are a very clean and sanitary people, they figured that much out. But that is where the extent of modern medicine ends. The Healers as they are, can be best classified as a state-sponsored medical and psychological program. The Healers are voss which have decided to learn the art of Force healing and spend their days doing just that.

    After the Unification, gormak were also able to become Healers, though due to their reduced likelihood of Force-sensitivity, there are far fewer gormak Healers than voss proper. Healers are identified by distinctive white robes with gold trim and custom embroidering throughout the robes. Other colors, symbols, and personalized markings can also be added, but these robes are more mobile than they seem, and have many pockets and places to hook tools and the occasional salve gormak Healers still use. All Healers also wear gloves of matching white, and their hoods are always up, with a detachable veil they can pull over their face.

    Despite it appearing to impair their vision, it seemingly has no effect on their work – and they always have it down if they are healing.

    The Healers are responsible for treating each and every medical ailment an individual on Voss can have. A person can go up to them with a common cold, a bruise, or headache and the Healer will be obligated to treat it. There is no demand too big or small – short of resurrecting the dead – that the Healer will not do.

    As a result, the voss are an unnaturally healthy people. Disease simply isn’t a reality on their planet. Mutations, abnormalities, disfigurement, those are similarly absent. If anyone suffers from these, they can just go to a Healer and they’ll be fixed up, completely free of charge. I don’t believe the concept of charging money has ever occurred to them.

    We brought in several individuals to test the extent of their capabilities. Final stage cancer patients, people with severe scarring, along with individuals with other disabilities. While these were obviously more challenging, the Healers fixed them all up without question. It did showcase that despite it appearing otherwise, there is some kind of seniority system or at least skill system as not every Healer was able to properly heal those we brought to them.

    That they were able to do it at all speaks volumes.

    There are Healers in every single Voss city, and they always accompany military forces during training operations, healing all participants after live-fire exercises, as well as providing support in rare military engagements. All of this is voluntary, and some Healers will stick near the voss military, while others will stay in one place their whole lives.

    Like every other voss institution, there is little if any actual structure, and the Healers move wherever they want. Obviously, if a Mystic makes a request or demand, they will follow it without question. Also, Mystics and the Three are the only ones who can order a Healer to refuse treatment – this will also be followed without question.

    The Healers have no formal code of conduct, mission statement, or objective. Their mission is provided by the Mystics, guided by the Three. They aren’t necessarily doing this because of a moral obligation or a greater purpose, they’re doing it because the Mystics mandate it. They, like everything else on Voss, exists at the whim of the Mystics.

    A final note to make is that this does not stop at physical ailments. The Healers treat mental issues and illnesses as well. These are more involved treatments than normal – and far more invasive. It’s not entirely clear what process the Healers utilize when treating complex mental illnesses, but they succeed – in the context that they cleanse the mental illness.

    The issue comes from the fact that people are usually altered by this invasive procedure. It’s not always clear how severely they’ve been changed, and the Healers do not necessarily care. Their mission is solely to heal the ailment, and whatever happens next, they do not assist or care about. It’s a double-edged sword, and caution should be exercised if anyone considers the Healers a viable treatment for non-physical wounds.

    Treat them with some degree of caution. While they are not militant, it’s not uncommon for Healers to rotate between other positions, many of which are indeed within the military. They can likely defend themselves, and there are probably a good number of voss military forces that – in a pinch – can heal as well as, if not better than, the Healers themselves.

    xxx

    EMISSARIES TO THE ALIEN

    At a certain point, one wonders if the voss attempt to be deliberately confusing. Please note that this particular division has nothing to do with the Alien Handlers who were previously identified as ‘diplomats’ of the voss. The ‘Emissaries to the Alien’ are not diplomats at all, but more accurately described as mouthpieces of the Mystics and occasionally the Three.

    They exist for the Mystics to make whatever they wish to say known to the parties they choose. They do not negotiate, they do not ask permission, they do not act in any kind of diplomatic capacity. They arrive, deliver their message, and leave. If they are directed to, they can communicate with certain individuals, but by the sole discretion of the Three.

    Historically, Emissaries are exceptionally rare. Due to the voss not interacting with aliens significantly to begin with, and their disinterest in moving beyond their planet, such positions were not needed or even wanted by the Three. Even when the Sith Empire and Republic were vying for influence, the voss never bothered sending Emissaries beyond the planet.

    The only time that Emissaries were sent beyond Voss to other governments was prior to the Mortis Incident, and more recently when several showed up throughout the galaxy simply stating that Voss was willing to accommodate alien visitors. There was no further elaboration given, though it did lead to the Imperium deciding to take an interest in Voss.

    However, the Emissaries are more common than we believed – but they are not used for the purposes most of us predicted.

    The Emissaries also wander the galaxy at the behest of the Mystics. We suspect that they are sent on specific missions, but cannot confirm this. Chances are that if one encounters a voss in the galaxy, they are an Emissary to the Alien. Otherwise you’re speaking to an Avatar of the Three or worse, a Voss Commando.

    What is further complicated is that the Emissaries are not connected to the Avatars of the Three at all, although they can fulfill similar roles. Since the Three tend to utilize their Avatars for private missions, the Emissaries tend to be recognized as the Mystic equivalent of this position. Any Mystic can command any Emissary and they will be followed without question.

    Like other voss positions, an Emissary is someone who is chosen by a Mystic. Sometimes it can be sought and granted, but the majority of Emissaries are voss who are chosen by a specific Mystic for a mission. Whatever they are doing before no longer matters, and they will move to their new role as quickly as possible.

    This leads to the skill sets of Emissaries being nearly impossible to predict. They could be farmers, Commandos, engineers, soldiers, Healers, or other Mystics. Chances are extremely high that every Emissary is dangerous and unpredictable in some way, and just as quickly as they can be appointed to the position, they can be dismissed and will seamlessly return back to their old position.

    This appears to be a position that only exists for when the voss decide they need it. There are instances in their history where there are no Emissaries listed for decades, while other times the Emissaries can number in the thousands. Their numbers fluctuate solely on the needs of the Mystics.

    Be very wary when interacting with them. They only exist to fulfill the will or vision of a Mystic. They have no agenda beyond that.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS

    While some information regarding the Mystics should be known at this point, it is worth repeating certain parts around this specific topic. The Voss Mystics are the de facto rulers of Voss and any who walk their planet. No one is above a Mystic, and even the Three are bound to the visions as much as any voss (the inverse is true as well).

    Mystics receive visions through the Force, though how this is achieved is a subject of some debate among the Maw. We’ve consulted with the Sphere of History and Knowledge, as well as the Sphere of the Living Force from the Jedi Order to acquire their own theories. The Jedi of the History and Knowledge Sphere were able to provide us with several texts of certain Mystics and Jedi who interacted with them.

    The Sages of the Sphere of the Living Force were, quite interestingly, able to provide more practical and in-depth answers and theories as to how the visions of the voss work. The experience of several of our own Knights has been added to this collection of theories, as we believe we can put together a workable framework to explain the visions.

    We will first begin with solid confirmations, or at least as solid as possible. The first is that Voss is a powerful Force nexus, and this is something the Mystics tap into regularly. We do not know to what extent this affects their capabilities, but it is certainly augmenting them to a certain degree. The nexus is powerful enough to induce visions in non-Mystics who visit certain locations, and some legends claim even non-Force-sensitives also experienced visions (this is unconfirmed).

    The second is that the Mystics have the means to artificially induce – or at minimum, enhance – visions through non-Force means. This can take several forms, but the most common is a clear blue liquid which is placed into heaters and steamers and turned into a heavy mist. When ingested, all Knights reported feeling a stronger connection to the Force, and even non-Force-sensitives report strange things such as feeling emotions or hearing thoughts that are not their own.

    The second form is a slightly thicker liquid that every single Mystic has on their belts and they have been witnessed ingesting it prior to receiving visions or going on pilgrimages. We don’t know if this is the same substance, or something different. All we know is that it is likely used to enhance the Mystics in some way.

    We must stress that we do not know the composition on any of these substances. Stealing or acquiring any of it will result in you being executed. We asked the voss for samples, and they refused to provide them. Normally, we would authorize a retrieval operation, but on this planet, that is the equivalent of a suicide mission.

    All we know of the substance is that it is produced in the Shrine of Healing. Beyond that, we have no other information.

    Beyond these two facts, this is where the theories become less confirmed.

    Voss Mystics have visions on other worlds, and these are not always in Force nexuses. At the same time, this does not apply to all Mystics. A theory put forward by the Maw, taking into account all we have learned, is that the Mystics are drawing upon the residual Force echoes around them.

    This is an area of the Force we are still investigating, and it relies on another theory which purports that living organisms contribute to how easily the Force is able to be accessible to those sensitive, and when individuals die, their impact on the Force does not vanish, but lingers. Multiple confirmed cases of Jedi and Sith retaining their consciousnesses gives weight to this theory, and it is not out of the question that those not powerful enough also leave something behind.

    This would explain why voss would travel to battlefields, high-density planets, and other odd locations presumably to experience visions. If they are able to not only sense these echoes, but actively draw power from them, it could explain how visions could be induced when not at a Force nexus.

    It must be stressed that this is a theory, and not confirmed. It will be difficult to confirm until we know the exact method Mystics trigger visions.

    This is a question that no one has an answer for. Some speculate it simply requires power, others that there is a specific ritual to perform, still more claim that it depends on the individual. All of these could be viable, but without outright confirmation it is difficult to say for certain.

    We know they can be triggered, because first, there has never been an instance where a Mystic was unable to experience a vision (that we are aware of, obviously), and they can appear to have visions anywhere. However, the actual proof is the fact that they can induce visions in others.

    This is a critical component of the ‘Trials of the Mystics.’ If they can induce visions in others, it stands to reason they could do the same to themselves. It is not necessary to trigger visions – but the Mystics know how to do it.

    The visions the Mystics see are also difficult to predict. As far as we know, they are capable of experiencing all types of visions, including those of the past, those of the future, and those metaphorical. All of them are treated with equal weight, and should dispel the idea that Mystics can only see the future. This is incorrect, and the past usually provides them with usable wisdom as well.

    Mystics could be considered a controlled phenomenon. You either have the capability to be a Mystic or you do not, but at the same time, not everyone who can be a Mystic is allowed to become one. If a Mystic says someone cannot be a Mystic, they will not be. The Trials of the Mystics don’t serve to choose Mystics, contrary to the rumors, but to serve as a test to see if someone has the proper mindset and capabilities to be a Mystic.

    That is just, for lack of a better word, an ‘application.’ It is up to the Three to decide if this person will receive the title or not. Usually, those who pass the Trials become Mystics, but there is a small minority who are rejected for undisclosed reasons.

    Assuming one passes the Trials and is granted the title, they are immediately recognized as a Mystic and are afforded the authority of one. There is no ‘training’ period or apprenticeship required. It is as simple as being recognized as a Mystic by the Three. The Mystics are expected to grow and find their own path.

    Sometimes Mystics seek out a teacher or peer after presumably being shown them in a vision, and other times they will wander alone for years as they hone their powers. There is no predicting how a Mystic will grow more experienced – that is entirely up to them. They will go and do what the visions show – no more or less.

    And all of them are treated exactly the same. The word of a newly appointed Mystic is given just as much weight as one who has held the title for decades. ‘Seniority’ is not a word that applies to the Mystics. They have no ranks or hierarchy. Their only guidelines are the vision and the Interpreter who serves as the only source of structure.

    This is, if it is not apparent, a system that has the potential to be subject to horrific authoritarian abuse. The only individual who can countermand a Mystic is another Mystic. The only person equal to a Mystic is another Mystic. One cunning and dangerous Mystic could fundamentally alter, destroy, or subvert the voss.

    They could order literally anything and it would be done without question.

    But this point must be stressed – the Mystics do not abuse their power – at least how we understand it. They have given horrific orders that have led to war and genocide; they’ve given commands that seem nonsensical or contradictory. Yet in each interest, they never act in the interests of anyone but the voss as a whole. For better or worse, they know what they are doing is the correct decision.

    Since the foundation of the Mystics, there have been exactly zero instances of a Mystic going rogue or acting against the interest of the voss. Mystics do not lie; they are not dishonest; such notions seem alien to them, even if they can understand the fundamental framework. The Mystics – and by extension, the voss – cannot function without trust.

    Each voss must trust that the Mystic is telling the truth; that their orders are necessary. Without this trust, it falls apart. This is why the voss government is so difficult to define. It is not a democracy, it is controlled by a select few people, but at the same time, said people don’t use their authority conventionally, if at all.

    The Mystics can academically be considered the ‘government’ of the voss, but they don’t maintain posts, they don’t hold actual positions, and usually leave everything to function as normal. It must be stressed again that there is almost no chance this should function. There is no corruption or crime; there is little waste or government programs.

    Everything just works and it should unsettle anyone who has even a passing notion of how politics, government, and society functions.

    A few final notes on the Mystics are that they consist of only voss races. There are no alien Mystics and there are no indications this will change in the future. Mystics are also powerful Force-users beyond their visions. They have been observed drawing upon light and dark Force abilities, and appear to view the Force as our Imperial Knights do.

    Mystics have no standardized equipment or attire, but they tend to wear robes that have various symbols embroidered on them, in various neutral colors such as white, gray, and black. Colors they tend to favor are blue, red, and purple. Some Mystics designed hybrids between robes and armor, similar to some Jedi, while others forge armor of their own.

    Mystics also do not use any kind of weapon. It is unknown if they consider themselves above them, or simply do not want them.

    Treat the Mystics with extreme caution. They are impossible to predict, and chances are if they are speaking with you, they already know what is going to happen. They are in control of each and every situation they are in.

    You are not.

    xxx

    THE INTERPRETERS

    There is only one group who can challenge the word of a Mystic.

    They are the Interpreters.

    Initially, there was some confusion as to where they fell in voss society; if they were separate from the Mystics, connected to them in some way, or disconnected altogether. They exist in far fewer numbers than the Mystics, roughly one Interpreter for every forty Mystics. They are also not as involved in voss society and spend their days isolated from the public eye.

    As we learned, Interpreters are not recruited independent of the Mystics, but are actively drawn from the group. As it is with everything connected to the voss, there are exceptions. If a Mystic decides that someone is destined to be an Interpreter, that is what they will become. But usually, Interpreters are decided from the current pool of Mystics.

    Unlike the Mystic Trials, the far more secretive Interpreter Trials are only given to those who other Interpreters decide are worthy and reliable. It is unknown what criteria the Interpreters use for this trial, but we assume it has to do with a Mystic’s previous accuracy regarding their own visions, a devotion to the voss, and interestingly, willingness to question authority.

    For voss, this can be exceptionally difficult to break, even for Mystics who accept the words of other peers without question just as the rest of the voss.

    For an Interpreter though, it is critical.

    Very few outsiders know much about the Interpreters, as they never make themselves known. They are fairly restricted in their actions, as they have no authority over the voss – or the Mystics, for that matter. Their isolation is self-imposed, and they almost never leave Voss unless at the request of a Mystic.

    As a result, most assume that the Mystics are judge and jury regarding their visions or consult each other for advice. They do not; in fact, Mystics almost never share explicit details of visions with others unless it specifically relates to them. Instead, this is shared with the Interpreters, who are voss whose role is to assist in understanding the visions.

    It should be noted that Mystics can and do interpret their own visions; quite frequently too for that matter. However, it is considered wise to consult with at least one Interpreter, especially for visions of significance. Even visions that are of the past should be shared with Interpreters. This is one of the few cases where the voss differ in attitudes.

    Some Mystics rarely, if ever, use the Interpreters, so confident they are in their own visions (historically, this appears to be backed up – or other Mystics intervened in other ways to prevent negative repercussions. How far you want this web of potential to be weaved is up to the reader), while others will consult the Interpreters for each vision, big or small.

    However, the number of Mystics who noticeably avoid Interpreters is a significant minority.

    Interpreters are more important than merely a second opinion. They have an understanding of visions, the Force, history, and cultures that few if any Mystics develop. They present interpretations, insinuations, symbolic meanings, and warnings as they see them. They will tell this, regardless of what the Mystic wants to hear.

    They never tell a Mystic that their interpretation is wrong, as that is a matter of some subjectivity, but they are the only ones who can disagree with a Mystic and not face repercussions. They are only to present their opinion, and the Mystic must decide is they will follow it or not.

    In most cases, the Mystic will submit to the wisdom of the Interpreter, or if they are very unsure, they will consult another Interpreter or two. Rarely, they will reject the interpretation and find another answer or speak to another Interpreter. It should be said that this is not a source of tension between Mystics and Interpreters. They are very cordial with each other, even if there are severe disagreements.

    What is curious about Interpreters is that they are some of the most learned scholars in the galaxy – likely because they need to understand important contexts to successfully interpret visions. They speak dozens of languages, have entire histories and cultures memorized, and are often talented engineers and scientists – despite the voss not relying as heavily on such.

    It is likely they acquire this knowledge through the HoloNet, but it is also possible that Interpreters actually leave Voss in secret and travel the galaxy. We saw little evidence of such, but it would not be difficult and this assumption could be entirely false. It is also possible this was something that was developed after the Unification.

    Interpreters are limited by their own experience. The more they experience, the more evolved their perspective would be. There could be significantly different deviations in interpretation depending on perspective. One reason the Mystics had not known that the gormak could see visions is because the Interpreters had never even considered the possibility, else they would have presumably seen the signs and could have ended the conflict far sooner.

    Or perhaps they knew, and decided it had to play out the way it did. We will likely never know.

    Regardless, this would be a strong justification for acquiring as much knowledge as possible. In addition to this, Interpreters are exceptionally powerful telepaths, as they typically observe the memories of Mystics to experience the visions as they did. As former Mystics, we should also assume they likely retain their skill in the Force, although Interpreters have never been seen in combat – or even defending themselves.

    Interpreters are identifiable by wearing hoodless robes of gray and silver, with glyphs and symbols embroidered in white on them. This appears to be the extent of personalization, which is more limited than other divisions of the voss.

    One final note is that the Interpreters do still receive visions, but they do not seek them out, and never act on them. That is no longer their responsibility, so instead, they speak to another Interpreter and determine how to handle an Interpreter vision. In cases like these, a Mystic may be called upon to act as a surrogate to carry out a vision or alter it in a designated way.

    They do not like being put in that situation, which may be one reason they isolate themselves from most of the world.

    It is unlikely to be the only reason, but it is not impossible that it is a major factor.
     
  16. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : STRUCTURE – THE THREE

    Considering the importance and authority of the Mystics and Interpreters, the role of the Three has perhaps become muddled as a result. The immediate question is if the Three have more or less power than their Mystic counterparts.

    The answer is mostly ‘no.’ A member of the Three has no more authority over a Mystic than their peers. It is the same with Interpreters who treat the Three exactly the same as the Mystics. It is not necessarily authority that necessitates an entity like the Three, but how they exercise and conduct themselves.

    Unlike the Mystics, who generally do not intervene without prompting from a vision, the Three are actively involved in the daily life of the voss. They are apprised of, and aware of, every decision, and can issue commands, make decisions, and perform additional actions without receiving a vision of instructions.

    In short, they behave more ‘normal’ than other voss.

    Their larger role involves a certain authority they have which other Mystics do not – they can ask for visions of other Mystics as well as their interpretations. Usually, the burden is on the Interpreters to pass along important visions to the Three, but there are many Mystics who, as a matter of courtesy, share their visions with one of the Three as well as an Interpreter.

    The Three take all of these visions, and together use the disparate knowledge to inform their own decisions. Usually, Interpreters are involved in this project as together they weave an overarching picture for the future of the voss species. It is staggering just how many factors, visions, and bits of information this small group has to juggle to plot a future for their species.

    And yet, they appear to manage it without issue.

    For millennia, the Three have gradually made the voss grow stronger through their decisions, though it is not completely known how much is also due to the visions Mystics received. The Three are more involved, but in the end, it is the Mystics who do the majority of the work placing things into motion.

    One final note about the Three before we continue with the current members is that they do not have to be Mystics. Many times they are, but this is not something which is a guarantee. Every single individual of the Three is a strong Force-sensitive, however. The Three choose their own successors, which is believed to be through visions, but there is no concrete confirmation on this.

    The Three hold their positions for however long they desire. There will come a point where they will decide to abdicate their position for their successor, but there is no means of predicting this. Some members of the Three have held the position for six months, while others have held it for six decades. Each member of the Three does this independently of the others, so there can be significant shifts on the body in a short amount of time, or very little change by that same token.

    Nonetheless, the composition of the Three is also potential insight into what the voss are preparing for. If there are diplomats, Mystics, or civilians as part of the Three, it is indicative of a sign that the voss are not concerned for the future, or are expecting visitors. If there are military officials, Battle-Mystics, or Voss Commandos within the Three, that could be a sign they are expecting conflict. Further emphasizing this diversity is that the attire of the Three reflects their previous position, usually with some slight alterations. Former Commandos wear armor, Mystics wear robes, and so on.

    Based on the current composition of the Three, it is not a good sign of galactic stability. While obviously an insinuation, it did not fill us with confidence once we determined their histories.

    The voss are expecting issues, if the current members of the Three are any indication.

    AVIR-SAL: Perhaps the most famous of the Three, Avir-Sal is a former Battle-Mystic of some renown within the voss military, as he spent much of his time after appointment traveling the galaxy, taking a particular interest in the Kamino Uprising, as well as a general interest in Jedi and Sith lore. What exactly his intentions are is unknown, but he returned to Voss – just in time for the attack of the Migrant Fleet.

    Avir-Sal was not the only member of the Three who participated in the conflict, as all of the Three had seen the attack coming and prepared accordingly, but he was the one who personally stormed the flagship of the Grand Admiral and talked him into suicide. We’ve attempted to find some recording of what exactly was said – we know the voss have records of the event, but have not released them.

    A voss proper, he is the lone example of his race, as well as the only male on the Three at this current period, though for voss, gender or race is no longer significantly important. What is more important is that of the Three, he is the only trained Mystic, and is the most isolated of the Three.

    He rarely interacts with aliens beyond those who are citizens of Voss, but surrounds himself with a half-dozen Interpreters and has developed significant rapports with hundreds of Mystics. He knows almost every vision of note that takes place, and could be considered the ‘leader’ of the Three, as he appears to be responsible for managing this information and designing an operational framework for it.

    Alternatively, we do not know if the Three even think in terms like that. The alternate – and more likely – explanation is that, as he is the sole Mystic, the Three have mutually agreed for that to be his role. Regardless, this is an individual of significant importance, even to the Three. His commands could radically change the voss, it is important we recognize this potential.

    NARA-RO: Opposite her counterpart, Nara-Ro could be considered the public face of the Three. She does not go out of her way to address or interact with the public, but she is seen far more often than any of the other Three by both voss and aliens. She has taken responsibility over alien relations, though in typical voss fashion, not in any ‘official’ way.

    Her history makes this slightly surprising, as she does not come from either the Alien Handlers or the CSO, but is a Battle-Master of the Army of the Voss. An experienced officer who was only appointed after the attack by the Migrant Fleet, it is unknown if her contributions led to her later appointment when her predecessor abdicated his position.

    As a gormak, she has a higher technical aptitude than most of the Three, and similarly oversees the Tech-Masters more than her counterparts. It also gives her a diplomatic advantage when speaking to aliens, who, as we’ve noted, are more comfortable speaking to gormak as opposed to the voss proper.

    While not a Mystic, she regularly travels to places on Voss strong in the Force, and has two Interpreters she regularly consults with, as well as a small council of Mystics. While she does not appear to rely on visions as much as her counterparts, they are nonetheless an important part of her leadership.

    What is truly of note beyond her tactical skill is who she associates with. She will actively seek out alien visitors and speak to them privately. The number of individuals she’s spoken to include Daniel Skywalker, Si-Wara-Yaden, Saresh Palavola, Taitho Dal – all of the current Jedi Council – while also talking with seemingly unimportant traders and representatives (rumors we could not confirm say that President Oslam has spoken with her).

    During our time here, she also spoke to the Emperor’s Wrath, the Grand Inquisitor, and the Keeper of the Maw. What they spoke about will not be shared in this report, and anything of note will be conveyed directly to His Imperial Majesty. There are several other meetings of note, as she appears heavily connected to the Quabular, and has spoken with the enigmatic Jur’bwar no fewer than three dozen times, as well as a black-robed voss proper female that did not seem to be connected to any voss institution (not confirmed, but the suspicious nature of their observed meeting raises questions especially when compared to voss norms).

    These will be elaborated on in a separate section, but this serves to highlight that Nara-Ro is connected to some of the most influential individuals in the galaxy – that it is no accident. We do not know her agenda, and advise caution if invited to speak to her. This woman is not a diplomat, but a military commander. Treat her accordingly.

    SHIN-AN: The final member of the Three is a sign that the voss are preparing for something violent, if the previous two members did not paint a clear enough picture. Appointed only five years ago, Shin-An was a gormak Voss Commando who participated in the boarding of the Grand Admiral’s flagship with Avir-Sal, as well as the defense of Voss itself.

    She is perhaps one of the most powerful Force-sensitives to ever exist. We could not confirm this due to a variety of reasons, but every single observation and model puts her at Tier 10 on the Gndda Scale. She is not the tallest or largest Commando, but her presence is impossible to ignore, even when compared to other Commandos.

    Shin-An does not carry any weapons, and her skills appear to consist of… well, nearly everything. She’s an accomplished healer, soldier, and was considering becoming a Mystic if another one hadn’t instructed her to join the Voss Commandos. It is unknown how many visions she receives, but her own small council consists of sixteen Battle-Mystics – all of whom are almost never on Voss – as well as twice as many Interpreters.

    While she is not quite as isolated as Avir-Sal, she does not interact with aliens often, and even among the voss, she restricts herself to military matters. Her disciplines are assumed to be related to military and defense as a result, which fits within the unofficial roles the other members of the Three have taken up.

    Her history prior to ascending to the Three is what everyone should become familiar with. She was immediately placed in Commando Group Black upon completion of her training, and is one of the few Commandos who have rarely transferred between the other groups. For no fewer than twenty years, she was part of Commando Group Black, and her actual returns to Voss numbered under a dozen.

    Unexpectedly, she later transferred to Commando Group White and took up an unknown command position – conveniently in time for the defense of Voss from the Migrant Fleet. She held this position for a single month before ascending to one of the Three, a transition that was seamlessly completed.

    Shin-An also has meetings and secrets of her own. The most conspicuous are her meetings with an individual who occasionally travels to Voss. We do not know his name, age, or species, but he is one of the largest unknowns, and whose existence poses serious questions. This will be elaborated on later, but the fact is that this individual is directly connected to Shin-An, and the implications are deeply concerning.

    The agenda of this member of the Three is arguably the most nebulous. She is powerful, motivated, connected, and dangerous. I have no doubt that she would take whatever actions are necessary to ensure the prosperity of the voss – which, to an extent, all voss believe – but she could take it to fanatical heights.

    Be very wary of her. The only person of comparison to this woman is Councilor Palavola. Treat Shin-An as you would her.

    xxx

    ALLIES OF NOTE

    It is difficult to say if the voss even have ‘allies’ in the traditional sense. There is only one group that could potentially be considered an ally, and this is an agreement that has not been publicly ratified or acknowledged – so much of this is speculation. With that said, there is some kind of beneficial relationship with the following entity, and they can be tentatively acknowledged as an ally to the voss.

    THE QUABULAR: Of all the organizations in the galaxy, the Quabular were among the last we expected to even know about the voss, much less have some kind of relationship with them. It is not uncommon for some Quabular Herrga (their version of Knights) to occasionally visit the planet – usually for personal reasons – and leave.

    Though each one that arrives speaks to the Three at least once. Not just Mystics. The Three – all of them at the same time in some cases.

    No other group is treated this way. It is not, strictly speaking, special treatment, but there is a heightened profile for the Quabular, at least among the voss. Quabular Herrga usually do their best not to stand out, and never announce themselves to others. However, this doesn’t seem to translate into anything beyond a mutual travel agreement.

    There is more.

    All of the current Quabular Kaarnan (their version of a Jedi High Council) have traveled to Voss at least once, and spoken with the Three. But there is one particular individual who has a significant connection to the Three. We only know him as the ‘Jur’bwar’ of the Quabular. He is a wizened elderly human, who wears simple gray robes.

    He has a thick and pointed, though immaculately groomed, beard that reaches down to his chest, with oddly vibrant teal eyes. His skin resembles a shade closer to ash than merely pale. He also wears a peculiar headpiece which covers his ears and points upwards like a cone of the same color, which hides his snow-white hair.

    In short, he is a figure you do not forget easily.

    His name has never been revealed, but he is no Jedi, and the Maw is concerned that he could be a Sith. Again, there is no proof, but he arrived on Voss when we were operating once, and every single Knight and Inquisitor reported the same phenomenon. The instant this man landed on the planet, the Force changed.

    The Emperor’s Wrath described it as a growing vortex that grew and swirled, allowing the Force to be manipulated easier. For lack of a better description, the world reacted to the presence of this man. Not a single voss commented on it, however, and when he went to speak with Nara-Ro, no one mentioned if it had even happened.

    It was one of the most unsettling parts of this operation.

    The Maw has advocated for investigation into the Quabular and this specific individual, and based on our own experiences, we support this decision. There is something wrong that stems from this man and by extension, the Quabular. The organization has too many unknowns connected to them and the voss.

    Do not approach this man on your own. The Grand Inquisitor stated that he dwarfed the power of any other Force-user he has sensed – that includes Shin-An and this entire planet of Force-users. If that is eclipsed by this singular individual, we had best stay away until we know what he is.

    xxx

    ENEMIES OF NOTE

    Stating that the voss have ‘enemies’ is also a misnomer. I am not certain the voss consider anyone who is not currently bothering them their enemy. They are a very passive people towards peaceful – if scheming – governments and organizations, as demonstrated when they hosted the Old Republic and Sith Empire, despite the latter having attacked them mere weeks earlier.

    As such, any adversarial relationships between the voss and another party are noticeably one-sided. The voss only seem interested in defending themselves and sending their enemies packing, and just going back to what they were doing. If said enemies come back later peacefully, they will be treated as anyone else.

    There is only one organization we could consider an ‘enemy’ of the voss, and there is no certainty that they even see it that way. Unfortunately for them, the Migrant Fleet is very much their enemy, even if they were humiliated once before.

    THE MIGRANT FLEET OF DAC: There is only one plausible reason for why the voss were targeted by the Migrant Fleet of Dac in the first place – because they are an isolated group of Force-users, and the Fleet has a vendetta of those who draw upon the Force. Obviously, they can’t hit the Jedi or Empire without causing a major war.

    As such, unaligned sects such as the voss seem like an excellent way to wipe out something moderately larger – without starting a galactic war – and getting your point across. The destruction of Voss was presumably supposed to be the start of a grand crusade against the Force at the hands of the Migrant Fleet.

    The crusade was short-lived, and ended with the High Admiralty humiliated and thousands of the Migrant Fleet – including the Grand Admiral – dead. To add further insult to injury, the voss didn’t seem largely affected by the whole event, and within a day, were back to normal, and the entirety of the conflict takes up about four pages in their history books.

    That is how little they view the attempted invasion – and genocide – by the Migrant Fleet. Considering how badly they were beaten, perhaps that is all that is warranted. Regardless, the Migrant Fleet has grown to hate the voss, though seem to have taken a lesson in not underestimating the Force or those who use it, since there have been no similar incidents since that point.

    We have no doubt that the Migrant Fleet will try to destroy the voss again, but it will probably not be for many, many years, if ever. It is almost unfortunate that the voss let them retreat without consequence, as, if they had finished them off, I believe that most of the galaxy would breathe a sigh of relief.

    As it stands, the Migrant Fleet has not forgotten their humiliation, and I am certain they have not forgiven the voss either.

    xxx

    UNKNOWNS OF NOTE

    This is a rarely used portion of the template, but this is an applicable case. There were two entities who were connected to the voss (specifically the Three) that we were unable to ascertain who or what they belonged to. Each of them left a large enough impact that they are worth noting in this report, especially that relating to the unidentified ‘Shrouded Man.’

    THE BLACK VOSS: Over the course of this operation, we became aware of rumors and observations made by other voss and individuals who stayed on the planet for a length of time. Usually off-hand comments and it is fair to say that no one who made these observations knew that there was anything wrong.

    They describe a voss proper woman who arrives under the cover of darkness and travels to the area which once contained the Nightmare Lands. Most accounts only describe her arrival to Voss-Ka and subsequent departure, but a few wild tales say that she meets one of the Three in this land.

    The truth is not quite as clear. This voss woman does indeed come to the planet, meet the Three, and travel throughout the land, but there is no secret meeting location. She meets with Nara-Ro in her chambers or other cities on Voss. It is during times of darkness, severe weather, or low traffic, but it isn’t quite as elaborate as the rumors.

    The obvious answer is that this woman is a Mystic who regularly meets with one of the Three. However, comparing her behavior to other Mystics – even those specifically chosen for the Three’s internal councils – throws this into question. There is an air of secrecy to her actions that no other Mystic has. She is far more discreet, and has an understanding of such concepts more than any other voss we have observed.

    Furthermore, her attire is similarly different. Her robes are simpler, and colored as black as the void. They are closer to simple Jedi or Sith robes than the ornate ones of the Mystics – or any voss for that matter. They have no symbols or characters, or any identifying characteristics. A black hood covers her head, which when viewed directly on, shrouds the face completely except for the glowing blue eyes.

    An Inquisitor described encountering this woman on the street as ‘unsettling.’

    One final difference is that she carries a lightsaber. No Mystic carries lightsabers, regardless of their seniority or need. Not once has this woman used it, but the fact that she carries one and displays it raises a significant amount of questions. Our best theory is that this woman is a spy of some kind.

    To who? An open question, though perhaps a Force sect? There are no voss proper amongst the Jedi or Imperial Knights, so it isn’t them. Regardless, she is staying in regular contact with the Three and is clearly fulfilling some agenda I suspect the group she is aligned with is not aware of. This indicates that there are indeed individuals who are intentionally infiltrating organizations and acting as spies.

    No solid proof of this was acquired, but if this is accurate, it begs the question of why we were allowed to witness it. We’ve spent too long on this planet to accept that it was an oversight or accident. The voss wanted us to see these things – or permitted it. We must ask ourselves why.

    This Black Voss should be observed and followed the next time she appears. If she let us see her, it might mean she wishes us to follow.

    [Eyes only: His Imperial Majesty, Emperor Pellaeon]

    THE SHROUDED MAN: We may have stumbled upon something we weren’t supposed to. This incident only happened once, but as I’m certain the Grand Inquisitor and Emperor’s Wrath conveyed, it was enough to nearly abandon the operation altogether. None of us had ever experienced anything like it.

    Initially, none of us felt anything was off. Then, over the course of several hours, we realized that everything had become darker. We believed it to be dying power cells or the sun setting, but the time showed it to be early afternoon, and replacing power cells did nothing. Everything was noticeably darker at this point, though in a vastly unsettling manner.

    It was less that the light had faded, and more that the world had become more ‘washed out.’ Color was less vibrant, some of it fading into grays and darker colors. The Inquisitors quickly determined that everyone was falling under some kind of Force alteration attack they had never experienced before. The Keeper of the Maw himself had no basis for comparison, and we did our best to act quickly.

    Moving outside we saw it wasn’t just our location. The entire world had the color fading from it, the sun seemed to be turning white and dimmer, yet none of the voss seemed affected – though aliens were noticeably agitated, but also didn’t alter their habits. Somehow, both the Grand Inquisitor and the Keeper of the Maw were unable to alter the effect.

    The Keeper has doubtless written his own report, but it was to the effect of the Force being altered somehow on a fundamental level, as if it had been turned into an alien power he had no control over – something which should not be possible. Impossible or not, it was happening, and the source soon made himself known.

    If this is sounding similar to the Jur’bwar, we believe that these two individuals are – if not connected – of the same caliber of power. Only this one seemed more powerful. I hesitate to describe this individual as a mortal man, he was closer to a black hole. The Emperor’s Wrath took a team of Inquisitors to deal with it, and her description – while not as coherent as standard – is paraphrased in this report.

    She described the man as ‘made out of shadow.’ His size stayed constant at just over a meter and a half, but everything around him fluctuated. His presence seemed to drain light around him, and induce those in his presence to a lethargic state, where voss and aliens alike seemed to cease function, and stood as still as statues or fell to the ground in a deep slumber.

    He appeared to be wearing a robe with equally black armor underneath it. She insists that it bore a number of symbols, but the Inquisitors could not extract anything tangible from her memories. There is no face that can visibly be seen – only a black void that seemed to suck in everything nearby. Color, sight, sound, and life.

    Even she felt ill when he turned his gaze on her. In perhaps desperation, she attempted to attack, as the other Inquisitors beside her had fallen into deep trances and she described her lightsaber going through his body as if it was smoke before she fell unconscious. Eventually, all of us also succumbed to the artificial trance and awoke hours later – everything seemingly back to normal.

    Not a single voss acknowledged what had happened, and all of us wondered if we had experienced a collective vision, when one of the Inquisitors reported that he had witnessed a man of shadow enter the chambers of Shin-An and later depart. This was not enough to dispel the vision theory, but it cracked it.

    As it turned out, what we had experienced was very much real.

    Voss texts describe the phenomenon in very little detail, but they do acknowledge it and it is relatively recent. The reason there is no detail is because exactly ten years ago a Mystic stated that no investigation was to be conducted of the phenomenon, as it was a ‘natural expression of the Force and not something to be concerned with.’ His words, not ours.

    The voss, typically, followed this to the letter.

    Outsider records give a bit more detail, the few that exist, and describe similar events to what we experienced – though notably, none of them came into contact with the purported source. We are unsure if this was a powerful illusion, or something fundamentally altered the Force as we know it.

    The Maw is actively attempting to research this, as to our knowledge this should not be possible. But this individual very much exists, and is in contact with one of the Three. We don’t know what they could possibly be working towards, but this individual is an entity that we cannot pretend doesn’t exist.

    Something does need to be made clear – despite the appearance of this ‘Shrouded Man,’ he was not a dark side entity. The Emperor’s Wrath has confirmed as much, and the darkness appears to be something of a side-effect. What exactly one has to do to achieve an effect such as this is something we can only speculate.

    Nonetheless, it would be a mistake to assume this entity is an ally or enemy. It is something we are now aware exists, and if we decide to pursue it, we must exercise extreme caution.
     
  17. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : CULTURE – VIEWS ON ALIENS
    The voss view on aliens is atypical of how one would expect a xenophobic species to act. On paper, the voss would rank exceptionally low in any equality index, as they heavily restrict immigrants, treat outsiders with suspicion and overt surveillance, discriminate entirely based on species, and segregate aliens throughout their society.

    In practice, it is more complicated.

    Historically, the voss have some reason for suspicion. Every single major power or entity has attempted to use, exploit, or destroy them. Suspicion of outsiders is warranted, and if they are considered a sovereign entity, their actions are hardly more extreme than what the Imperium and Alliance impose for high-profile visitors. The noted difference is that the voss do it with every alien which enters into their territory.

    The mindset the voss have towards aliens is not one that is inherently negative. But what is the overriding rule is that aliens are not voss and thus cannot be treated as voss. For the average voss, segregation is necessary because they are alien. Intermixing more openly would result in risking the voss to alien influence and corruption.

    Voss would be very confused if they were accused of systemic discrimination, as systemic discrimination is the point of their measures, and they see nothing wrong with it. They are not treating them as a different caste because they are aliens, but because they are not voss. It comes back to self-preservation and a suspicion of alien motives, cultures, and intentions.

    While aliens will always be aliens to the voss, this is not to say that they cannot successfully integrate with voss society – but integration requires complete surrender to the voss way of life. Any norms and cultural aspects you attempt to import cannot be done, unless the Alien Influence Monitors determine it would have little to no impact – which is rare.

    Aliens can certainly become friends with the voss, or perhaps more – at least with the gormak – but this is rare and requires years among the voss, or proving yourself to be an unshakable ally. What the voss demand is often too much for most people to accept, and thus they are rejected. This is not done out of malice by the voss, but out of what they view as necessary.

    In the end, it is important to remember this – Aliens are not viewed as equal to the voss, and they never will be.
    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : CULTURE – SUBSERVIENCE
    There is a theme which you may have noticed as the voss have been documented. There is a focus on subservience within voss culture. It is a subservience that governments and petty warlords would be envious of. The voss have no hesitation, no argument, if given a command.

    There are few armies and individuals who would willingly undertake suicide missions. The voss would undertake such willingly, and with the zeal of a religious fanatic.

    There are few who would completely change themselves and their lives because another asked them to. If a Mystic asked a voss to do so, it would be followed without question.

    For voss, it does not matter what they personally want. What matters is what is best for the voss, what the Mystics command, and what the vision dictates. This is not to say that the voss do not have such personal desires, but they possess an unnatural ability to push those to the side and become unquestionably loyal.

    This subservience extends beyond the Mystics. In whatever position a voss holds, they are expected to follow the commands and orders of their superiors. It is questionable if the voss view those in command as infallible or not. There are indications of both, but in the end, it does not matter, because if a superior gives a command, it will be followed.

    These people hold their positions with the implicit blessing of the Mystics, and if they are openly questioned without solicitation, then it is the same as questioning the judgment of a Mystic, which is unfathomable for any who are not an Interpreter. For one to properly be voss, they must be subservient, and capable of putting aside their lives, ambitions, and goals in service to the Mystics, the Three, and the vision.

    No exceptions.

    In the entirety of voss history, there has never been a case of a voss mutiny or betrayal. There has never been a disobeyed command. This also applies to the pre-unification gormak. This subservient nature was also present, as the gormak clans were wholly subservient to their clan leaders, and all of them were wholly subservient to the Gormak King.

    It is unsettling when viewed in the context of time and history. No species is like this. We have scoured our own records, and those available to us from the Alliance, and can find no equivalent to this level of inherent psychological subservience.

    There are two areas of subservience I want to focus on.
    xxx

    SUBSERVIENCE TO THE MYSTICS
    The word of the Mystic is the equivalent of the word of a Sovereign.

    You follow it, no questions asked.

    The difference is that a Sovereign would ask you to perhaps risk your life for the Empire, a task that any loyal citizen of the Empire would do without question. They may ask for your service to fight an enemy of the Imperium. They may ask to use your land or belongings in service to the Empire. The Sovereigns would only make a request that is reasonable, and for a purpose in service to the Empire. They would not ask for more.

    The Mystics are far more demanding with what they can command.

    The only similarity in the example given above is that they also view what they do as in service to the voss. In other respects what they demand is alien.

    A Mystic can demand you to follow them and abandon your life and refuse to explain why.

    A Mystic can demand you kill your family.

    A Mystic can demand you kill your mate.

    A Mystic can demand you kill yourself.

    A Mystic can order you to execute innocent individuals.

    A Mystic can demand you commit atrocities.

    A Mystic can demand anything, and a voss will follow it without question.

    All of those examples listed above, all of them have been ordered by a Mystic at one point in history. The Mystics never apologize for what they order, as everything they do is in service to a vision, and they will do whatever is necessary to achieve that vision. They will turn voss against voss if it leads to a stronger union.

    What is unsettling is that it is not wrong.

    The mystical foresight of the Mystics is something which is utterly, statistically impossible, and yet whatever the Mystics see, they have successfully allowed the voss to endure every single hardship and calamity that has struck them. After the Unification, there has not been a single civil war or domestic conflict.

    It is unnatural.

    In any other society, this level of subservience would be considered fanatical. You would only see such actions committed by the command of a superior in the most deranged cults or the Migrant Fleet. Even then there would be deviants and those who would refuse.

    There are no voss deviants.

    Their full belief in the Mystics and psychological capability to put aside their own desires allows them to willingly do whatever is ordered, no matter the action or consequence. This subservience should not be underestimated at any point. Do not expect a voss to go against the known word of a Mystic.

    Do not expect them to break. Do not expect them to hesitate. Do not expect them to disobey.​

    xxx

    SUBSERVIENCE TO THE THREE
    What is written about the Mystics also applies to the Three.

    The difference is that the Mystics operate, for lack of a better word, on a smaller scale than the Three, who operate from the perspective of the voss as a whole. The Three are unique in their visions, in that they determine that path for the voss species as a whole. They take the visions of the Mystics, and compare and contrast them with others.

    The open question is why only the Three are capable of seemingly being able to see larger-scale visions than the Mystics.

    The agendas of the Three are known, but what is unknown remains their calculus for how they reached such conclusions, let alone the more secretive decisions and justifications which are not something we were able to discover. But we do know that the Three are capable of seeing the paths the voss must take.

    This is not necessarily mutually-exclusive from what we can determine – but it implies that some voss are capable of seeing visions others cannot. This does not appear to be possible, according to the Maw, but there is a clear focus that prevents the Three from being Mystics who happen to be placed in charge.

    It is likely that the voss may have learned something about the Force we have not yet. If they have, it has not been shared publicly.

    In theory, the Mystics do not answer to the Three, and in fact some of their visions could actively be against the Three. At the same time, this is extremely unlikely, and to date, there has not been an instance of this. It is not correct to say that the Three manage the Mystics, but they do not overlap in their duties – which is surprising and suspicious.

    Is it fair to say that the Mystics are subservient to the Three? No. But nor are they wholly immune from the influence the Three wield over the voss. Which is to say nothing of the power the Three have over non-Mystics – of which you can refer to the previous section for examples of their authority.​

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : CULTURE – LOYALTY TO THE VISION

    The final pillar of subservience the voss recognize is that of the vision itself. This is something which no voss, be they soldier, Mystic, or one of the Three can ignore. Each and every voss is, by proxy, expected to follow the demands of the vision, wherever it might lead or whatever it may mean.

    To clarify – what the voss understand as loyalty to the vision is entirely in the context of the overall safety, prosperity, and defense of the voss people. There are presumably many visions which show fates where the voss fail – and it is thus their duty to do what is necessary to avoid these dark fates.

    The visions show the event, the Interpreters chart the path, and the Mystics execute it.

    No exceptions.

    In most cases, the path the voss should take is clear, but sometimes there are pieces which are missing, and an Interpreter may withhold judgment or guidance until more is known. The Three are often instrumental in piecing seemingly disparate visions together into one cohesive event, and once it is determined, what will be done next is charted by the Three.

    The underlying truth as to why the voss fanatically follow the vision is that it has never been wrong. Not from what we have found. It has led them exactly where they were promised; each sacrifice has been vindicated, and each questionable decision clear in retrospect.

    Most visions are taken to the Interpreters and the tangle of what is seen is revealed, but there is another kind of vision the Mystics have received. Visions which have no obvious modern context, yet are simultaneously clear to Interpreters. They are designated as ‘prophecies,’ which the voss take as iron-clad promises of what the future holds.

    To an extent, all visions are prophetic, but the voss have determined that some are worth a special designation. We do not know the criteria, and it isn’t out of the question that they are propagandic in nature – perhaps something demanded by a vision – but there are many which have come to fruition – and others which had not yet.

    A number of the more interesting and unsettling ones have been compiled.

    xxx

    MAJOR DECLARED PROPHECIES

    The Prophecy of Unification: One of the oldest prophecies of the voss is one which is likely self-explanatory, though widely misunderstood by the voss proper for many years. Most believed that the prophecy had been fulfilled, as at the time, the voss proper did not know of their connection to the gormak, and the unification was already complete.

    It should be noted that this was only truly believed by the voss proper who only knew the basic details of the prophecy, and not the specifics. Mystics outright stated that the prophecy was not fulfilled, but none of them knew what it could imply, as for all intents and purposes, the voss were fully united.

    The prophecy detailed a time of voss civil war, which would inevitably destroy not just the voss, but eventually all life on the planet, and usher in an old evil. During this time, the voss would be pulled by disparate factions seeking to dominate them, one bathed in scouring white light, and the other a puppet directed by a shadow.

    It then detailed the arrival of an outsider, who alone would unite the voss and vanquish the old evil, and give voss the strength to break the hold the light and shadow held over them.

    This appears to dictate both the Old Republic and Sith Empire as the factions pulling at the voss, and the context of ‘civil war’ makes sense due to the shared heritage of the races, though was understandably confusing for the voss proper at the time. The outsider is clearly Tolgan, and the prophecy seems to imply that were it not for the outsider, the gormak would have emerged victorious.

    Somewhat difficult to believe, but that is a future we will never know.

    The Prophecy of the Fallen Shroud: Another old prophecy which has purportedly been fulfilled was one that was written four hundred years before it came to pass. The prophecy showed a galaxy filled with light which bound and connected everything together. Sometimes this light went out, but it was eventually restored.

    Next came a shadow sitting upon a throne, who commanded an infinite fleet that could suffocate the light. Dozens of lit planets and places were turned to blackness before the shadow dissipated and for a time, the light was slowly built up. Then a new figure approached the throne and sat upon it, only to fade as the throne disintegrated.

    And the galaxy went dark, as light after light went out.

    In context, we believe this to reference the Galactic Dark Age brought about by the Eternal Fleet which went on a rampage for reasons we are still unaware of to this day. Much of the specifics make it difficult to fully tie events to prophecy, but it was widely suspected that the so-called ‘Eternal Throne’ was a place where the Eternal Fleet was controlled from.

    In any case, the words about lights going out across the galaxy seems sufficient to definitively tie this prophecy to that galactic catastrophe.

    The Prophecy of the Invasion: This is another event which was prophesied several centuries before it came to pass, and is one of the shorter prophecies the voss have produced. It speaks of a galaxy in a pull between light and darkness, and slowly the light pushed out the darkness and expanded, world to world, bathing it in inescapable light.

    This light would come to Voss, led by beings who carried blades of light who sought to assimilate the voss into their light. The heralds were beings who came for war, shrouded in words of peace, whose words promised corruption of the voss and subservience to the light. The voss would refuse, and then legions of soldiers in light would descend upon the world, and bring it under their control.

    This is a rare prophecy that the voss appear to have actively prevented from happening, as in the lens of history, it is clear this was the Old Republic’s ill-advised attempt to invade Voss shortly after the Ruusan Reformations. As it turned out, the voss were prepared for them, and this prophecy never came to be.

    The Prophecy of Empire: Written over one thousand years before it came to pass, this prophecy managed to predict the First Galactic Empire. The texts describe a galaxy of red and white, each battling for supremacy, as the center of the white galaxy slowly blackens and a figure whose face is hidden in shadow banishes the light from its place, and scatters it away.

    It describes the shadowed figure mutating and changing everything it touches, leaving footprints of blood and oil where it steps. Thousands of gray chains surround the figure, who works to break each one, though more continue to wrap themselves around it. Smokey figures holding the chains hide behind the figure, seemingly unseen as they try and bring it down.

    Then the figure is confronted by two figures – one of light and the other of darkness – and together they strike down the figure, who is brought down by the chains it continues fighting. The other figure of darkness fades, and the figure of light begins restoring the world to brightness and hope, though does not realize the chains have now been thrown upon them.

    This is one we still have not been able to fully determine. It clearly speaks of Emperor Palpatine and the First Galactic Empire, but the language seems… atypical. The chains could be representations of responsibility and the demands of subjects, but Palpatine did not especially care – more to the point, it is implied that it was unseen. Meaning that the Galactic Empire fell because of forces he could not see?

    This could refer to the Rebellion, but if so, it seems to be contradictory imagery. The description of the chains also being placed on Luke Skywalker – the figure of light – is strange. Despite coming to pass, I feel that there is more mystery to this prophecy than we realize. There is something missing.

    The Prophecy of the Eternal Shadow: We move into the prophecies which have not come to pass, but which we judged as worth including simply due to how alarming some of the implications are. This one in particular is alarming to read. Almost more of a warning than a prophecy.

    It describes a long-dead entity emerging from the galaxy, commanded by the void. The void sits upon a shrouded throne, in a shrouded room, surrounded by beings of shadow. Where he walks, the void follows. All that is touched is absorbed into the void, controlled by the entity. The void comes to Voss and demands fealty.

    The voss refuse, and the void strips the voss of their ability to see the future and touch the Force. It takes some of the voss and turns them into beings of shadow, puppeted by strings of blackness, and sets them upon their helpless brethren. Eventually the entire planet is consumed by the void, and they serve it as it spreads across the galaxy.

    This is understandably concerning. To our knowledge this is not something that has happened, nor do the voss believe so either. The most obvious explanation for this void is the Sith, or another entity of the dark side. ‘Long-dead’ could refer to an ancient Sith, or as was suggested by an Imperial scholar, a group which was previously thought destroyed.

    It is unlikely that this will come to pass in the future, however. When the armies of Sith start appearing, then we can be concerned. Yet the specific wording of the Force being stripped from Voss makes me consider that this entity, whatever it is, will be more powerful than we expect.

    The Prophecy of the Infinite: This is another extremely concerning prophecy if our read on it is correct. We are convinced – as are the voss – that it is not something that has happened yet, but something which will.

    It describes a pyramid. Within this pyramid is an ancient entity. Surrounding the pyramid is millions of people, all of which are connected through wisps to the pyramid. These millions spread into the galaxy – puppets and proxies for this entity. These people find more pyramids, which begin influencing others on their own.

    The pyramids begin changing people, turning them into copies of the entities inside the pyramids, who travel to machine planets which begin producing infinite numbers of clones. This plague slowly overruns the galaxy, and in the end, there are only clones of the entities, all of whom break their pyramids and emerge to lead the Infinite.

    Voss is the last planet surrounded, and millions will look to the stars as the entity brings an end to the voss. The planet will crack into fragments, and the Force shall be torn asunder as the armies of the Infinite destroy the planet forever, and turn the survivors into puppets of the entities.

    The Maw was, to put it lightly, unnerved.

    Any students of ancient precursor civilizations – of which I have recently taken an interest in – will likely notice some parallels to certain concepts and artifacts connected to the Infinite Empire of the rakata. Namely, the described pyramids sound like mind prisons, which would explain how supposedly ancient entities would reside in them.

    [THE FOLLOWING SECTION HAS BEEN CLASSIFIED BLUE-5 BY ORDER OF SOVEREIGN PELLAEON]

    The implication appears to be a resurgence of the rakata. Which sounds utterly insane to consider, but having read the latest report on the Jedi Order, as well as Saresh Palavola, there is an alarming chance that this will be the next prophecy that comes to pass. This must be addressed as soon as possible.

    [SECTION CLASSIFICATION ENDS]

    The Prophecy of the Elder One: This is a very strange prophecy by voss standards – mostly because it has notably little to do with the voss. It is not something we can make much sense of, and have not ruled out the possibility that this is something we are overthinking. Nonetheless, we will begin.

    The prophecy describes a being without form; a prisoner slaved to this universe. A being which is older than the galaxy. Older than the Force. The ‘Elder One.’ A being capable of limitless power and the wrath of a god. It is a being whose return to this galaxy is assured, but before their return, they send forth their chosen avatars.

    Four such avatars are unleashed upon the galaxy. A figure of red, who will bathe the galaxy in blood and terror, the ultimate wrath of the Elder One against a resistant galaxy. This figure will be a sharpened weapon, and will be exhausted before they are granted their final rest.

    There will be a figure of gray, who will cause chaos and strife as they strike against a slaved galaxy, breaking the magna-locks and liberating worlds as ghostly entities fight back in their quest to keep the galaxy shrouded.

    There will be a figure of black, who will sit upon a throne, gifted with the weapon of the void and a mandate to rule. This rule will be violent and costly, yet lead to unprecedented prosperity, as the figure will lead – with the guidance of the Elder One – the galaxy into a new age.

    Finally, there is the figure of gold, who shall cast down the statues of establishment and order and usher in a new revelation to the masses, who will stand down armies of light and darkness that descend upon them.

    Then the Elder One shall return, and it shall be the end.

    We are unable to make sense of what this could mean on our own. We will leave further determination and hypothesis to the Maw. But from how it reads, it feels like a prediction of a galactic apocalypse.

    Hopefully, it is very far away.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : CULTURE – THE FORCE

    The voss do not appear to view the Force the same way we do. Which is to say: as a facet of reality which binds everything together on a spectrum of light and darkness. Their view is far more pragmatic and neutral, eschewing spectrums and established dichotomies in favor of recognizing the Force as simply power.

    It is similar in some ways to how we view it – capable of using the power it provides in various forms in service to the Empire. Yet we understand that the dark side is a very real phenomenon, and we ignore it at our peril. There are too many examples of those who fell, and it was due in large part to the corrupting power of the Force. It is not wholly innocent, something we must continually remember.

    The voss do not view it this way.

    The Force is the Force.

    It is not light.

    It is not darkness.

    It simply is.

    It can corrupt and heal. It can destroy and create. It can perform miracles and bring the apocalypse. But that is not the Force that is responsible, only those who use its power. It is why the voss are tolerant of both light and dark side users, and do not explicitly endorse one ‘aspect’ of the Force over the other.

    It is perhaps most accurate to describe the voss view of the Force as amoral.

    No underlying focus, agenda, or will. Just a piece of reality that they can utilize in service to their people. A few scholars have speculated that the voss believe they are ultimately in service to the Force, and that is why they so ardently follow the visions. There is absolutely no evidence for this.

    The voss have an agenda, and that is to preserve the voss. It is not in service to anything else. The visions are a means to an end – the visions are not that end.

    xxx

    THE JEDI AND SITH

    On a related topic, it is worth examining how the voss tend to view institutions like the Jedi and Sith, as well as other Force sects that inhabit the galaxy. They are certainly aware of both entities (with the exception of the Sith who remain destroyed or so scattered they are irrelevant), but do not properly align with either of them.

    They do not consider either sect to be possessed of the supposed one true path, and utterly reject concepts such as ‘falling to the dark side.’ Likewise, they also reject the inherent belief among the Sith that they possess greater power than the Jedi. The voss find such a binary view of the Force to be inherently limiting and incorrect, which predisposes them to have a lower opinion of both.

    Jedi and Sith were and are a means to an end. The voss fear neither, but tolerate both. When both the Old Republic and Sith Empire found Voss – and vied for influence – the voss effectively demanded that both sides coexist or they would be expelled. It is unknown why the voss ultimately tolerated them, since it appears unlikely they ever intended to choose a side, but perhaps they were curious of the philosophies of sects outside their own.

    In a purely academic sense at least. No voss would ever be swayed by the philosophy of a Jedi or Sith, and those that claim to are lying.

    Neither the Jedi or Sith are necessarily viewed as better than the other. As far as the voss are concerned, both are wrong in their views of the Force, and both sought to exploit the unique capabilities of their people. The atrocities and cruelties Sith commit are hardly worse than what Mystics throughout the ages have done, but they find the Sith philosophy to be short-sighted and self-defeating.

    Based on our own observations, they appear to treat more nuanced Force sects with more respect than those who take a more binary view. As mentioned earlier, they maintain a relationship to the Quabular, and they also seem to have a more positive view of the Imperial Knights than the Jedi. While we maintain strict boundaries, we are admittedly more open to a wider spectrum than the Jedi would admit to.

    As it stands, there are currently no voss Jedi, and it is very unlikely this will change. To date, we do not believe there are voss in any other Force sects either. However, as the presence of the Black Voss indicates, this remains an open question.

    xxx

    VISIONS

    One of the questions which has yet to be adequately answered is what types of visions the voss are capable of seeing, and if they are different from what other Force-users experience. We previously assumed that the voss experienced the same kind of visions, only with more frequency. However, the more we have studied and observed them, the more this is called into question.

    First is that the Mystics appear to be capable of receiving reliable visions, no matter where they are, be it Voss or another planet. This is a level of frequency which is difficult to truly sustain. While there is a healthy chance that visions will be experienced when traveling to Force nexuses, it isn’t a guarantee.

    It is possible that the voss are capable of triggering visions on their own, but if so, that raises a host of additional questions – namely if they can, to some degree, control what they see. With the voss, there is very little that is out of the question and shouldn’t be at least considered.

    The enduring question is why every single vision they experience is so interconnected to the voss, or – if not as clear – why it is a piece of a larger puzzle which is determined by one of the Three. There is something unnerving about how almost coordinated the Mystics appear, how they each play a predetermined part in maintaining order among the voss and ensuring their continued existence.

    One might even wonder if they were being deliberately used by something else using visions to push them along a certain path.

    Unfortunately, we don’t have such an easy answer. To our knowledge, such an entity – if one would exist – would come from the Force Netherrealm, and there is no evidence to support the idea that such direct manipulation is possible. Nor can a Force spirit induce visions on this kind of scale. So while the voss being manipulated by a more powerful entity would explain a significant amount – there is no evidence to back it up.

    Thus, the voss, and how they receive their visions, remain a mystery. We suspect the voss have an answer, or at least the Three do, but like many of their secrets, it is not something they would tell us willingly.

    Normally, I would suggest that this be investigated further, but given all that we have learned, I know enough to say that we would be lucky to escape with our lives if we attempted it.
     
    Last edited: Feb 5, 2020
  18. xabiar

    xabiar Jedi Youngling

    Registered:
    Jun 17, 2019
    THE VOSS MYSTICS : THE SHRINE OF HEALING

    One of the most famous landmarks of Voss is the Shrine of Healing. If an outsider is to know anything iconic about the voss, the Shrine is most likely one of the few things which would be recognized, due to how closely tied it is to the healing capabilities of the voss. Even among voss architecture, it stands out.

    It is the tallest structure of Voss by far, the peak reaching nearly one hundred meters. A litany of stone steps lead to the gaping entrance of a building more reminiscent of the Jedi Temple on Coruscant than something created by a species that is reluctant to use heavy machinery – and remember that this was built millennia ago.

    The oversized nature of the Shrine is a point of contention among us. What stands out is that this is simply not how modern voss architecture is designed. The voss do not waste space, nor do they care about showing off and creating grandiose structures like this. We considered that this could be an older style, but in voss records and our own archeological expeditions, we found no evidence of any other similar building existing.

    We also looked to older gormak designs, and those at the time period the Shrine was created were extremely primitive, and even as the gormak advanced, their own architecture is so completely alien in composition and design that there is absolutely no overlap.

    The voss have not been forthcoming when these questions were raised, and the most likely explanations we have are that this was a one-time creation of the voss that has not, nor will be created again. The alternative is that the Shrine was not originally built by the voss and was designed for a species much larger.

    Based on interior designs, there is more evidence for the latter – and also likely they were here the same time as when the voss proper existed. There are many flights of stairs in the Shrine, and there are two different sets – a middle set which had steeper and fewer steps, and the outer sets with step sizes and lengths for a species like the voss proper.

    The question raised now is what exactly this potential species was, and more importantly, what happened to them. It is entirely possible that this is simply a part of voss history that is so ancient that nothing more can be gleaned. It is unlikely the voss are unaware of this particular piece of information, but they will not share it with us.

    More mysteries about the origin and purpose of the Shrine remain. We attempted to gather samples of the stone used in its creation – ‘attempted’ being the key word as it was impossible to even chip the material – and the Shrine Guardians stopped us from performing more aggressive attempts. They permitted us to take scans instead.

    This provided no answers, and raised many more questions. The stone composite is unlike anything we have on galactic record. It baffled the scanners, and comparisons to even the strongest stone composite are laughably one-sided. It is ten times stronger than its closest rival, and this was not accounting for the most important piece we gleaned.

    The stone, and by extension the Shrine, resonates through the Force.

    Each of us who were Force-sensitive felt it upon entering the Shrine. We were more connected; the Force was easily within our grasp. It was like entering a nexus of power. The entire Shrine was saturated with energy, and initially, we did not know why. The answer appears to be the stone which it was hewn from.

    We have little idea how this was done – and at such a scale. The Maw believes that the infusion of materials with the Force is possible – as the creation of objects like holocrons shows – but those require specific components and training. Performing it on something as basic as stone and at such a scale is close to impossible.

    Nonetheless, it is the truth. Whatever created the Shrine of Healing was extremely skilled, powerful, and, based on the evidence we have gathered, not voss.

    We have marked this as a priority research assignment for the Maw.

    The internal design of the Shrine is also worth discussing. Many of the visible floors are devoted exclusively to hospitality and healing. Those who come seeking such are taken here, and given their own room. The voss do not bother with dedicated healing rooms (with one exception), and the room the patient stays in doubles as a medical ward. The Healer will come, perform the act, and then leave without the patient moving whatsoever.

    This composes the upper floors. The truly interesting parts of the Shrine are deeper.

    Contrary to popular assumption, the Shrine is far deeper than even we believed. We are not sure in fact how deep the Shrine goes, as the Shrine Guardians stop any visitors from descending past a certain level. The floor below the main one is one of the most secure in the entire Shrine. Almost no one is permitted past the threshold to a certain room, where only the most injured and sickest individuals are taken.

    We cannot confirm what is behind that door, but there is very strong evidence to suggest that the voss are in possession of a powerful artifact that either amplifies or augments their powers to handle complicated injuries. We do not know if it can only be applied to healing, but that appears to be what the voss are using it for. Military applications are presumably possible, though again, the existence of this artifact is not confirmed.

    A floor below this is the first level of tombs. The most famous of voss are buried within the Shrine, along with many, many others who are not. The tombs are plain and universal, simple ones made out of the same stone with a plaque before them. Previously, only voss proper were buried, after the Unification, gormak were also buried. To this day, the only outsider who has a tomb in the Shrine of Healing is Ailon Tolgan.

    The floors below it continue, and we suspect that all of them are tombs as well, though this cannot be confirmed. It begs the question of just how many tombs the Shrine has, and how the voss have not run out of space for the many voss who have died over the millennia. More oddly, the tombs beyond the first level do not even have plaques. Only those the voss consider worth remembering and honoring appear to have them. We have no answer for this, and the voss declined to comment.

    Beyond the architecture and composition, there is the question of what purpose the Shrine serves. The correct and obvious answer is that it facilitates healing, treatment, and other kinds of medical research (Force-based, obviously). Whenever a voss is injured, if it is possible and there are no Healers, they are taken to the Shrine.

    However, there is obviously far more to the Shrine. It plays one of the most important roles in voss society, as it is also the location where the Trials of the Mystics take place. They are always taken into the same mysterious room mentioned earlier, and they eventually emerge – or they do not.

    The Shrine also is the home of a very small unit of specialized voss called the ‘Guardians of the Shrine.’ They were not mentioned earlier due to the fact that there is only a small number of them and they have absolutely no standing or authority outside the Shrine. They wear pure white robes with golden elements, and their faces are covered by featureless masks.

    They are unnerving the longer one pays attention to them, as they stand so completely still that some mistake them for statues. We confirmed that they are very powerful in the Force – more so than most voss in fact, but they never speak, never react, and appear to simply observe. There is something surrounding the Shrine Guardians which we believe is important, but without more data, we cannot have a basis for investigation. They would presumably intervene in the event of an attack, but to this day, the Shrine has never once been attacked.

    There is a greater mystery surrounding the Shrine itself. The voss clearly will fight to the death to protect it, which implies that there is a reason they couldn’t just recreate it somewhere else. It could relate to this artifact, but it begs the question of why the artifact couldn’t be moved as well. The unique composition of the Shrine is a reason, but it is unlikely it would hinder the voss significantly if forced to leave.

    So, the question remains: why is the Shrine so irreplaceable?

    No voss provided an answer, and we can only draw our best conclusions – which we believe insufficient. It is yet another mystery of this species, one that is unlikely to be revealed in the immediate future.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : THE NIGHTMARE LANDS

    The Nightmare Lands draws its ominous name from the effect it has upon living creatures that walk through its vicinity. It began when voss proper accidentally stumbled upon it, and subsequently were driven insane – and considering this is the voss we are discussing, it should indicate how alarming this is.

    As far as voss records indicate, the Nightmare Lands have existed from the beginning. In modern days, they occupy an area the size of a small continent, a full three percent of the planet’s landmass. While most of the Force that permeates this planet is neutral or light, the Nightmare Lands are saturated by the dark side.

    Locations of such saturation are often described as places of death and desolation. Voss is an exception, as the wildlife and vegetation within the Nightmare Lands has adapted to the dark side, and is a twisted mockery of the rest of Voss. Animals are larger and more vicious – with the augments the gormak put on large animals to keep them under control often breaking or popping off. These shambling behemoths are capable of expressing low-level Force abilities and using the dark side to augment their strength.

    Luckily, these creatures never go beyond the Nightmare Lands. That said, there is no consistency to the region’s ecosystem. Animals which are normally passive will fight each other. Babies are at risk of being consumed by their mothers. Vegetation is laced with poison and spikes. While parasites and insects roam the Nightmare Lands and devour anything alive foolish enough to not listen for the rustling of leaves.

    The massive trees of Voss still stand in the Nightmare Lands, but their leaves are colored a sickly white-purple, and they often leak a black sap which kills anything that ingests it. As you can imagine, this poisons the ground to the point where even handling the soil is a health hazard, and only vegetation specifically attuned to the Nightmare Lands can take root.

    The effects are worse for those who are not naturally attuned. Our brief expedition was extremely unpleasant, and the air can be best described as suffocating. Our eyes stung, rotten tastes filled our mouths, and the air was heavy as if saturated with poison. We do not believe this is fatal, but succumbing to it is the first step to losing your mind.

    We cannot say for certain what causes the madness, but it is likely a mixture of hallucinations and biological system breakdown. Combine both of these, and mental collapse is near-assured. Animals and individuals who wander in will turn into feral beasts, becoming prey or hunter depending on proficiency. There are multiple accounts of Jedi and Sith going mad while trying to study it, which is to say nothing of the soldiers.

    The most concerning mystery is what the source of the darkness is. Based on historical accounts, especially during the Great Galactic War between the Old Republic and Sith Empire, the madness was not as severe or debilitating as it is now. The minds of those who entered were lost, but they retained shreds of their sanity. Soldiers wielded weapons, and Jedi and Sith used their lightsabers.

    There were descriptions of ‘coordination,’ as the wildlife was similarly restrained, and often struck beyond the Nightmare Lands. The Gormak King at the time also resided within the Nightmare Lands, and was one of the few that was suspected to have resisted the worst effects – though it appears the source of this restraint was the ‘Avatar of Sel-Makor,’ whom the Barsen’thor slew.

    A Force nexus can persist after the death of a powerful Force-user, but there are no equivalent places which are this expansive, and arguably just as potent as their original state. There is no nexus which is this large, or this ingrained with a planet. The Gormak King, the Sel-Makor Avatar, each of these could have been responsible for maintaining the nexus, but both of them are long-dead, and no similar entity has risen from the Nightmare Lands since.

    The Maw is uncertain what nexus could retain its power for so long without sustainment of some kind. They speculate that the nexus could be feeding off the planet itself, but there is no similar instance to compare it to. During the period of the Sel-Makor Avatar, the Nightmare Lands had expanded beyond the current borders, which was eventually pushed back by voss who cleansed the lands.

    But they did not go beyond the current borders. When asked why, the voss simply answered that little would be gained. Which is yet another thing that raises more questions than answers, as if the voss know exactly what the source of the darkness is, and have come to the conclusion that trying to remove it is not in their best interests.

    It is likely that a very powerful and skilled Force-user could survive in the Nightmare Lands for a short time, but even the Maw is wary of a long-term expedition to the region, and the voss, while not explicitly forbidding explorations, heavily discourage it. Ysalamiri may be useful if we ever do explore the Nightmare Lands in depth, but that will be a small antidote for the poison that fills the region.

    It is best avoided.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : THE TRIALS OF THE MYSTICS

    While we initially were concerned that we would not learn much about the enigmatic Trials of the Mystics, we were fortunately able to learn much, as the Mystics were notably more forthcoming on enough details that we could piece together a largely plausible idea of what happens during them.

    The initiate, after being selected to participate in the Trial, is brought into the sealed room within the Shrine of Healing, and sets themselves into a meditative trance. We do not know for certain, but we suspect that during this period, the Mystic in charge of overseeing the Trial artificially induces a vision for the initiate.

    What each vision entails is not always clear, but there are repeated patterns in the writings some of the Mystics have done or contributed to – which appears to confirm that the Mystics not only are capable of inducing a vision, but can also control it. The Maw has put forward a theory that the Trial of the Mystics is not actually reliant on visions, but is, in fact, a mental illusion which is completely dominated by the Mystic in question.

    In theory, we accept this is plausible, but there is no evidence that what the Trials entail is anything other than a vision. If this is accurate, it implies that the voss are capable of manufacturing visions in others, which raises a significant amount of questions as to the reliability of visions experienced on this planet.

    However, this was one of the few things the Mystics vehemently denied. They stated – quite unequivocally – that any vision experienced on Voss was legitimate. Normally, this would not necessarily be enough to lessen suspicions, but given how the Mystics do not abuse their influence and power, we are generally inclined to believe them in this case. However, please note that we ultimately have no hard evidence for this capability, only theory and circumstantial indicators.

    Returning to the Trials, the place where the initiates have found themselves has been described as ‘bright’ and a ‘place of light,’ we are unsure how to take these, but that is basically the only word used to describe this place. This word is referenced throughout the Trials, indicating that it is a permanent fixture, which is atypical in most visions.

    There is always some kind of ‘council’ which holds the role of judge. It is not clear what role the overseeing Mystic plays here, and this visionary council appears to be tailored to the initiate in question. Some have described councils as large as five, and as few as two, sometimes the occupants are known, other times they are not.

    Each Trial has a period of questions from the council. None of the questions were revealed, but it is heavily implied to be a test of wisdom and practicality. The questions are described as significant and personal in nature. No more details were provided, though this apparently happens multiple times in the Trial.

    There are conflicting reports on if there is a martial or military component to the Trial. Some appear to have one, while others have undisclosed challenges and assignments, none of which are elaborated on in detail. Again, this seems to be an element which is tailored to the initiate in question, though what exactly determines this is unknown.

    The Trials can last as long as a day or be as short as a few hours. It depends on the initiate in question, and their own skills. Usually, most who take the Trials eventually emerge as Mystics. There are a small minority who complete the Trials, but are not granted the title of Mystic. Then there are an even smaller number who do not emerge at all.

    Strangely, the Mystics state that there are no fatalities. But no one ever sees the voss who enter to take the Trials, but do not return. There are few possibilities. Either the Mystics are lying, or the voss in question have been moved somewhere else or are fulfilling a different role. We do not know, but the voss are not known for performing unnecessary theatre.

    We requested to witness a Trial, and were denied. While it is not impossible for outsiders to undertake the Trial of the Mystics, it is only at the behest of the Three. There have only been two individuals who have been allowed to take the Trials, both from the Old Republic era – Ailon Tolgan, and Darth Nox. Individuals who are not Force-sensitive also do not take it.

    We do not know the criteria the Three employ to determine who is permitted to take the Trials, but it is almost certainly a different criterion then they use to determine if a voss is suited to be a Mystic, otherwise a Sith like Nox would not have been permitted. It is plausible that both exceptions were the result of visions from Mystics, and neither would have been permitted if such visions had not been received.

    For now, it will remain a mystery, as will the intimate details of the Trial. Attempting to have one of our own undertake the Trial is something we should pursue, in conjunction with the Three. It is a diplomatic avenue to explore, one which will likely be seen as acceptable, even if it is denied.

    xxx

    FLAGGED BY CODEX COMMAND

    SCORPIO SANCTIONS AUTHORIZED

    …LOCALIZED ALTERATIONS BEGUN…

    LOCALIZED ALTERATIONS SUCCESSFUL

    RECORDED VISION OF KNIGHT-CAPTAIN LITAVIS

    NOTE: The following is the recollection of Knight-Captain Morian Litavis, who was allowed to experience a vision guided by the Mystics. We determined that the recorded vision was important enough to include in this report.

    The Mystic led me into an isolated room. There were no artifacts or objects in the Force which I could see or sense, though I cannot discount the possibility that the saturation within the Shrine was shrouding what I was capable of sensing. Both the Mystic and I assumed a meditative position on the ground.

    He placed a substance into an aroma dispenser, and a blue mist was spewed from it. He instructed me to close my eyes and let the vision come to me, while opening myself to the Force. I did as he instructed, and fell into a trance typical of meditation. I cannot confirm, but I believe he stated a single word which I could not determine. All I know is that I was immediately in a vision.

    Initially, it appeared to be normal. I believe it was on Bastion, in the Imperial Palace. I have only been in there once. An Inquisitor will need to confirm if this was indeed the right location. I stood in my regular uniform, and the place appeared to be as active as I would expect. I cannot explain what happens next rationally, so I will simply describe my realizations.

    I realized I was wearing a blindfold, though this seemed impossible as I could clearly see. Yet I reached up to touch my face felt a metal visor over my eyes. My first instinct was to take it off, but it seemed as if it was implanted into my face. I tried taking it off again, and the moment I pushed, I was overcome with a crippling pain; some people had turned to notice. I quickly left and found an isolated room.

    This time I tried pulling it off again, and used the Force to do so. The pain was almost too much, yet I ripped it off of my face, tearing chunks of skin off with it. I cannot say what the blindfold looks like, as it remained a blurry, anomalous shape in my hand, which I kept. I felt it would be important.

    I returned to the place I had been, and it was as if I was seeing a completely different reality. Every single person in the room was wearing a blindfold and they had simple marks on their foreheads, some white, some gray. They did not seem to notice or care that I had taken mine off. I do not know if they noticed at all.

    SANCTIONS INITIATED

    [SUBSTITUTED TEXT]

    I continued walking, and it was then that I began to notice there were hidden shadows in the corners; seeming to watch the people in the room. They had no faces, but had a white mark where their forehead would be, which seemed faint in the dimmed light. Some individuals they followed, others they observed.

    Occasionally, I saw them walk up to one of the officers, wave a hand and they would freeze. It looked like they were speaking into their ears; perhaps giving orders. The eyes of the victims glazed over, before returning to normal as the shadows retreated to observe. I contemplated fighting them, but held off as I wanted to investigate further.

    I proceeded upwards, where I saw more of the shadows. It was as though a shroud had fallen over the room I found myself in, where each of our leaders had a shadow lurking behind them, one hand on their shoulders. Their eyes were similarly glazed as the shadows gripped them, seemingly under their control.

    There was only one shadow which was unconnected to someone. I knew this one was the leader, as it paced back-and-forth, and was the only one to whisper words. I could not make them out, but they were not Galactic Basic, nor any of the common trade languages. It sounded old, and harsh.

    I believe it was a female. I ignited my lightsaber and she seemed to notice. A lightsaber of her own appeared in a shadowed hand, showing a red blade that hurt my eyes to look at. We exchanged several blows, and I sliced right through her, but she remained alive. She gestured and my lightsaber flew from my hands.

    The rest of the group remained under the spell of the shadows, she commanded me to remove myself, handing me a blaster. I refused, and she repeated the order again, and this time my body complied even though my mind continued to try and resist. It was ultimately futile.

    [SUBSTITUTED TEXT ENDS]

    [ORIGINAL TEXT]

    Then I saw machines which walked in the room. They were humanoids, I think, the colors and textures kept changing, like a shapeshifting machine. Many analysts and technicians were rushing with reports to deliver to their superiors. I walked behind some of the stations where they were typing.

    They were not entering data or any coherent speech. It was a series of words repeated over and over again. REAL REAL REAL TRUE CLARITY CLARITY CLARITY REAL REAL TRUE TRUE TRUE. Those same words repeated ad nauseum in every single document and piece of paper I saw.

    But the machines sometimes came over to the stations and plugged themselves into them. Some of the words were replaced with the opposite of what it had been replaced. FALSE FALSE FALSE OBSCURE OBSCURE LIE LIE LIE FALSE FALSE. Sometimes, only a few words were replaced, but I was handed a document by someone, and the machine walked up to me, took it from my hands, and the text rearranged itself before my eyes.

    I continued walking, hoping to find someone who was not blindfolded, and I reached the top of the building. The place where the Imperial Council convenes. I saw many of our leaders with blindfolds on their faces, bearing the white and gray marks. The only one who did not have a blindfold was Grand Admiral Moft.

    She seemed to notice, and when she raised a hand, time froze. She had a black mark on her forehead, one which seemed to shift into a shape I cannot describe. She asked me what I felt. I said I was confused. I asked what it meant. She asked what I saw, so I told her. She nodded once, and then handed me a pistol and told me to shoot myself.

    I refused. She picked up a datapad and played me a video where I confessed my attempt to kill her. She asked me to shoot myself again. I said no again. She showed me a suicide note that I had signed. It was my handwriting. She ordered me to shoot myself once again. I continued to refuse.

    She told me it didn’t matter, because I could already do what she wanted. She brought me before a mirror, and I saw that my body had been turned into one of the machines, with only my face intact. She ordered me to prepare myself, and without my control, by body put on a skinsuit which was my body. She made me record the murder confession I had watched and sign the suicide note she had shown me.

    [ORIGINAL TEXT ENDS]

    The last action my body performed was to put the blaster to my head and pull the trigger. I woke up after that.

    The Mystic asked if I wished to have an Interpreter speak to me, where potential insights could be gleaned. I refused. I remain concerned that the voss are not as neutral as the report will imply, and may seek to shape our perceptions of visions we experience on this planet. If there shall be any determination made from what I witnessed, it shall be done by the Inquisitors, unclouded with voss mysticism.

    NOTE II: Upon our return to Imperial Space, Knight-Captain Litavis somehow contracted a fatal variant of Z-Era, a bacterial infection which is commonly associated with undercooked nerf burgers. He was unwittingly served one and contracted the illness hours later, and proper medical treatment was unable to be applied to him. We have since arrested all management of the establishment and an official investigation has been opened to bring management accountability to the accident which took one of our Imperial Knights.

    Unfortunately, this means that we cannot glean more context from the vision Knight-Captain Litavis experienced, and we will have to make determinations based on what he wrote. May the Emperor honor his sacrifice.

    xxx

    RECORDED VISION OF THE EMPEROR’S WRATH

    NOTE: The following is the recollection of Viola Lorentzen, the Emperor’s Wrath, who was allowed to experience a vision guided by the Mystics. We determined that the recorded vision was important enough to include in this report.

    I met the Mystic who was to oversee my vision shortly before it began. She was largely evasive as to the specifics of how visions could be induced, yet she did confirm that once begun, the vision could not be altered or influenced. I am inclined to believe her, as I sensed no duplicity.

    We entered a small meditation chamber, where there was one of the identified aroma dispensers the Mystics presumably use to augment their powers. She instructed we begin, and each took kneeling meditative positions. She began activating the dispenser, and I closed my eyes and opened myself to the Force.

    It was not long before I found myself in the vision.

    It was a place I am intimately familiar with. It was the Throne Room of the Imperial Palace. I saw both Thrones elevated, though empty. The room was filled with people of all kinds, from Imperial citizens to colleagues. They all stood staring at the Thrones, and without warning, each of them crumbled into dust.

    The dust was mixed with red blood, which poured down the steps before the throne. People around me also spontaneously turned to dust and blood, and without warning everyone began fleeing. I searched for the Sovereigns, not knowing if they were still alive or not. I suddenly found myself alone, the people gone, and only ash and blood left on the marble floors.

    I tried leaving the Throne Room, but it was somehow sealed. I pulled out my lightsaber, but it deactivated upon contact. I tried using the Force and it resisted me. I don’t know how long I struggled, but eventually, I collapsed to the ground, exhausted. I do not know if I passed out, though my vision grew dark. I heard a voice command me to wake up.

    I did so, and arose to a place which was similar to the Throne Room, but alien. It was not on Bastion.

    People were in the room again, which was in a circular shape instead of rectangle. They were all kneeling before a singular Throne which sat in the middle of the room. I was surprised to see it was Themion who sat upon it, but he was…not how I know him. He was older, a young man now.

    But there was something wrong; an unnatural feeling in the air. Themion’s face was too… symmetrical. Perfect. I dislike using these words, but it was as if the boy had been taken and altered so as to remove his imperfections. More unsettling was that he seemed to exist in a shadow. I could see him, but there was a fair outline of blackness around his form, as if he was not fully here.

    A lightsaber was hooked to his belt, but it seemed to be made out of glass, within which seemed to be a parasite which was trying to escape. I heard it on the fringes of my ears, a sound like it was screaming for escape. As he moved his hand close to it, the parasite seemed to follow. His eyes met mine, and I instinctively walked forward.

    His eyes were not those of the young Prince. It was like he was dissecting me as I walked, appraising my every move and expression. He stood and asked me to follow him. I complied, and we walked to a balcony in the new Throne Room. We stepped outside and I realized where we were.

    Coruscant. But not the Alliance capital. This was as if it had been remade in the image of the Imperium. It was ordered, expansive, and beautiful. A sight I never thought I would or could see, yet it was before me here. I do not know how or why this came to pass, or even if that is a correct interpretation of what I saw.

    Themion turned to me and asked one question: “Do you like it?”

    I opened my mouth to answer, but the vision ended. I awakened.

    The Mystics offered the opportunity to speak to an Interpreter, and I accepted. I am aware they may not be impartial, but we can make our own determinations, and after hearing their interpretation, I believe that will be easier. The Interpreter heard me recount my visions and thought for several hours before he returned.

    He believed that it showed that our Empire would become more prosperous than any in history, and it would come at the hand of Themion. He believed that a disaster would befall the Imperium soon, though could not say when, why, or how. But only that it was a necessary step to achieve the Empire I had seen at the end.

    He stated that Themion would become the greatest Emperor in our history, though with the threat of rebirth hanging over him. This was not explained further. But to achieve this, the Interpreter was clear – the visions showed that the Sovereigns must die. It was not explained how or by what circumstance, only that they had to die.

    I merely write the words of the Interpreter. I do not believe this is necessary, but it was worth seeking their viewpoint. I do not know what we will take from our own studies. I trust the Inquisitors to come to a determination that does not require the death of our Sovereigns. Perhaps it is a warning and not a promise.

    We must take the biases of the voss into account. We cannot immediately presume every interpretation they impart is the correct one. I will additionally convey what I saw to the Sovereigns, and allow them to decide how to utilize it, if they shall at all.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : GOALS AND FUTURE PLANS

    SHORT-TERM PLANS: There is not likely to be any significant deviation from their current isolated actions in the short-term from the Three. It is likely the voss will continue to train, receive visions, and act based upon them. The Three have no real incentive to deviate from the status quo, which is understandable given their history.

    INTERMEDIATE PLANS: There is a significant amount of speculation moving from this point as predicting what the voss will do is traditionally an exercise in futility. We can make a number of likely-accurate judgments should this be a situation that the voss will react to. They have a very specific reaction to outside interference, but they are far less proactive.

    However, we do expect the Three to potentially seek agreements or alliances with those beyond Voss. As our own visit indicates, and the fact that they are allowing others to receive visions, it signals that the Three are at least considering opening themselves more to galactic interest. It will always be on the terms of the voss, but it is growing – or at least is permitted.

    We also expect that there will be a greater number of Mystics and Commandos in the wider galaxy, both known and unknown. Since the failed attack of the Migrant Fleet, the Three have signaled that they may be taking a more proactive approach to defending Voss. What this entails isn’t confirmed, but it is likely that they will quietly expand and ramp up what they already have been doing.

    LONG-TERM PLANS: There are many pieces of evidence that point to the voss preparing for war.

    We do not know the exact details, nature, or specifics of such preparation, but with who currently sits within the Three, the expanded deployments of Commandos and Mystics throughout the galaxy, the opening of Voss to more outside governments, and the prophecies, there is something that the voss are preparing for.

    We would do well to pay very close heed to what they are doing. There is internal debate over if the voss even know what they are going to do. There are few major actions the voss can or have taken that we can objectively confirm, as all actions they are signaling are within the realm of plausible deniability. They are not in a state of building towards war, but neither are they being passive.

    Unless the voss form a direct alliance or agreement, there is likely to be little to no warning when they act, and their actions should be carefully observed and reacted to. We can anticipate several redlines which would indicate the voss are preparing for something major. If these take place it is in our best interest to reach out or, at minimum, similarly react.

    The first redline is the mass deployment of Mystics, Commandos, or even military units traditionally resigned to Voss. That could indicate that the voss are taking preemptive action or anticipating events taking place throughout the galaxy. It is uncertain what could cause this reaction, but it remains a distinct possibility.

    The second redline is the mass recall of voss Mystics and Commandos, or any voss throughout the galaxy. That would signal that some kind of calamity or event threatens the voss, which would in turn likely threaten us. Right now, we judge that the voss consider the galaxy safe enough to travel in small numbers. A change to this policy would be a major divergence and alarming development.

    The third redline is that the Mystics directly reach out to governments warning of events or providing instructions. They have thus far only done this once, during the Clone Wars, the ramifications of said event are still argued over, but such warranted direct Mystic visitation. Nonetheless the voss saw fit to give warning. Should this occur, we would be advised to listen to them closely.

    The fourth redline is if some or all of the Three resign and appoint replacements. This could be either a positive or negative development – or both – as their replacements would indicate the current attitude towards the galaxy. The appointment of more soldiers and warriors would be a greater sign that the voss anticipate conflict, while the appointment of entities like Healers or emissaries would signal peaceful intent, as well as the voss believe that galactic stability would grow.

    The final redline is the barring and expulsion of any visiting aliens onto Voss. This would indicate that either they expect outsiders to pose a threat, or are preemptively sealing themselves off from the rest of the galaxy. This would be largely unprecedented, as even during the conflict between the Old Republic and Sith Empire, they allowed emissaries to remain even as they suspended diplomatic talks.

    The long-term plans of the Mystics will remain shrouded for the immediate future, and we will need to rely on their actions and update our calculus accordingly.

    xxx

    THE VOSS MYSTICS : THREAT ANALYSIS

    THREAT TO THE FELLAN IMPERIUM: Significant, though minimal.

    In the event of a conflict between the Imperium and the Mystics, historical evidence is not on our side. Empires and Republics as or more powerful than us have attempted to subjugate and defeat the voss, and they have been summarily rebuffed each time with seemingly minimal effort.

    Neither Voss, nor the Mystics, can be treated with standard tactics or procedures. It defies all models and predictions, but despite the Imperium having an industrial, economic, and numerical advantage in all sectors, that will likely have minimal to no effect. The voss are as technologically advanced as we are (though Imperial Intelligence gives a slight technological edge to us), they do not rely on outside resources, and their Force-users are equivalent or greater than our own.

    The Sith Empire failed. The Eternal Empire failed. The Galactic Republic failed. The Migrant Fleet failed. There is no path where the Fellan Imperium would somehow succeed where these powers failed. It cannot be stressed enough that conflict with the voss is to be avoided in all circumstances.

    The voss are fortunately passive in all other instances. The only exception was the conflict with the gormak, which was an internal conflict. There has not been a single instance of the voss deliberately provoking an outside power. They operate under a framework where they will leave outsiders alone if they are left alone themselves.

    If we ensure that we are not provoking the voss, intentionally or accidentally, we stand a far better chance of avoiding a conflict or misunderstanding. This is what we judge to be the only viable path forward, and we encourage a continuing relationship with the Mystics. If we cannot gain them as an ally, we can ensure we are on good terms with them.

    VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS: If the recipient of this report has read the numerous instances where they were attacked because of perceived vulnerabilities, and believe an exploitation initiative is viable, please report to your immediate supervisor and tender your resignation, as you clearly lack the intellectual capability to make informed decisions.

    [Note: This section has been rendered enforceable by decree of His Imperial Majesty.]

    LEADERSHIP INTENTIONS: The Three appear to largely maintain the status quo, as noted above, though their composition and gradual expansion of the voss into the wider galaxy indicate that they are potentially preparing for developments which may be known or unknown to them.

    Regardless, the leadership is likely to maintain neutrality unless there are exceptional circumstances. They will meet with representatives from the Imperium and Jedi, but will not likely go further. Daniel Skywalker is the only one they appear to actively like, and the use of that term is more along the lines of ‘he can show up without warning and they’ll accommodate him.’ It is not a meaningful designation.

    With incomplete psychological profiles, a nonexistent intelligence network on the planet, and virtually no insight on their most sensitive operations centers, it is very difficult to put together an accurate answer on what the Three intend. We can only act on historical precedent and objective data.

    We do not recommend employing methods beyond these, as they will doubtless be discovered and turn the voss against us, which should be avoided at all costs.

    xxx

    CONCLUSION

    The voss are unlike anything that exists in this galaxy.

    Despite their confinement to a single planet, they have managed to make an impact on a galactic scale, and arguably on a more impressive level. They are a conundrum which has no clear answers, and numerous questions. They are, simply put, something irregular, unsettling, mysterious, and outright impossible.

    Something like the voss simply should not exist.

    Force sects are not rare, nor particularly notable for the most part. But there is a reason they are referred to as sects. They are small, have limited membership, have a quirk or philosophy that puts them outside the mainstream, which can range from the largely harmless Green Jedi to cults such as the Mind Walkers.

    But most tend to fall somewhere in the middle. The Quabular, the Witches of Dathomir, the Whills, all of these are curious sects in their own right, worth investigating – but none of them are nearly as powerful or dangerous as the voss. Even the aing-tii, whose abilities are of similar scale, have not made nearly as much impact as the voss have.

    One of us commented that the voss are like a machine. Disorder does not exist, they are extremely segmented and divided into singular roles or tasks, they assimilate those who are willing, yet do not change themselves, and are effectively a biological impossibility. Put this together with the utter mystery of the Shine of Healing, aspects of the planet such as the Nightmare Lands, and their unique affinity for visions, and there are few conclusions one can come to other than that the voss were the creation of something else.

    There are two major – and mutually exclusive – conclusions we have come to.

    Either the voss are under the influence or direction of something more powerful than they are, or they are not.

    Both are equally terrifying.